2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-1
Chapter 51-11C WAC
STATE BUILDING CODE ADOPTION AND AMENDMENT OF THE 2015 EDITION OF THE
INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE, COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS
WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Scope and Administration ........................... CE-3
C101 Scope and General
Requirements ................................. CE-3
C102 Alternate Materials—Method of
Construction, Design or
Insulating Systems ......................... CE-3
C103 Construction Documents ................... CE-3
C104 Inspections ........................................ CE-5
C105 Validity ............................................. CE-6
C106 Referenced Standards ........................ CE-6
C107 Fees ................................................... CE-6
C108 Stop Work Order ............................... CE-6
C109 Board of Appeals .............................. CE-7
C110 Violations .......................................... CE-7
C111 Liability ............................................. CE-7
Chapter 2 Definitions .............................. CE-9
C201 General .............................................. CE-9
C202 General Definitions ........................... CE-9
Chapter 3 General Requirements .......... CE-17
C301 Climate Zones ................................. CE-17
C302 Design Conditions ........................... CE-17
C303 Materials, Systems
and Equipment ............................. CE-17
Chapter 4 Commercial Energy Efficiency .............................. CE-21
C401 General ............................................ CE-21
C402 Building Envelope Requirements .... CE-21
C403 Building Mechanical Systems ......... CE-33
C404 Service Water Heating..................... CE-71
C405 Electrical Power and
Lighting Systems ......................... CE-75
C406 Additional Energy
Efficiency Options ....................... CE-93
C407 Total Building Performance ............ CE-95
C408 System Commissioning ................. CE-106
C409 Energy Metering and Energy
Consumption Management ........ CE-112
C410 Refrigeration System
Requirements ............................. CE-114
Chapter 5 Existing Buildings .............. CE-119
C501 General .......................................... CE-119
C502 Additions ....................................... CE-119
C503 Alterations ..................................... CE-120
C504 Repairs........................................... CE-125
C505 Change of Occupancy or Use ........ CE-125
Chapter 6 Referenced Standards ....... CE-102
CE-2 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
Margin Markings
► Indicates where a section has
been deleted from the
requirements of the 2012 IECC
> Indicates 2015 IECC language
deleted by Washington state
amendment
Indicates a change from the
requirements of the 2012 IECC
in the model code
. Indicates a Washington state
amendment to the 2015 IECC
(but remains unchanged from
the 2012 WSEC language)
. Indicates a change from the
2012 Washington state
amendment
* Indicates that text or table has
been relocated within the code
** Indicates the text or table
immediately following has been
relocated there from elsewhere
in the code.
Second Edition, Effective May 1, 2017
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-3
CHAPTER 1 [CE]
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
SECTION C101 SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
C101.1 Title. This code shall be known as the
Washington State Energy Code, and shall be cited as such.
It is referred to herein as "this code."
C101.2 Scope. This code applies to commercial buildings
and the buildings sites and associated systems and
equipment.
Exception: The provisions of this code do not apply to
temporary growing structures used solely for the
commercial production of horticultural plants including
ornamental plants, flowers, vegetables, and fruits. A
temporary growing structure is not considered a
building for the purposes of this code. However, the
installation of other than listed, portable mechanical
equipment or listed, portable lighting fixtures is not
allowed.
C101.3 Intent. This code shall regulate the design and
construction of buildings for the use and conservation of
energy over the life of each building. This code is
intended to provide flexibility to permit the use of
innovative approaches and techniques to achieve this
objective. This code is not intended to abridge safety,
health or environmental requirements contained in other
applicable codes or ordinances.
C101.4 Applicability. Where, in any specific case,
different sections of this code specify different materials,
methods of construction or other requirements, the most
restrictive shall govern. Where there is a conflict between
a general requirement and a specific requirement, the
specific requirement shall govern.
C101.4.1 Mixed occupancy. Where a building
includes both residential and commercial occupancies,
each occupancy shall be separately considered and meet
the applicable provisions of WSEC--Commercial
Provisions or WSEC--Residential Provisions.
C101.5 Compliance. Residential buildings shall meet the
provisions of WSEC--Residential Provisions.
Commercial buildings shall meet the provisions of
WSEC--Commercial Provisions.
C101.5.1 Compliance materials. The code official
shall be permitted to approve specific computer
software, worksheets, compliance manuals and other
similar materials that meet the intent of this code.
SECTION C102 ALTERNATE MATERIALS-METHOD
OF CONSTRUCTION, DESIGN OR INSULATING SYSTEMS
C102.1 General. This code is not intended to prevent the
use of any material, method of construction, design or
insulating system not specifically prescribed herein,
provided that such construction, design or insulating
system has been approved by the code official as meeting
the intent of this code.
SECTION C103 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C103.1 General. Construction documents and other
supporting data shall be submitted in one or more sets
with each application for a permit. The construction
documents shall be prepared by a registered design
professional where required by the statutes of the
jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed.
Where special conditions exist, the code official is
authorized to require necessary construction documents to
be prepared by a registered design professional.
Exception: The code official is authorized to waive the
requirements for construction documents or other
supporting data if the code official determines they are
not necessary to confirm compliance with this code.
C103.2 Information on construction documents.
Construction documents shall be drawn to scale upon
suitable material. Electronic media documents are
permitted to be submitted when approved by the code
official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient
clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the
work proposed, and show in sufficient detail pertinent
data and features of the building, systems and equipment
as herein governed. Details shall include, but are not
limited to, as applicable:
1. Insulation materials and their R-values.
2. Fenestration U-factors and SHGCs.
3. Area-weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations.
4. Mechanical system design criteria.
5. Mechanical and service water heating system and
equipment types, sizes and efficiencies.
6. Economizer description.
7. Equipment and systems controls.
8. Fan motor horsepower (hp) and controls.
9. Duct sealing, duct and pipe insulation and location.
10. Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control
narrative.
11. Location of daylight zones on floor plan.
<
►
*
*
CE-4 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
** 12. Air barrier details including all air barrier
boundaries and associated square foot calculations
on all six sides of the air barrier as applicable.
C103.2.1 Building thermal envelope depiction. The
building’s thermal envelope shall be represented on the
construction documents.
C103.3 Examination of documents. The code official
shall examine or cause to be examined the accompanying
construction documents and shall ascertain whether the
construction indicated and described is in accordance with
the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or
ordinances.
C103.3.1 Approval of construction documents.
When the code official issues a permit where
construction documents are required, the construction
documents shall be endorsed in writing and stamped
"Reviewed for Code Compliance." Such approved
construction documents shall not be changed, modified
or altered without authorization from the code official.
Work shall be done in accordance with the approved
construction documents.
One set of construction documents so reviewed shall
be retained by the code official. The other set shall be
returned to the applicant, kept at the site of work and
shall be open to inspection by the code official or a duly
authorized representative.
C103.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not
require changes in the construction documents,
construction or designated occupancy of a structure for
which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or
otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of
which has been pursued in good faith within 180 days
after the effective date of this code and has not been
abandoned.
C103.3.3 Phased approval. The code official shall
have the authority to issue a permit for the construction
of part of an energy conservation system before the
construction documents for the entire system have been
submitted or approved, provided adequate information
and detailed statements have been filed complying with
all pertinent requirements of this code. The holders of
such permit shall proceed at their own risk without
assurance that the permit for the entire energy
conservation system will be granted.
C103.4 Amended construction documents. Changes
made during construction that are not in compliance with
the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted
for approval as an amended set of construction
documents.
C103.5 Retention of construction documents. One set
of approved construction documents shall be retained by
the code official for a period of not less than 180 days
from date of completion of the permitted work, or as
required by state or local laws.
C103.6 Building documentation and close out
submittal requirements. The construction documents
shall specify that the documents described in this section
be provided to the building owner or owner’s authorized
agent with 180 days of the date of receipt of the certificate
of occupancy.
C103.6.1 Record documents. Construction
documents shall be updated to convey a record of the
completed work. Such updates shall include
mechanical, electrical and control drawings red-lined,
or redrawn if specified, that show all changes to size,
type and locations of components, equipment and
assemblies.
C103.6.2 Manuals. An operating and maintenance
manual shall be provided for each component, device,
piece of equipment, and system governed by this code.
The manual shall include all of the following:
1. Submittal data indicating all selected options
for each piece of equipment.
2. Manufacturer's operation manuals and
maintenance manuals for each device, piece of
equipment, and system requiring maintenance,
except equipment not furnished as part of the
project. Required routine maintenance actions,
cleaning and recommended relamping shall be
clearly identified.
3. Name and address of at least one service
agency.
4. Controls system inspection schedule,
maintenance and calibration information,
wiring diagrams, schematics, and control
sequence descriptions. Desired or
field-determined setpoints shall be
permanently recorded on control drawings at
control devices or, for digital control systems,
on the graphic where settings may be changed.
5. A narrative of how each system is intended to
operate, including recommended setpoints.
C103.6.3 Compliance documentation. All energy
code compliance forms and calculations shall be
delivered in one document to the building owner as part
of the project record documents, manuals, or as a
standalone document. This document shall include the
specific energy code year utilized for compliance
determination for each system, NFRC certificates for
the installed windows, list of total area for each NFRC
certificate, the interior lighting power compliance path
(building area, space-by-space) used to calculate the
lighting power allowance.
For projects complying with Section C401.2 item 1, the
documentation shall include:
1. The envelope insulation compliance path
(prescriptive or component performance).
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-5
2. All completed code compliance forms, and all
compliance calculations including, but not limited
to, those required by sections C402.1.5,
C403.2.12.1, C405.4, and C405.5.
For projects complying with C401.2 item 2, the
documentation shall include:
1. A list of all proposed envelope component types,
areas and U-values.
2. A list of all lighting area types with areas, lighting
power allowance, and installed lighting power
density.
3. A list of each HVAC system modeled with the
assigned and proposed system type.
4. Electronic copies of the baseline and proposed
model input and output file. The input files shall
be in a format suitable for rerunning the model
and shall not consist solely of formatted reports of
the inputs
C103.6.4 Systems operation training. Training of the
maintenance staff for equipment included in the
manuals required by Section C103.6.2 shall include at a
minimum:
1. Review of manuals and permanent certificate.
2. Hands-on demonstration of all normal
maintenance procedures, normal operating
modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up
procedures.
3. Training completion report.
SECTION C104 INSPECTIONS
C104.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit
is required shall be subject to inspection by the code
official or his or her designated agent, and such
construction or work shall remain accessible and exposed
for inspection purposes until approved. It shall be the duty
of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain
accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither
the code official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for
expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any
material, product, system or building component required
to allow inspection to validate compliance with this code.
C104.2 Required inspections. The code official or his or
her designated agent, upon notification, shall make the
inspections set forth in Sections C104.2.1 through
C104.2.6.
C104.2.1 Footing and foundation inspection.
Inspections associated with footings and foundations
shall verify compliance with the code as to R-value,
location, thickness, depth of burial and protection of
insulation as required by the code and approved plans
and specifications.
C104.2.2 Insulation and fenestration inspection.
Inspections shall be made before application of interior
finish and shall verify compliance with the code as to
types of insulation and corresponding R-values and
their correct location and proper installation;
fenestration properties (U-factor, SHGC and VT) and
proper installation; and air leakage controls as required
by the code and approved plans and specifications.
C104.2.3 Plumbing inspection. Inspections verify
compliance as required by the code and approved plans
and specifications as to types of insulation and
corresponding R-values and protection, required
controls and required heat traps.
C104.2.4 Mechanical inspection. Inspections shall
verify compliance as required by the code and approved
plans and specifications as to installed HVAC
equipment type and size, required controls, duct and
piping system insulation and corresponding R-value,
duct system and damper air leakage and required
energy recovery and/or economizers.
C104.2.5 Electrical and lighting inspection.
Inspections shall verify compliance as required by the
code and approved plans and specifications as to
installed lighting systems, components and controls;
motors and installation of an electric meter for each
dwelling unit.
C104.2.6 Final inspection. The building shall have a
final inspection and not be occupied until approved.
C104.3 Reinspection. A building shall be reinspected
when determined necessary by the code official.
C104.4 Approved inspection agencies. The code official
is authorized to accept reports of approved inspection
agencies, provided such agencies satisfy the requirements
as to qualifications and reliability relevant to the building
components and systems they are inspecting.
C104.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the
holder of the permit or their duly authorized agent to
notify the code official when work is ready for inspection.
It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access
to and means for inspections of such work that are
required by this code.
C104.6 Reinspection and testing. Where any work or
installation does not pass an initial test or inspection, the
necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve
compliance with this code. The work or installation shall
then be resubmitted to the code official for inspection and
testing.
C104.7 Approval. After the prescribed tests and
inspections indicate that the work complies in all respects
with this code, a notice of approval shall be issued by the
code official.
CE-6 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C104.7.1 Revocation. The code official is authorized
to, in writing, suspend or revoke a notice of approval
issued under the provisions of this code wherever the
certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect
information supplied, or where it is determined that the
building or structure, premise, or portion thereof is in
violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the
provisions of this code.
SECTION C105
VALIDITY
C105.1 General. If a portion of this code is held to be
illegal or void, such a decision shall not affect the validity
of the remainder of this code.
SECTION C106
REFERENCED STANDARDS
C106.1 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and
standards referenced in this code shall be those listed in
Chapter 5, and such codes and standards shall be
considered as part of the requirements of this code to the
prescribed extent of each such reference and as further
regulated in Sections C106.1.1 and C106.1.2.
C106.1.1 Conflicts. Where differences occur between
provisions of this code and referenced codes and
standards, the provisions of this code shall apply.
C106.1.2 Provisions in referenced codes and
standards. Where the extent of the reference to a
referenced code or standard includes subject matter that
is within the scope of this code, the provisions of this
code, as applicable, shall take precedence over the
provisions in the referenced code or standard.
C106.2 Application of references. References to chapter
or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically
identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such
chapter, section or provision of this code.
C106.3 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not
be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or
federal law. In addition to the requirements of this code,
all occupancies shall conform to the provisions included
in the State Building Code (chapter 19.27 RCW). In case
of conflicts among the codes enumerated in RCW
19.27.031 (1) through (4) and this code, an earlier named
code shall govern over those following. In the case of
conflict between the duct sealing and insulation
requirements of this code and the duct insulation
requirements of Sections 603 and 604 of the International
Mechanical Code, the duct insulation requirements of this
code, or where applicable, a local jurisdiction's energy
code shall govern.
SECTION C107 FEES
C107.1 Fees. A permit shall not be issued until the fees
prescribed in Section C107.2 have been paid, nor shall an
amendment to a permit be released until the additional
fee, if any, has been paid.
C107.2 Schedule of permit fees. A fee for each permit
shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule
as established by the applicable governing authority.
C107.3 Work commencing before permit issuance.
Any person who commences any work before obtaining
the necessary permits shall be subject to an additional fee
established by the code official, which shall be in addition
to the required permit fees.
C107.4 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the
construction, alteration, removal or demolition of work
done in connection to or concurrently with the work or
activity authorized by a permit shall not relieve the
applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of
other fees that are prescribed by law.
C107.5 Refunds. The code official is authorized to
establish a refund policy.
SECTION C108 STOP WORK ORDER
C108.1 Authority. Whenever the code official finds any
work regulated by this code being performed in a manner
either contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous
or unsafe, the code official is authorized to issue a stop
work order.
C108.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing
and shall be given to the owner of the property involved,
the owner's authorized agent, or to the person doing the
work. Upon issuance of a stop work order, the cited work
shall immediately cease. The stop work order shall state
the reason for the order, and the conditions under which
the cited work will be permitted to resume.
C108.3 Emergencies. Where an emergency exists, the
code official shall not be required to give a written notice
prior to stopping the work.
C108.4 Failure to comply. Any person who shall
continue any work after having been served with a stop
work order, except such work as that person is directed to
perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall
be liable to a fine as set by the applicable governing
authority.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-7
SECTION C109 BOARD OF APPEALS
C109.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of
orders, decisions or determinations made by the code
official relative to the application and interpretation of this
code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of
appeals. The code official shall be an ex officio member of
said board but shall have no vote on any matter before the
board. The board of appeals shall be appointed by the
governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The
board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its
business, and shall render all decisions and findings in
writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the code
official.
C109.2 Limitations on authority. An application for
appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this
code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been
incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not
fully apply or an equally good or better form of
construction is proposed. The board shall have no
authority to waive requirements of this code.
C109.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist
of members who are qualified by experience and training
and are not employees of the jurisdiction.
SECTION C110 VIOLATIONS
It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation to
erect or construct any building, or remodel or rehabilitate
any existing building or structure in the state, or allow the
same to be done, contrary to or in violation of any of the
provisions of this code.
SECTION C111 LIABILITY
Nothing contained in this code is intended to be nor shall
be construed to create or form the basis for any liability on
the part of any city or county or its officers, employees or
agents for any injury or damage resulting from the failure
of a building to conform to the provisions of this code.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-9
CHAPTER 2 [CE]
DEFINITIONS
SECTION C201 GENERAL
C201.1 Scope. Unless stated otherwise, the following
words and terms in this code shall have the meanings
indicated in this chapter.
C201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present
tense include the future; words in the masculine gender
include the feminine and neuter; the singular number
includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.
C201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Terms that are
not defined in this code but are defined in the
International Building Code, International Fire Code,
International Fuel Gas Code, International Mechanical
Code, Uniform Plumbing Code or the International
Residential Code shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in those codes.
C201.4 Terms not defined. Terms not defined by this
chapter shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as
the context implies.
SECTION C202 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
ABOVE-GRADE WALL. A wall enclosing conditioned
space that is not a below-grade wall. This includes
between-floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof
and basement knee walls, dormer walls, gable end walls,
walls enclosing a mansard roof and skylight shafts.
ACCESSIBLE. Admitting close approach as a result of not
being guarded by locked doors, elevation or other
effective means (see "Readily accessible").
ADDITION. An extension or increase in the conditioned
space floor area or height of a building or structure.
AIR BARRIER. Material(s) assembled and joined together
to provide a barrier to air leakage through the building
envelope. An air barrier may be a single material or a
combination of materials.
AIR CURTAIN. A device, installed at the building entrance,
that generates and discharges a laminar air stream
intended to prevent the infiltration of external,
unconditioned air into the conditioned spaces, or the loss
of interior, conditioned air to the outside.
ALTERATION. Any construction, retrofit or renovation to
an existing structure other than repair or addition that
requires a permit. Also, a change in a building, electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing system that involves an
extension, addition or change to the arrangement, type or
purpose of the original installation that requires a permit.
APPROVED. Approval by the code official as a result of
investigation and tests conducted by him or her, or by
reason of accepted principles or tests by nationally
recognized organizations.
APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized
agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or
furnishing inspection services, when such agency has
been approved by the code official.
ATTIC AND OTHER ROOFS. All other roofs, including
roofs with insulation entirely below (inside of) the roof
structure (i.e., attics, cathedral ceilings, and single-rafter
ceilings), roofs with insulation both above and below the
roof structure, and roofs without insulation but excluding
roofs with insulation entirely above deck and metal
building roofs.
AUTOMATIC. Self-acting, operating by its own
mechanism when actuated by some impersonal influence,
as, for example, a change in current strength, pressure,
temperature or mechanical configuration (see "Manual").
BELOW-GRADE WALL. That portion of a wall in the
building envelope that is entirely below the finish grade
and in contact with the ground.
BOILER, MODULATING. A boiler that is capable of more
than a single firing rate in response to a varying
temperature or heating load.
BOILER SYSTEM. One or more boilers, their piping and
controls that work together to supply steam or hot water to
heat output devices remote from the boiler.
BUBBLE POINT. The refrigerant liquid saturation
temperature at a specified pressure.
BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for supporting
or sheltering any use or occupancy, including any
mechanical systems, service water heating systems and
electric power and lighting systems located on the
building site and supporting the building.
BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A process that verifies and
documents that the selected building systems have been
designed, installed, and function according to the owner's
project requirements and construction documents, and to
minimum code requirements.
BUILDING ENTRANCE. Any door, set of doors, doorway,
or other form of portal that is used to gain access to the
building from the outside by the public.
>
CE-10 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
BUILDING SITE. A contiguous area of land that is under
the ownership or control of one entity.
BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE. The below-grade walls,
above-grade walls, floor, roof, and any other building
elements that enclose conditioned space or provides a
boundary between conditioned space, semiheated space
and exempt or unconditioned space.
C-FACTOR (THERMAL CONDUCTANCE). The coefficient
of heat transmission (surface to surface) through a
building component or assembly, equal to the time rate of
heat flow per unit area and the unit temperature difference
between the warm side and cold side surfaces (Btu/h ft2 x
°F) [W/(m2 x K)].
CERTIFIED COMMISSIONING PROFESSIONAL. An
individual who is certified by an ANSI/ISO/IEC
17024:2012 accredited organization to lead, plan,
coordinate and manage commissioning teams and
implement commissioning processes, or a licensed
professional engineer in Washington state.
CIRCULATING HOT WATER SYSTEM. A specifically
designed water distribution system where one or more
pumps are operated in the service hot water piping to
circulate heated water from the water-heating equipment
to the fixture supply and back to the water-heating
equipment.
CLERESTORY FENESTRATION. See “Fenestration.”
CLIMATE ZONE. A geographical region based on climatic
criteria as specified in this code.
CODE OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority
charged with the administration and enforcement of this
code, or a duly authorized representative.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) - COOLING. The
ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input,
in consistent units, for a complete refrigerating system or
some specific portion of that system under designated
operating conditions.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) - HEATING. The
ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of heat
delivered to the rate of energy input, in consistent units,
for a complete heat pump system, including the
compressor and, if applicable, auxiliary heat, under
designated operating conditions.
COMMERCIAL BUILDING. For this code, all buildings not
included in the definition of "Residential buildings."
COMPUTER ROOM. A room whose primary function is to
house equipment for the processing and storage of
electronic data and that has a design electronic data
equipment power density exceeding 20 watts per square
foot of conditioned area.
CONDENSING UNIT. A factory-made assembly of
refrigeration components designed to compress and
liquefy a specific refrigerant. The unit consists of one or
more refrigerant compressors, refrigerant condensers
(air-cooled, evaporatively cooled, or water-cooled),
condenser fans and motors (where used) and
factory-supplied accessories.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA. The horizontal projection of
the floors associated with the conditioned space.
CONDITIONED SPACE. An area, room or space that is
enclosed within the building thermal envelope and that is
directly heated or cooled or that is indirectly heated or
cooled. Spaces are indirectly heated or cooled where they
communicate through openings with conditioned spaces,
where they are separated from conditioned spaces by
uninsulated walls, floors or ceilings, or where they
contain uninsulated ducts, piping or other sources of
heating or cooling.
CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER. A combination of materials
and assemblies that restrict or prevent the passage of air
through the building thermal envelope.
CONTINUOUS INSULATION (CI). Insulating material that is
continuous across all structural members without thermal
bridges other than fasteners and service openings. It is
installed on the interior or exterior or is integral to any
opaque surface of the building envelope.
CONTROLLED PLANT GROWTH ENVIRONMENT. Group F
and U buildings or spaces that are specifically controlled
to facilitate and enhance plant growth and production by
manipulating various indoor environmental conditions.
Technologies include indoor agriculture, cannabis
growing, hydroponics, aquaculture and aquaponics.
Controlled indoor environment variables include, but are
not limited to, temperature, air quality, humidity and
carbon dioxide.
CURTAIN WALL. Fenestration products used to create an
external nonload-bearing wall that is designed to separate
the exterior and interior environments.
DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM. An electronic system
managed by the building owner to collect, tabulate and
display metering information.
DAYLIGHT RESPONSIVE CONTROL. A device or system
that provides automatic control of electric light levels
based on the amount of daylight in a space.
DAYLIGHT ZONE. The portion of the building interior
floor area that is illuminated by natural daylight through
sidelight and toplight fenestration.
DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION (DCV). A ventilation
system capability that provides for the automatic
reduction of outdoor air intake below design rates when
the actual occupancy of spaces served by the system is
less than design occupancy.
2015 Washington State Energy Code CE-11
DEMAND RECIRCULATION WATER SYSTEM. A water
distribution system where pumps prime the service hot
water piping with heated water upon demand for hot
water.
DOOR, NONSWINGING. Roll-up, tilt-up, metal coiling and
sliding doors, access hatches, and all other doors that are
not swinging doors.
DOORS, SWINGING. Doors that are hinged on one side and
revolving doors.
DUCT. A tube or conduit utilized for conveying air. The air
passages of self-contained systems are not to be construed
as air ducts.
DUCT SYSTEM. A continuous passageway for the
transmission of air that, in addition to ducts, includes duct
fittings, dampers, plenums, fans and accessory
air-handling equipment and appliances.
DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete
independent living facilities for one or more persons,
including permanent provisions for living, sleeping,
eating, cooking and sanitation.
DYNAMIC GLAZING. Any fenestration product that has the
fully reversible ability to change its performance
properties, including U-factor, SHGC, or VT.
ECONOMIZER, AIR. A duct and damper arrangement and
automatic control system that allows a cooling system to
supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for
mechanical cooling during mild or cold weather.
ECONOMIZER, WATER. A system where the supply air of
a cooling system is cooled indirectly with water that is
itself cooled by heat or mass transfer to the environment
without the use of mechanical cooling.
ENCLOSED SPACE. A volume surrounded by solid
surfaces such as walls, floors, roofs, and openable devices
such as doors and operable windows.
END USE CATEGORY. A load or group of loads that
consume energy in a common or similar manner.
ENERGY ANALYSIS. A method for estimating the annual
energy use of the proposed design and standard reference
design based on estimates of energy use.
ENERGY COST. The total estimated annual cost for
purchased energy for the building functions regulated by
this code, including applicable demand charges.
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION SYSTEM. Systems that
employ air-to-air heat exchangers to recover energy from
exhaust air for the purpose of preheating, precooling,
humidifying or dehumidifying outdoor ventilation air
prior to supplying the air to a space, either directly or as
part of an HVAC system.
ENERGY SIMULATION TOOL. An approved software
program or calculation-based methodology that projects
the annual energy use of a building.
ENERGY SOURCE METER. A meter placed at the source of
the incoming energy that measures the energy delivered to
the whole building or metered space.
ENTRANCE DOOR. Fenestration products used for ingress,
egress and access in nonresidential buildings including,
but not limited to, exterior entrances that utilize latching
hardware and automatic closers and contain over 50
percent glass specifically designed to withstand heavy use
and possibly abuse.
EQUIPMENT ROOM. A space that contains either electrical
equipment, mechanical equipment, machinery, water
pumps or hydraulic pumps that are a function of the
building's services.
EXTERIOR WALL. Walls including both above-grade
walls and below-grade walls.
FAN BRAKE HORSEPOWER (BHP). The horsepower
delivered to the fan's shaft. Brake horsepower does not
include the mechanical drive losses (belts, gears, etc.).
FAN EFFICIENCY GRADE (FEG). A numerical rating
identifying the fan’s aerodynamic ability to convert shaft
power, or impeller power in the case of a direct-driven
fan, to air power.
FAN SYSTEM BHP. The sum of the fan brake horsepower of
all fans that are required to operate at fan system design
conditions to supply air from the heating or cooling source
to the conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or
exhaust it to the outdoors.
FAN SYSTEM DESIGN CONDITIONS. Operating conditions
that can be expected to occur during normal system
operation that result in the highest supply fan airflow rate
to conditioned spaces served by the system.
FAN SYSTEM MOTOR NAMEPLATE HP. The sum of the
motor nameplate horsepower of all fans that are required
to operate at design conditions to supply air from the
heating or cooling source to the conditioned space(s) and
return it to the source or exhaust it to the outdoors.
FENESTRATION. Products classified as either vertical
fenestration or skylights.
SKYLIGHT. Glass or other transparent or translucent
glazing material installed at a slope of less than 60
degrees (91.05 rad) from horizontal.
VERTICAL FENESTRATION. Windows (fixed or
moveable), glazed doors, glazed block and combination
opaque/glazed doors composed of glass or other
transparent or translucent glazing materials and
installed at a slope of at least 60 degrees 991.05 rad)
from horizontal. Opaque areas such as spandrel panels
are not considered vertical fenestration.
CE-12 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
◄
◄
CLERESTORY FENESTRATION. An upper region of
vertical fenestration provided for the purpose of
admitting daylight beyond the perimeter of a space. The
entire clerestory fenestration assembly is installed at a
height greater than 8 feet above the finished floor.
FENESTRATION AREA. Total area of the fenestration
measured using the rough opening, and including the
glazing, sash and frame.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT, FIELD-FABRICATED. A
fenestration product whose frame is made at the
construction site of standard dimensional lumber or other
materials that were not previously cut, or otherwise
formed with the specific intention of being used to
fabricate a fenestration product or exterior door. Field
fabricated does not include site-built fenestration.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT, SITE-BUILT. A fenestration
designed to be made up of field-glazed or field-assembled
units using specific factory cut or otherwise
factory-formed framing and glazing units. Examples of
site-built fenestration include storefront systems, curtain
walls, and atrium roof systems.
F-FACTOR. The perimeter heat loss factor for
slab-on-grade floors (Btu/h x ft x °F) [W/(m x K)].
FLOOR AREA, NET. The actual occupied area not
including unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors,
stairways, toilet rooms, mechanical rooms and closets.
FURNACE ELECTRICITY RATIO. The ratio of furnace
electricity use to total furnace energy computed as ratio .=
(3.412 x EAE)/1000 x EF.+ 3.412 x EAE) where EAE
(average annual auxiliary electrical consumption) and EF
(average annual fuel energy consumption) are defined in
Appendix N to Subpart B of Part 430 of Title 10 of the
Code of Federal Regulations and EF is expressed in
millions of Btus per year.
GENERAL LIGHTING. Lighting that provides a
substantially uniform level of illumination throughout an
area. General lighting shall not include lighting that
provides a dissimilar level of illumination to serve a
specific application or decorative feature within such area.
GENERAL PURPOSE ELECTRIC MOTOR (SUBTYPE I). A
motor that is designed in standard ratings with either of
the following:
1. Standard operating characteristics and standard
mechanical construction for use under usual
service conditions, such as those specified in
NEMA MG1, paragraph 14.02, “Usual Service
Conditions,” and without restriction to a particular
application or type of application.
2. Standard operating characteristics or standard
mechanical construction for use under unusual
service conditions, such as those specified in
NEMA MG1, paragraph 14.03, “Unusual Service
Conditions,” or for a particular type of application, and
that can be used in most general purpose applications.
General purpose electric motors (Subtype I) are
constructed in NEMA T-frame sizes or IEC metric
equivalent, starting at 143T.
GENERAL PURPOSE ELECTRIC MOTOR (SUBTYPE II). A
motor incorporating the design elements of a general
purpose electric motor (Subtype I) that is configured as
one of the following:
1. A U-frame motor.
2. A Design C motor.
3. A close-coupled pump motor.
4. A footless motor.
5. A vertical, solid-shaft, normal-thrust motor (as
tested in a horizontal configuration).
6. An 8-pole motor (900 rpm).
7. A polyphase motor with voltage of not more than
600 volts (other than 230 or 460 volts).
GREENHOUSE. A structure or a thermally isolated area of
a building that maintains a specialized sunlit environment
that is used exclusively for, and essential to, the
cultivation, protection or maintenance of plants.
Greenhouses are those that are erected for a period of 180
days or more.
HEAT TRAP. An arrangement of piping and fittings, such
as elbows, or a commercially available heat trap that
prevents thermosyphoning of hot water during standby
periods.
HEATED SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. Slab-on-grade floor
construction in which the heating elements, hydronic
tubing, or hot air distribution system is in contact with, or
placed within or under, the slab.
HIGH SPEED DOOR. A nonswinging door used primarily to
facilitate vehicular access or material transportation, with
a minimum opening rate of 32 inches (813 mm) per
second, a minimum closing rate of 24 inches (610 mm)
per second and that includes an automatic-closing device.
HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Buildings that are listed in or
eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic
Places, or designated as historic under an appropriate state
or local law.
HUMIDISTAT. A regulatory device, actuated by changes in
humidity, used for automatic control of relative humidity.
INFILTRATION. The uncontrolled inward air leakage into
a building caused by the pressure effects of wind or the
effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air density
or both.
2015 Washington State Energy Code CE-13
INSULATION ENTIRELY ABOVE DECK. A roof with all
insulation:
1. Installed above (outside of) the roof structure; and
2. Continuous (i.e., uninterrupted by framing
members).
INTEGRATED ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (IEER). A
single-number figure of merit expressing cooling
part-load EER efficiency for unitary air-conditioning and
heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation
at various load capacities for the equipment.
INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE (IPLV). A single number
figure of merit based on part-load EER, COP, or kW/ton
expressing part-load efficiency for air conditioning and
heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation
at various load capacities for equipment.
LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which
have been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other
identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing
laboratory, inspection agency or other organization
concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic
inspection of the production of the above-labeled items
and whose labeling indicates either that the equipment,
material or product meets identified standards or has been
tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
LINER SYSTEM (LS). A system that includes the following:
1. A continuous vapor barrier liner membrane that is
installed below the purlins and that is uninterrupted
by framing members.
2. An uncompressed, unfaced insulation resting on
top of the liner membrane and located between the
purlins.
For multilayer installations, the last rated R-value of
insulation is for unfaced insulation draped over purlins
and then compressed when the metal roof panels are
attached.
LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services
included in a list published by an organization acceptable
to the code official and concerned with evaluation of
products or services that maintains periodic inspection of
production of listed equipment or materials or periodic
evaluation of services and whose listing states either that
the equipment, material, product or service meets
identified standards or has been tested and found suitable
for a specified purpose.
LOW SLOPED ROOF. A roof having a slope less than 2
units vertical in 12 units horizontal.
LOW-VOLTAGE DRY-TYPE DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMER. A transformer that is air-cooled, does not
use oil as a coolant, has an input voltage less than or equal
to 600 volts and is rated for operation at a frequency of 60
hertz.
LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHTING. A lighting system consisting
of an isolating power supply, the low voltage luminaires,
and associated equipment that are all identified for the
use. The output circuits of the power supply operate at 30
volts (42.4 volts peak) or less under all load conditions.
LUMINAIRE. A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp
or lamps together with the housing designed to distribute
the light, position and protect the lamps, and connect the
lamps to the power supply.
LUMINAIRE-LEVEL LIGHTING CONTROL. A lighting
system consisting of one or more luminaire(s) each with
embedded lighting control logic, occupancy and ambient
light sensors, local or central wireless networking
capabilities, and local override switching capability.
MANUAL. Capable of being operated by personal
intervention (see "Automatic").
MASS TRANSFER DECK SLAB EDGE. That portion of the
above-grade wall made up of the concrete slab where it
extends past the footprint of the floor above. The area of
the slab edge shall be defined as the thickness of the slab
multiplied by the perimeter of the edge condition.
Examples of this condition include, but are not limited to,
the transition from an above-grade structure to a
below-grade structure or the transition from a tower to a
podium.
METAL BUILDING ROOF. A roof that:
1. Is constructed with a metal, structural, weathering
surface;
2. Has no ventilated cavity; and
3. Has the insulation entirely below deck (i.e., does
not include composite concrete and metal deck
construction nor a roof framing system that is
separated from the superstructure by a wood
substrate) and whose structure consists of one or
more of the following configurations:
a. Metal roofing in direct contact with the steel
framing members;
b. Metal roofing separated from the steel framing
members by insulation;
c. Insulated metal roofing panels installed as
described in a or b.
METAL BUILDING WALL. A wall whose structure consists
of metal spanning members supported by steel structural
members (i.e., does not include spandrel glass or metal
panels in curtain wall systems).
METER. A device that measures the flow of energy.
MICROCELL. A wireless communication facility
consisting of an antenna that is either: (a) Four (4) feet in
height and with an area of not more than 580 square
inches; or (b) if a tubular antenna, no more than four (4)
inches in diameter and no more than six (6) feet in length;
and the associated equipment cabinet that is six (6) feet or
less in height and no more than 48 square feet in floor
area.
CE-14 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
NAMEPLATE HORSEPOWER. The nominal motor
horsepower rating stamped on the motor nameplate.
NONSTANDARD PART LOAD VALUE (NPLV). A
single-number part-load efficiency figure of merit
calculated and referenced to conditions other than IPLV
conditions, for units that are not designed to operate at
ARI standard rating conditions.
OCCUPANT SENSOR CONTROL. An automatic control
device or system that detects the presence or absence of
people within an area and causes lighting, equipment or
appliances to be regulated accordingly.
ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY. Energy derived from
solar radiation, wind, waves, tides, landfill gas, biomass,
or the internal heat of the earth. The energy system
providing on-site renewable energy shall be located on the
project site.
OPAQUE DOOR. A door that is not less than 50 percent
opaque in surface area.
PERSONAL WIRELESS SERVICE FACILITY. A wireless
communication facility (WCF), including a microcell,
which is a facility for the transmission and/or reception of
radio frequency signals and which may include antennas,
equipment shelter or cabinet, transmission cables, a
support structure to achieve the necessary elevation, and
reception and/or transmission devices or antennas.
POWERED ROOF/WALL VENTILATORS. A fan consisting
of a centrifugal or axial impeller with an integral driver in
a weather-resistant housing and with a base designed to
fit, usually by means of a curb, over a wall or roof
opening.
PROPOSED DESIGN. A description of the proposed
building used to estimate annual energy use for
determining compliance based on total building
performance.
RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM. A heating system that
transfers heat to objects and surfaces within a conditioned
space, primarily by infrared radiation.
READILY ACCESSIBLE. Capable of being reached quickly
for operation, renewal or inspection without requiring
those to whom ready access is requisite to climb over or
remove obstacles or to resort to portable ladders or access
equipment (see "Accessible").
REFRIGERANT DEW POINT. The refrigerant vapor
saturation temperature at a specified pressure.
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE COOLER. An enclosed
storage space that has a total chilled storage area of 3,000
square feet or greater and is designed to maintain a
temperature of greater than 32°F but less than 55°F.
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE FREEZER. An enclosed
storage space that has a total chilled storage area of 3,000
ft2 and is designed to maintain temperatures at or below
32°F.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, LOW TEMPERATURE. Systems
for maintaining food product in a frozen state in
refrigeration applications.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, MEDIUM TEMPERATURE.
Systems for maintaining food product above freezing in
refrigeration applications.
REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual who
is registered or licensed to practice their respective design
profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the
professional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in
which the project is to be constructed.
REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an
existing building.
REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an
existing roof covering. See “Roof Recover” and “Roof
Replacement.”
RESIDENTIAL BUILDING. For this code, includes detached
one- and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family
dwellings (townhouses) as well as Group R-2, R-3 and
R-4 buildings three stories or less in height above grade
plane.
ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather
protection and resistance to design loads. The system
consists of a roof covering and roof deck or a single
component serving as both the roof covering and the roof
deck. A roof assembly includes the roof covering,
underlayment, roof deck, insulation, vapor retarder and
interior finish.
ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional
roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering
without removing the existing roof covering.
ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of
an existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.
ROOF REPLACEMENT. The process of removing the
existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate
and installing a new roof covering.
ROOFTOP MONITOR. A raised section of a roof containing
vertical fenestration along one or more sides.
R-VALUE (THERMAL RESISTANCE). The inverse of the
time rate of heat flow through a body from one of its
bounding surfaces to the other surface for a unit
temperature difference between the two surfaces, under
steady state conditions, per unit area (h x ft2x°F/Btu) [(m
2 x
K)/W].
2015 Washington State Energy Code CE-15
◄
SATURATED CONDENSING TEMPERATURE. The
saturation temperature corresponding to the measured
refrigerant pressure at the condenser inlet for single
component and azeotropic refrigerants, and the arithmetic
average of the dew point and bubble point temperatures
corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser
entrance for zeotropic refrigerants.
SCREW LAMP HOLDERS. A lamp base that requires a
screw-in-type lamp, such as a compact-fluorescent,
incandescent, or tungsten-halogen bulb.
SEMI-HEATED SPACE. An enclosed space within a
building, including adjacent connected spaces separated
by an uninsulated component (e.g., basements, utility
rooms, garages, corridors), which:
1. Is heated but not cooled, and has a maximum
installed heating system output capacity of 3.4
Btu/(h-ft2) but not greater than 8 Btu/(h-ft
2);
2. Is not a walk-in or warehouse cooler or freezer
space.
SERVICE WATER HEATING. Heating water for domestic or
commercial purposes other than space heating and
process requirements.
SKYLIGHT. See “Fenestration.”
SLAB BELOW GRADE. Any portion of a slab floor in
contact with the ground which is more than 24 inches
below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. That portion of a slab floor of
the building envelope that is in contact with the ground
and that is either above grade or is less than or equal to 24
inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior
grade.
SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep,
which can also include permanent provisions for living,
eating, and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not
both. Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a
dwelling unit are not sleeping units.
SMALL BUSINESS. Any business entity (including a sole
proprietorship, corporation, partnership or other legal
entity) which is owned and operated independently from
all other businesses, which has the purpose of making a
profit, and which has fifty or fewer employees.
SMALL ELECTRIC MOTOR. A general purpose, alternating
current, single speed induction motor.
SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC). The ratio of the
solar heat gain entering the space through the fenestration
assembly to the incident solar radiation. Solar heat gain
includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed solar
radiation which is then reradiated, conducted or convected
into the space.
STANDARD REFERENCE DESIGN. A version of the
proposed design that meets the minimum requirements of
this code and is used to determine the maximum annual
energy use requirement for compliance based on total
building performance.
STEEL-FRAMED WALL. A wall with a cavity (insulated or
otherwise) whose exterior surfaces are separated by steel
framing members (i.e., typical steel stud walls and curtain
wall systems).
STOREFRONT. A nonresidential system of doors and
windows mulled as a composite fenestration structure that
has been designed to resist heavy use. Storefront systems
include, but are not limited to, exterior fenestration
systems that span from the floor level or above to the
ceiling of the same story on commercial buildings, with or
without mulled windows and doors.
SUBSYSTEM METER. A meter placed downstream of the
energy supply meter that measures the energy delivered to
a load or a group of loads.
TEMPORARY GROWING STRUCTURE. A temporary
growing structure has sides and roof covered with
polyethylene, polyvinyl or similar flexible synthetic
material and is used to provide plants with either frost
protection or increased heat retention. Temporary
structures are those that are erected for a period of less
than 180 days.
THERMOSTAT. An automatic control device used to
maintain temperature at a fixed or adjustable set point.
TIME SWITCH CONTROL. An automatic control device or
system that controls lighting or other loads, including
switching off, based on time schedules.
U-FACTOR (THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE). The coefficient
of heat transmission (air to air) through a building
component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow
per unit area and unit temperature difference between the
warm side and cold side air films (Btu/h x ft2 x°F)
[W/(m2 x K)].
UNHEATED SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. A slab-on-grade
floor that is not a heated slab-on-grade floor.
UNIFORM ILLUMINATION. A quality of illumination
delivered by a lighting system typically comprised of
similar fixtures mounted at a regular spacing interval.
This lighting system provides a uniform contrast ratio of
no greater that 5:1 maximum-to-minimum ratio
throughout the entire area served, including task areas.
VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SYSTEM. An engineered
direct-expansion (DX) refrigerant system that
incorporates a common condensing unit, at least one
variable capacity compressor, a distributed refrigerant
CE-16 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
piping network to multiple indoor fan heating and cooling
units each capable of individual zone temperature control,
through integral zone temperature control devices and a
common communications network. Variable refrigerant
flow utilizes three or more steps of control on common
interconnecting piping.
VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of
supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or
removing such air from, any space.
VENTILATION AIR. That portion of supply air that comes
from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated air that has
been treated to maintain the desired quality of air within a
designated space.
VERTICAL FENESTRATION. See “Fenestration.”
VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE [VT]. The ratio of visible light
entering the space through the fenestration product
assembly to the incident visible light, visible
transmittance, includes the effects of glazing material and
frame and is expressed as a number between 0 and 1.
WALK-IN COOLER. An enclosed storage space capable of
being refrigerated to temperatures above 32°F but less
than 55°F that can be walked into, has a ceiling height of
not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) and has a total chilled
storage area of less than 3,000 ft2.
WALK-IN FREEZER. An enclosed storage space capable of
being refrigerated to temperatures at or below 32°F that
can be walked into, has a ceiling height of not less than 7
feet and has a total chilled storage area of less than 3,000
ft2.
WALL. That portion of the building envelope, including
opaque area and fenestration, that is vertical or tilted at an
angle of 60 degrees from horizontal or greater. This
includes above-grade walls and below-grade walls,
between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, and
foundation walls.
WATER HEATER. Any heating appliance or equipment
that heats potable water and supplies such water to the
potable hot water distribution system.
WOOD-FRAMED AND OTHER WALLS. All other wall types,
including wood stud walls.
ZONE. A space or group of spaces within a building with
heating or cooling requirements that are sufficiently
similar so that desired conditions can be maintained
throughout using a single controlling device.
2015 Washington State Energy Code CE-17
CHAPTER 3 [CE]
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION C301 CLIMATE ZONES
C301.1 General. Climate zones from Table C301.1 shall
be used in determining the applicable requirements from
Chapter 4.
TABLE C301.1 CLIMATE ZONES, MOISTURE REGIMES,
AND WARM-HUMID DESIGNATIONS BY STATE AND COUNTY
Key: A - Moist, B - Dry, C - Marine.
Absence of moisture designation indicates
moisture regime is irrelevant.
WASHINGTON
5B Adams 4C Lewis
5B Asotin 5B Lincoln
5B Benton 4C Mason
5B Chelan 5B Okanogan
4C Clallam 4C Pacific
4C Clark 5B Pend Oreille
5B Columbia 4C Pierce
4C Cowlitz 4C San Juan
5B Douglas 4C Skagit
5B Ferry 5B Skamania
5B Franklin 4C Snohomish
5B Garfield 5B Spokane
5B Grant 5B Stevens
4C Grays Harbor 4C Thurston
4C Island 4C Wahkiakum
4C Jefferson 5B Walla Walla
4C King 4C Whatcom
4C Kitsap 5B Whitman
5B Kittitas 5B Yakima
5B Klickitat
SECTION C302 DESIGN CONDITIONS
C302.1 Interior design conditions. The interior design
temperatures used for heating and cooling load
calculations shall be a maximum of 72°F (22°C) for
heating and minimum of 75°F (24°C) for cooling.
C302.2 Exterior design conditions. The heating or
cooling outdoor design temperatures shall be selected
from Appendix C.
SECTION C303 MATERIALS, SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
C303.1 Identification. Materials, systems and equipment
shall be identified in a manner that will allow a
determination of compliance with the applicable
provisions of this code.
C303.1.1 Building thermal envelope insulation. An
R-value identification mark shall be applied by the
manufacturer to each piece of building thermal
envelope insulation 12 inches (305 mm) or greater in
width. Alternately, the insulation installers shall
provide a certification listing the type, manufacturer
and R-value of insulation installed in each element of
the building thermal envelope. For blown or sprayed
insulation (fiberglass and cellulose), the initial installed
thickness, settled thickness, settled R-value, installed
density, coverage area and number of bags installed
shall be listed on the certification. For sprayed
polyurethane foam (SPF) insulation, the installed
thickness of the areas covered and R-value of installed
thickness shall be listed on the certification. For
insulated siding, the R-value shall be labeled on the
product’s package and shall be listed on the
certification. The insulation installer shall sign, date
and post the certification in a conspicuous location on
the job site.
C303.1.1.1 Blown or sprayed roof/ceiling
insulation. The thickness of blown-in or sprayed
roof/ceiling insulation (fiberglass or cellulose) shall
be written in inches (mm) on markers that are
installed at least one for every 300 square feet (28 m2)
throughout the attic space. The markers shall be
affixed to the trusses or joists and marked with the
minimum initial installed thickness with numbers of
>
CE-18 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in height. Each marker
shall face the attic access opening. Spray
polyurethane foam thickness and installed R-value
shall be listed on certification provided by the
insulation installer.
C303.1.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating
materials shall be installed such that the manufacturer's
R-value mark is readily observable upon inspection.
C303.1.3 Fenestration product rating. U-factors of
fenestration products (windows, doors and skylights)
shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 100.
Exception: Where required, garage door U-factors
shall be determined in accordance with either NFRC
100 or ANSI/SASMA 105.
U-factors shall be determined by an accredited,
independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the
manufacturer.
Products lacking such a labeled U-factor shall be
assigned a default U-factor from Table C303.1.3(1),
C303.1.3(2) or C303.1.3(4). The solar heat gain
coefficient (SHGC) and visible transmittance (VT) of
glazed fenestration products (windows, glazed doors
and skylights) shall be determined in accordance with
NFRC 200 by an accredited, independent laboratory,
and labeled and certified by the manufacturer. Products
lacking such a labeled SHGC or VT shall be assigned a
default SHGC or VT from Table C303.1.3(3).
Exception: Units without NFRC ratings produced by
a small business may be assigned default U-factors
from Table C303.1.3(5) for vertical fenestration.
TABLE C303.1.3(1) DEFAULT GLAZED FENESTRATION
U-FACTORS
FRAME TYPE SINGLE PANE
DOUBLE PANE
SKYLIGHT
Metal 1.20 0.80
See Table C303.1.3(4)
Metal with Thermal
Break1 1.10 0.65
Nonmetal or Metal Clad 0.95 0.55
Glazed Block 0.60
1 Metal Thermal Break .= A metal thermal break framed window shall
incorporate the following minimum design characteristics:
a) The thermal conductivity of the thermal break material shall
be not more than 3.6 Btu-in/h/ft2/°F;
b) The thermal break material must produce a gap in the frame
material of not less than 0.210 inches; and
c) All metal framing members of the products exposed to interior and exterior air shall incorporate a thermal break meeting the criteria in a) and b) above.
C303.1.4 Insulation product rating. The thermal
resistance (R-value) of insulation shall be determined in
accordance with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission
R-value rule (C.F.R. Title 16, Part 460) in units of h ×
ft2 × °F/Btu at a mean temperature of 75°F (24°C).
C303.1.4.1 Insulated siding. The thermal resistance
(R-value) shall be determined in accordance with
ASTM C1363. Installation for testing shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
instructions.
C303.2 Installation. Materials, systems and equipment
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and the International Building Code or
International Residential Code, as applicable.
C303.2.1 Protection of exposed foundation insulation.
Insulation applied to the exterior of basement walls,
crawlspace walls and the perimeter of slab-on-grade
floors shall have a rigid, opaque and weather-resistant
protective covering to prevent the degradation of the
insulation's thermal performance. The protective covering
shall cover the exposed exterior insulation and extend not
less than 6 inches (153 mm) below grade.
C303.3 Maintenance information. Maintenance
instructions shall be furnished for equipment and systems
that require preventive maintenance. Required regular
maintenance actions shall be clearly stated and
incorporated on a readily accessible label. The label shall
include the title or publication number for the operation
and maintenance manual for that particular model and
type of product.
TABLE C303.1.3(2) DEFAULT DOOR U-FACTORS
See Appendix A, Section A107
TABLE C303.1.3(3) DEFAULT GLAZED FENESTRATION
SHGC AND VT
SINGLE GLAZED DOUBLE GLAZED GLAZED
BLOCK Clear Tinted Clear Tinted
SHGC 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40
VT 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.6
2012 Washington State Energy Code CE-19
TABLE C303.1.3(4) DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR SKYLIGHTS
Frame Type
Fenestration Type
Aluminum
Without
Thermal
Break
Aluminum
With
Thermal
Break
Reinforced
Vinyl/
Aluminum-Clad
Wood or Vinyl
Wood or Vinyl-
Clad Wood/
Vinyl without
Reinforcing
Single Glazing
glass U-1.58 U-1.51 U-1.40 U-1.18
acrylic/polycarb U-1.52 U-1.45 U-1.34 U-1.11
Double Glazing
air U-1.05 U-0.89 U-0.84 U-0.67
argon U-1.02 U-0.86 U-0.80 U-0.64
Double Glazing, e=0.20
air U-0.96 U-0.80 U-0.75 U-0.59
argon U-0.91 U-0.75 U-0.70 U-0.54
Double Glazing, e=0.10
air U-0.94 U-0.79 U-0.74 U-0.58
argon U-0.89 U-0.73 U-0.68 U-0.52
Double Glazing, e=0.05
air U-0.93 U-0.78 U-0.73 U-0.56
argon U-0.87 U-0.71 U-0.66 U-0.50
Triple Glazing
air U-0.90 U-0.70 U-0.67 U-0.51
argon U-0.87 U-0.69 U-0.64 U-0.48
Triple Glazing, e=0.20
air U-0.86 U-0.68 U-0.63 U-0.47
argon U-0.82 U-0.63 U-0.59 U-0.43
Triple Glazing, e=0.20 on 2 surfaces
air U-0.82 U-0.64 U-0.60 U-0.44
argon U-0.79 U-0.60 U-0.56 U-0.40
Triple Glazing, e=0.10 on 2 surfaces
air U-0.81 U-0.62 U-0.58 U-0.42
argon U-0.77 U-0.58 U-0.54 U-0.38
Quadruple Glazing, e=0.10 on 2 surfaces
air U-0.78 U-0.59 U-0.55 U-0.39
argon U-0.74 U-0.56 U-0.52 U-0.36
krypton U-0.70 U-0.52 U-0.48 U-0.32
Notes for Table C303.1.3(4)
1. U-factors are applicable to both glass and plastic, flat and domed units, all spacers and gaps.
2. Emissivities shall be less than or equal to the value specified.
3. Gap fill shall be assumed to be air unless there is a minimum of 90% argon or krypton.
4. Aluminum frame with thermal break is as defined in footnote 1 to Table C303.1.3(1).
CE-20 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C303.1.3(5) SMALL BUSINESS COMPLIANCE TABLE
DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR VERTICAL FENESTRATION
Vertical Fenestration Description Frame Type
Any Frame Aluminum
Thermal Break2
Wood/Vinyl/ Fiberglass
Panes Low-e1
Spacer Fill
Double3 A Any Argon 0.48 0.41 0.32
B Any Argon 0.46 0.39 0.30
C Any Argon 0.44 0.37 0.28
C High
Performance Argon 0.42 0.35
Deemed to
comply5
Triple4 A Any Air 0.50 0.44 0.26
B Any Air 0.45 0.39 0.22
C Any Air 0.41 0.34 0.20
Any double
low-e Any Air 0.35 0.32 0.18
1Low-eA (emissivity) shall be 0.24 to 0.16.
Low-eB (emissivity) shall be 0.15 to 0.08.
Low-eC (emissivity) shall be 0.07 or less.
2Aluminum Thermal Break = An aluminum thermal break framed window shall incorporate the following
minimum design characteristics:
a) The thermal conductivity of the thermal break material shall be not more than 3.6 Btu-in/h/ft2/°F;
b) The thermal break material must produce a gap in the frame material of not less than 0.210 inches; and
c) All metal framing members of the products exposed to interior and exterior air shall incorporate a
thermal break meeting the criteria in a) and b) above.
3A minimum air space of 0.375 inches between panes of glass is required for double glazing.
4A minimum air space of 0.25 inches between panes of glass is required for triple glazing.
5Deemed to comply glazing shall not be used for performance compliance.
2012 Washington State Energy Code CE-21
>
**
>
**
<
CHAPTER 4 [CE]
COMMERCIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
SECTION C401 GENERAL
C401.1 Scope. The provisions in this chapter are
applicable to commercial buildings and their building
sites.
C401.2 Application. Commercial buildings shall comply
with one of the following:
1. The requirements of Sections C402, C403, C404,
C405, C406, C408, C409 and C410.
2. The requirements of Section C407, C408, C409,
C410, C402.5, C403.2, C404, C405.2, C405.3,
C405.4, C405.6 and C405.7. The building energy
consumption shall be equal to or less than 87, 90 or
93 percent of the standard reference design
building, depending on the option selected per
Section C407.3.
C401.2.1 Application to existing buildings. Work on
existing buildings shall comply with Chapter 5 in
addition to the applicable provisions of Chapter 4.
SECTION C402 BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
C402.1 General (Prescriptive). Building thermal
envelope assemblies for buildings that are intended to
comply with the code on a prescriptive basis, in
accordance with the compliance path described in Item 1
of Section C401.2, shall comply with the following:
1. The opaque portions of the building thermal
envelope shall comply with the specific insulation
requirements of Section C402.2 and the thermal
requirements of either the R-value based method of
Section C402.1.3, the U-, C- and F-factor based
method of Section C402.1.4, or the component
performance alternative of Section C402.1.5.
2. Fenestration in the building envelope assemblies
shall comply with Section C402.4, or the component
performance alternative of Section C402.1.5.
3. Air leakage of building envelope assemblies shall
comply with Section C402.5.
C402.1.1 Low energy buildings. The following
buildings, or portions thereof, separated from the
remainder of the building by building thermal envelope
assemblies complying with this code shall be exempt
from all thermal envelope provisions of this code:
1. Those that are heated and/or cooled with a peak
design rate of energy usage less than 3.4 Btu/h ×
ft2 (10.7 W/m
2) or 1.0 watt/ft
2 (10.7 W/m
2) of
floor area for space conditioning purposes.
2. Those that do not contain conditioned space.
3. Greenhouses where cooling does not include a
condensing unit and that are isolated from any
other conditioned space.
4. Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used
solely for personal wireless service facilities.
C402.1.1.1 Semi-heated buildings and spaces. The
building envelope of semi-heated buildings, or
portions thereof, shall comply with the same
requirements as that for conditioned spaces in Section
C402, except as modified by this section. Building
envelope assemblies separating conditioned space
from semi-heated space shall comply with the
exterior envelope insulation requirements.
Semi-heated spaces heated by mechanical systems
that do not include electric resistance heating
equipment are not required to comply with the
opaque wall insulation provisions of Section
C402.2.3 for walls that separate semi-heated spaces
from the exterior or low energy spaces. Semi-heated
spaces shall be calculated separately from other
conditioned spaces for compliance purposes. Opaque
walls in semi-heated spaces shall be calculated as
fully code compliant opaque walls for both the target
and proposed for the Target UA calculations for the
component performance alternative in Section
C402.1.5, and for the Standard Reference Design for
Total Building Performance compliance per Section
C407.
C402.1.2 Equipment buildings. Buildings that
comply with all of the following shall be exempt from
the building thermal envelope provisions of this code:
1. Are separate buildings with floor area no more
than 500 square feet (50 m2).
2. Are intended to house electronic equipment with
installed equipment power totaling at least 7
watts per square foot (75 W/m2) and not intended
for human occupancy.
3. Have a heating system capacity not greater than
17,000 Btu/hr (5 kW) and a heating thermostat
set point that is restricted to not more than 50°F
(10°C).
4. Have an average wall and roof U-factor less than
0.200.
CE-22 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C402.1.3 Insulation component R-value method.
Building thermal envelope opaque assemblies shall
meet the requirements of Section C402.2 based on the
climate zone specified in Chapter 3. For opaque
portions of the building thermal envelope intended to
comply on an insulation component R-value basis, the
R-values for insulation in framing areas, where
required, and for continuous insulation, where required,
shall not be less than that specified in Table C402.1.3.
Commercial buildings or portions of commercial
buildings enclosing Group R occupancies shall use the
R-values from the "Group R" column of Table
C402.1.3. Commercial buildings or portions of
commercial buildings enclosing occupancies other than
Group R shall use the R-values from the "All other"
column of Table C402.1.3. The thermal resistance or
R-value of the insulating material installed in, or
continuously on, below grade exterior walls of the
building envelope required in accordance with Table
C402.1.3 shall extend to the lowest floor of the
conditioned space enclosed by the below grade wall.
Doors having less than 50 percent opaque glass area
shall be considered opaque doors. Opaque swinging
doors shall comply with the Table C402.1.4 and opaque
nonswinging doors shall comply with Table C402.1.3
or C402.1.4
C402.1.4 Assembly U-factor, C-factor or F-factor
based method. Building thermal envelope assemblies
intended to comply on an assembly U-, C-, or F-factor
basis shall have a U-, C-, or F-factor not greater than
that specified in Table C402.1.4. Commercial buildings
or portions of commercial buildings enclosing Group R
occupancies shall use the U-, C-, or F-factor from the
“Group R” column of Table C402.1.4. Commercial
buildings or portions of commercial buildings
enclosing occupancies other than Group R shall use the
U-, C-, or F-factor from the “All Other” column of
Table C402.1.4. The C-factor for the below-grade
exterior walls of the building envelope, as required in
accordance with Table C402.1.4, shall extend to the
level of the lowest conditioned floor. Opaque swinging
doors shall comply with Table C402.1.4 and opaque
nonswinging doors shall comply with Table C402.1.3
or C402.1.4. The U-factors for typical construction
assemblies are included in Appendix A. These values
shall be used for all calculations. Where proposed
construction assemblies are not represented in
Appendix A, values shall be calculated in accordance
with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals using
the framing factors listed in Appendix A where
applicable and shall include the thermal bridging
effects of framing materials.
C402.1.4.1 Thermal resistance of cold-formed
steel stud walls. U-factors of walls with cold-formed
steel studs shall be permitted to be determined in
accordance with Equation 4-1:
U = 1/[Rs + (ER)] (Equation 4-1)
where:
Rs = The cumulative R-value of the wall
components along the path of heat transfer,
excluding the cavity insulation and steel
studs.
ER = The effective R-value of the cavity insulation
with steel studs.
2012 Washington State Energy Code CE-23
►
TABLE C402.1.3 OPAQUE THERMAL ENVELOPE INSULATION COMPONENT
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS, R-VALUE METHODa, g
CLIMATE ZONE 5 AND MARINE 4
All Other Group R
Roofs
Insulation entirely above
deck R-38ci R-38ci
Metal buildingsb R-25 .+
R-11 LS R-25 .+
R-11 LS
Attic and other R-49 R-49
Walls, Above Grade
Mass R-9.5c ci R-13.3ci
Metal building R-19ci R-19ci
Steel framed R-13 .+
R-10ci R-19 .+
R-8.5ci
Wood framed and other R-21 int R-21 int
Walls, Below Grade
Below-grade walld Same as above grade Same as above grade
Floors
Massf R-30ci R-30ci
Joist/framing R-30e R-30e
Slab-on-Grade Floors
Unheated slabs R-10 for 24" below R-10 for 24" below
Heated slabsd R-10 perimeter &
under entire slab R-10 perimeter &
under entire slab
Opaque Doors
Nonswinging R-4.75 R-4.75
For SI: 1 inch .= 25.4 mm. ci .= Continuous insulation. NR .= No requirement. LS .= Liner system
a. Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix A.
b. Where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block with minimum thickness of ½-inch and minimum R-value of
R-3.5 shall be provided, otherwise use the U-factor compliance method in Table C402.1.4.
c. Exception: Integral insulated concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90 with all cores filled and meeting both of the
following:
1. At least 50 percent of cores must be filled with vermiculite or equivalent fill insulation; and
2. The building thermal envelope encloses one or more of the following uses: Warehouse (storage and retail), gymnasium,
auditorium, church chapel, arena, kennel, manufacturing plant, indoor swimming pool, pump station, water and waste water
treatment facility, storage facility, storage area, motor vehicle service facility. Where additional uses not listed (such as
office, retail, etc.) are contained within the building, the exterior walls that enclose these areas may not utilize this exception
and must comply with the appropriate mass wall R-value from Table C402.1.3/U-factor from Table C402.1.4.
CE-24 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
d. Where heated slabs are below grade, they shall comply with the insulation requirements for heated slabs.
e. Steel floor joist systems shall be insulated to R-38 + R-10ci.
f. “Mass floors” shall include floors weighing not less than:
1.35 pounds per square foot of floor surface area; or
2.25 pounds per square foot of floor surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot.
g. For roof, wall or floor assemblies where the proposed assembly would not be continuous insulation, an alternate nominal R-value
compliance option for assemblies with isolated metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation is:
Assemblies with
continuous
insulation (see
definition)
Alternate option for assemblies with
metal penetrations, greater than
0.04% but less than 0.08%
Alternate option for assemblies with
metal penetrations, greater than or
equal to 0.08% but less than 0.12%
R-9.5ci R-11.9ci R-13ci
R-11.4ci R-14.3ci R-15.7ci
R-13.3ci R-16.6ci R-18.3ci
R-15.2ci R-19.0ci R-21ci
R-30ci R-38ci R-42ci
R-38ci R-48ci R-53ci
R-13 + R-7.5ci R-13 + R-9.4ci R-13 + R-10.3ci
R-13 + R-10ci R-13 + R-12.5ci R-13 + R-13.8ci
R-13 + R-12.5ci R-13 + R-15.6ci R-13 + R-17.2ci
R-13 + R-13ci R-13 + R-16.3ci R-13 + R-17.9ci
R-19 + R-8.5ci R-19 + R-10.6ci R-19 + R-11.7ci
R-19 + R-14ci R-19 + R-17.5ci R-19 + R-19.2ci
R-19 + R-16ci R-19 + R-20ci R-19 + R-22ci
R-20 + R-3.8ci R-20 + R-4.8ci R-20 .+ R-5.3ci
R-21 + R-5ci R-21 + R-6.3ci R-21 + R-6.9ci
This alternate nominal R-value compliance option is allowed for projects complying with all of the following:
1. The ratio of the cross-sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous
insulation to the opaque surface area of the assembly is greater than 0.0004 (0.04%), but less than 0.0012 (0.12%).
2. The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e.g., brick ties or other
discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf
angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels,
shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation.
3. Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g.,
brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition,
calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross-sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous
insulation to the overall opaque wall area.
For other cases where the proposed assembly is not continuous insulation, see Section C402.1.4 for determination of U-factors
for assemblies that include metal other than screws and nails.
2012 Washington State Energy Code CE-25
TABLE C402.1.4 OPAQUE THERMAL ENVELOPE ASSEMBLY MAXIMUM REQUIREMENTS, U-FACTOR METHOD
a, f
CLIMATE ZONE 5 AND MARINE 4
All Other Group R
Roofs
Insulation entirely above deck U-0.027 U-0.027
Metal buildings U-0.031 U-0.031
Attic and other U-0.021 U-0.021
Joist or single rafter U-0.027 U-0.027
Walls, Above Grade
Mass U-0.104d U-0.078
Mass transfer deck slab edge U-0.20 U-0.20
Metal building U-0.052 U-0.052
Steel framed U-0.055 U-0.055
Wood framed and other U-0.054 U-0.054
Walls, Below Grade
Below-grade wallb Same as above grade Same as above
grade
Floors
Masse U-0.031 U-0.031
Joist/framing U-0.029 U-0.029
Slab-on-Grade Floors
Unheated slabs F-0.54 F-0.54
Heated slabsc F-0.55 F-0.55
Opaque Doors
Swinging U-0.37 U-0.37
Nonswinging U-0.34 U-0.34
a. Use of opaque assembly U-factors, C-factors, and F-factors from Appendix A is required unless otherwise allowed by Section C402.1.4.
b. Where heated slabs are below grade, they shall comply with the F-factor requirements for heated slabs.
c. Heated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab factors shall not be used.
d. Exception: Integral insulated concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90 with all cores filled and meeting both of the following: 1. At least 50 percent of cores must be filled with vermiculite or equivalent fill insulation; and
2. The building thermal envelope encloses one or more of the following uses: Warehouse (storage and retail), gymnasium, auditorium, church
chapel, arena, kennel, manufacturing plant, indoor swimming pool, pump station, water and waste water treatment facility, storage facility, storage area, motor vehicle service facility. Where additional uses not listed (such as office, retail, etc.) are contained within the building,
the exterior walls that enclose these areas may not utilize this exception and must comply with the appropriate mass wall R-value from Table
C402.1.3/U-factor from Table C402.1.4.
CE-26 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
e. “Mass floors” shall include floors weighing not less than:
1.35 pounds per square foot of floor surface area; or
2.25 pounds per square foot of floor surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot.
f. Opaque assembly U-factors based on designs tested in accordance with ASTM C1363 shall be permitted. The R-value of continuous insulation
shall be permitted to be added or subtracted from the original test design.
TABLE C402.1.4.1
EFFECTIVE R-VALUES FOR STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLIES NOMINAL
STUD DEPTH (inches)
SPACING OF
FRAMING (inches)
CAVITY R-VALUE
(insulation)
CORRECTION FACTOR (Fc)
EFFECTIVE R-VALUE (ER)
(Cavity
R-Value Fc)
3 1/2 16 13 0.46 5.98
15 0.43 6.45
3 1/2 24 13 0.55 7.15
15 0.52 7.80
6 16 19 0.37 7.03
21 0.35 7.35
6 24 19 0.45 8.55
21 0.43 9.03
8 16 25 0.31 7.75
24 25 0.38 9.50
C402.1.5 Component performance alternative.
Building envelope values and fenestration areas
determined in accordance with Equation 4-2 shall be
permitted in lieu of compliance with the U-factors and
F-factors in Table C402.1.4 and C402.4 and the
maximum allowable fenestration areas in Section
C402.4.1
A + B + C + D + E ≤ Zero (Equation 4-2)
Where:
A = Sum of the (UA Dif) values for each distinct
assembly type of the building thermal envelope,
other than slabs on grade:
UA Dif = UA Proposed – UA Table
UA Proposed = Proposed U-value x Area
UA Table = (U-factor from Table C402.1.4
or C402.4) x Area
B = Sum of the (FL Dif) values for each distinct slab on
grade perimeter condition of the building thermal
envelope:
FL Dif = FL Proposed – FL Table
FL Proposed = Proposed F-value x Perimeter
length
FL Table = (F-factor specified in Table
C402.1.4) x Perimeter length
The maximum allowed prescriptive vertical
fenestration area, identified as “Vertical Fenestration
Area allowed” in factor CA below, as a percent of the
gross above-grade wall area ratio is either:
1. 30%
2. 40% if the building complies with Section
C402.4.1.1 or Section C402.1.4.1; or
3. 40% if the U-values used in calculating A for
vertical fenestration are taken from Section
C402.4.1.3 rather than Table C402.4
Where the proposed vertical fenestration area is less than
or equal to the maximum allowed prescriptive vertical
fenestration area, the value of C (Excess Vertical Glazing
Value) shall be zero. Otherwise:
C = (CA x UV) – (CA x UWall), but not less than zero
CA = (Proposed Vertical Fenestration Area) –
(Vertical Fenestration Area allowed)
UA Wall = Sum of the (UA Proposed) values for each
opaque assembly of the exterior wall
UAW = Sum of the (UA Proposed) values for each
above-grade wall assembly
UWall = UAW/sum of wall area (excludes vertical
fenestration area)
UAV = Sum of the (UA Proposed) values for each
vertical fenestration assembly
UV = UAV/total vertical fenestration area
Where the proposed skylight area is less than or equal to
the skylight area allowed by Section C402.4.1, the value
of D (Excess Skylight Value) shall be zero. Otherwise:
D = (DA x US) – (DA x URoof), but not less than zero
DA = (Proposed Skylight Area) – (Allowable
Skylight Area from Section C402.4.1)
UAR = Sum of the (UA Proposed) values for each
roof assembly
URoof = UAR/sum of roof area (excludes skylight
area)
UAS = Sum of the (UA Proposed) values for each
skylight assembly
US = UAS/total skylight area
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-27
C402.1.5.1 Component U-factors. The U-factors
for typical construction assemblies are included in
Chapter 3 and Appendix A. These values shall be
used for all calculations. Where proposed
construction assemblies are not represented in
Chapter 3 or Appendix A, values shall be calculated
in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals, using the framing factors listed in
Appendix A.
For envelope assemblies containing metal framing,
the U-factor shall be determined by one of the
following methods:
1. Results of laboratory measurements according
to acceptable methods of test.
2. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals where
the metal framing is bonded on one or both
sides to a metal skin or covering.
3. The zone method as provided in ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals.
4. Effective framing/cavity R-values as provided
in Appendix A. When return air ceiling
plenums are employed, the roof/ceiling
assembly shall:
a. For thermal transmittance purposes, not
include the ceiling proper nor the
plenum space as part of the assembly;
and
b. For gross area purposes, be based upon
the interior face of the upper plenum
surface.
5. Tables in ASHRAE 90.1 Normative Appendix
A.
C402.1.5.2 SHGC rate calculations. Solar heat gain
coefficient shall comply with Table C402.4. The
target SHGCAt and the proposed SHGCAp shall be
calculated using Equations 4-3 and 4-4 and the
corresponding areas and SHGCs from Table C402.4.
EQUATION 4-3 TARGET SHGCAT
SHGCAt = SHGCogt(Aogt) + SHGCvgt(Avgt + Avgmt
+ Avgmot + Avgdt)
Where:
SHGCAt .= The target combined specific heat gain of the
target fenestration area.
SHGCogt = The solar heat gain coefficient for skylight
fenestration found in Table C402.4.
Aogt = The proposed skylight area.
SHGCvgt .= The solar heat gain coefficient for
fenestration found in Table C402.4 which
corresponds to the proposed total
fenestration area as a percent of gross
exterior wall area.
Avgt = The proposed vertical fenestration area with
nonmetal framing
Avgmt = The proposed vertical fenestration area with
fixed metal framing
Avgmot = The proposed vertical fenestration area with
operable metal framing
Avgdt = The proposed entrance door area
NOTE: The vertical fenestration area does not include opaque doors and opaque spandrel panels.
EQUATION 4-4 PROPOSED SHGCAP
SHGCAp = SHGCogAog + SHGCvgAvg
Where:
SHGCAt .= The combined proposed specific heat gain
of the proposed fenestration area.
SHGCog .= The solar heat gain coefficient of the
skylights.
Aog .= The skylight area.
SHGCvg .= The solar heat gain coefficient of the
vertical fenestration.
Avg .= The vertical fenestration area. NOTE: The vertical fenestration area does not include opaque doors and
opaque spandrel panels.
C402.2 Specific building thermal envelope insulation
requirements (Prescriptive). Insulation in building
thermal envelope opaque assemblies shall comply with
Sections C402.2.1 through C402.2.6 and Table C402.1.3.
Where this section refers to installing insulation levels
as specified in Section C402.1.3, assemblies complying
with Section C402.1.5 are allowed to install alternate
levels of insulation so long as the U-factor of the insulated
assembly is less than or equal to the U-factor required by
the respective path.
C402.2.1 Multiple layers of continuous insulation.
Where two or more layers of continuous insulation
board are used in a construction assembly, the
continuous insulation boards shall be installed in
accordance with Section C303.2. If the continuous
insulation board manufacturer’s installation
instructions do not address installation of two or more
layers, the edge joints between each layer of continuous
insulation boards shall be staggered.
C402.2.2Roof assembly. The minimum thermal
resistance (R-value) of the insulating material installed
either between the roof framing or continuously on the
roof assembly shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3,
based on construction materials used in the roof
assembly. Skylight curbs shall be insulated to the level
of roofs with insulation entirely above deck or R-5,
whichever is less.
Exceptions:
1. Continuously insulated roof assemblies where
the thickness of insulation varies 1 inch (25
mm) or less and where the area-weighted
CE-28 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
►
◄
<
U-factor is equivalent to the same assembly
with the R-value specified in Table C402.1.3.
2. Where tapered insulation is used with
insulation entirely above deck, those roof
assemblies shall show compliance on a
U-factor basis per Section C402.1.4. The
effective U-factor shall be determined through
the use of Tables A102.2.6(1), A102.2.6(2)
and A102.2.6(3).
3. Unit skylight curbs included as a component
of skylight listed and labeled in accordance
with NFRC 100 shall not be required to be
insulated.
Insulation installed on a suspended ceiling with
removable ceiling tiles shall not be considered part of
the minimum thermal resistance of the roof insulation.
C402.2.3 Thermal resistance of above-grade walls.
The minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of materials
installed in the wall cavity between the framing
members and continuously on the walls shall be as
specified in Table C402.1.3, based on framing type and
construction materials used in the wall assembly. The
R-value of integral insulation installed in concrete
masonry units (CMU) shall not be used in determining
compliance with Table C402.1.3.
"Mass walls" shall include walls:
1. Weighing not less than 35 psf (170 kg/m2) of
wall surface area.
2. Weighing not less than 25 psf (120 kg/m2) of
wall surface area where the material weight is
not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot (pcf)
(1,900 kg/m3).
3. Having a heat capacity exceeding 7 Btu/ft2 x °F
(144 kJ/m2 x K).
4. Having a heat capacity exceeding 5 Btu/ft2 x° F
(103 kJ/m2 x K) where the material weight is not
more than 120 pcf (1900 kg/m3).
C402.2.4 Thermal resistance of below-grade walls.
The minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of the
insulating material installed in, or continuously on, the
below-grade walls shall be as specified in Table
C402.1.3.
C402.2.5 Floors. The thermal properties (component
R-values or assembly U- or F-factors) of floor
assemblies over outdoor air or unconditioned space
shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4
based on the construction materials used in the floor
assembly. Floor framing cavity insulation or structural
slab insulation shall be installed to maintain permanent
contact with the underside of the subfloor decking or
structural slabs.
Exceptions:
1. The floor framing cavity insulation or structural
slab insulation shall be permitted to be in contact
with the top side of sheathing or continuous
insulation installed on the bottom side of floor
assemblies where combined with insulation that
meets or exceeds the minimum R-value in Table
C402.1.3 for “Metal framed” or “Wood framed
and other” values for “Walls, Above Grade” and
extends from the bottom of the top of all
perimeter floor framing or floor assembly
members.
2. Insulation applied to the underside of concrete
floor slabs shall be permitted an air space of not
more than 1 inch where it turns up and is in
contact with the underside of the floor under
walls associated with the building thermal
envelope.
C402.2.6 Slabs-on-grade perimeter insulation. Where
the slab-on-grade is in contact with the ground, the
minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulation
around the perimeter of unheated or heated slab-on-grade
floors designed in accordance with the R-value method of
Section C402.1.3 shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3.
The insulation shall be
placed on the outside of the foundation or on the inside of
the foundation wall. The insulation shall extend downward
from the top of the slab for a minimum distance as shown
in the table or to the top of the footing, whichever is less, or
downward to at least the bottom of the slab and then
horizontally to the interior or exterior for the total distance
shown in the table. Insulation extending away from the
building shall be protected by pavement or by a minimum
of 10 inches
(254 mm) of soil. Insulation complying with Table
C402.1.3 shall be provided under the entire area of heated
slabs-on-grade.
Exception: Where the slab-on-grade floor is greater
than 24 inches (61 mm) below the finished exterior
grade, perimeter insulation is not required.
C402.2.7 Reserved.
C402.2.8 Insulation of radiant heating systems.
Radiant heating system panels and their associated
components that are installed in interior or exterior
assemblies shall be insulated with a minimum of R-3.5
(0.62 m2/K × W) on all surfaces not facing the space
being heated. Radiant heating system panels that are
installed in the building thermal envelope shall be
separated from the exterior of the building or
unconditioned or exempt spaces by not less than the
R-value of the insulation installed in the opaque
assembly in which they are installed or the assembly
shall comply with Section C402.1.4.
Exception: Heated slabs-on-grade insulated in
accordance with Section C402.2.6.
C402.3 Reserved.
C402.4 Fenestration (Prescriptive). Fenestration shall
comply with Sections C402.4 through C402.4.4 and Table
C402.4. Daylight responsive controls shall comply with
this section and Section C405.2.4.1.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-29
TABLE C402.4 BUILDING ENVELOPE FENESTRATION
MAXIMUM U-FACTOR AND SHGC REQUIREMENTS
CLIMATE
ZONE 5 AND MARINE 4
Vertical Fenestration
U-factor
Nonmetal framing
(all)a 0.30
Metal framing
(fixed)b 0.38
Metal framing
(operable)c 0.40
Metal framing
(entrance doors)d 0.60
SHGC
Orientation SEW N
PF < 0.2 0.40 0.53
0.2 ≤ PF < 0.5 0.48 0.58
PF ≥ 0.5 0.64 0.64
Skylights
U-factor 0.50
SHGC 0.35
NR = No requirement.
a. "Nonmetal framing" includes framing materials other
than metal, with or without metal reinforcing or
cladding.
b. "Metal framing" includes metal framing, with or
without thermal break. "Fixed" includes curtain wall,
storefront, picture windows, and other fixed windows.
c. "Metal framing" includes metal framing, with or without
thermal break. "Operable" includes openable
fenestration products other than "entrance doors."
d. "Metal framing" includes metal framing, with or without
thermal break. "Entrance door" includes glazed swinging
entrance doors. Other doors which are not entrance
doors, including sliding glass doors, are considered
"operable."
C402.4.1 Maximum area. The vertical fenestration
area (not including opaque doors and opaque spandrel
panels) shall not exceed 30 percent of the gross
above-grade wall area. The skylight area shall not
exceed 3 percent of the gross roof area.
C402.4.1.1 Increased vertical fenestration area
with daylight responsive controls. A maximum of
40 percent of the gross above-grade wall area shall be
permitted to be vertical fenestration for the purpose
of prescriptive compliance with Section C402.1.4 or
for the component performance alternative in Section
C402.1.5, provided all of the following requirements
are met: 1. In buildings not greater than two stories above
grade, no less than 50 percent of the conditioned
floor area is within a daylight zone.
2. In buildings three or more stories above grade,
not less than 25 percent of the net floor area is
within a daylight zone.
3. Daylight responsive controls complying with
Section C405.2.4.1 are installed in daylight
zones.
4. Visible transmittance (VT) of vertical
fenestration is greater than or equal to 1.1 times
solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC).
Exception: Fenestration that is outside the scope of
NFRC 200 is not required to comply with Item 4.
C402.4.1.2 Reserved.
C402.4.1.3 Increased vertical fenestration area with
high-performance fenestration. The vertical
fenestration area (not including opaque doors and
opaque spandrel panels) is permitted to exceed 30% but
shall not exceed 40% of the gross above grade wall area,
for the purpose of prescriptive compliance with Section
C402.1.3 provided that each of the following conditions
are met:
1. The vertical fenestration shall have the following
U-factors:
a. Non-metal framing (all) = 0.28
b. Metal framing (fixed) = 0.34
c. Metal framing (operable) = 0.36
d. Metal framing (entrance doors) = 0.60
2. The SHGC of the vertical fenestration shall be less
than or equal to 0.35, adjusted for projection factor
in compliance with C402.4.3.
An area-weighted average shall be permitted to satisfy
the U-factor requirement for each fenestration product
category listed in Item 1 of this section. Individual
fenestration products from different fenestration product
categories shall not be combined in calculating the
area-weighted average U-factor.
The compliance path described in this section is not
permitted to be used for the Total Building Performance
compliance path in Section C407. The compliance path
described in this section is permitted to be used for the
component performance alternative in Section
C402.1.5, provided that the requirements of Section
C402.1.5 are met.
CE-30 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C402.4.1.4 Increased vertical fenestration area with
high-performance mechanical systems. The vertical
fenestration area (not including opaque doors and
opaque spandrel panels) is permitted to exceed 30
percent but shall not exceed 40 percent of the gross
above-grade wall area, for the purpose of prescriptive
compliance with Section C402.1.4 or for the component
performance alternative in Section C402.1.5, provided
that the mechanical system complies with all
requirements of Section C403.6, dedicated outdoor air
systems (DOAS) without utilizing the exceptions to
Section C403.6. This increased glazing fraction is not
permitted to be used to establish the reference case for
the Total Building Performance compliance path in
Section C407.
C402.4.2 Minimum skylight fenestration area. For single
story buildings only, in an enclosed space greater than 2,500
square feet (232 m2) in floor area, directly under a roof with
not less than 75 percent of the ceiling area with a ceiling
heights greater than 15 feet (4572 mm), and used as an office,
lobby, atrium, concourse, corridor, gymnasium/exercise
center, convention center, automotive service,
manufacturing, nonrefrigerated warehouse, retail store,
distribution/sorting area, transportation, or workshop,
skylights are required to provide a total toplight daylight zone
area not less than half the floor area and shall provide one of
the following:
1. A minimum ratio of skylight area to toplight
daylight zone area under skylights of not less than 3
percent where all skylights have a VT of at least
0.40 as determined in accordance with Section
C303.1.3
2. A minimum skylight effective aperture of at least 1
percent determined in accordance with Equation
4-5.
Skylight Effective Aperture = (0.85 x Skylight Area x Skylight VT x WF) Daylight zone under skylight
(Equation 4-5) where:
Skylight area = Total fenestration area of skylights.
Skylight VT = Area weighted average visible
transmittance of skylights.
WF = Area weighted average well factor,
where well factor is 0.9 if light well
depth is less than 2 feet (610 mm), or
0.7 if light well depth is 2 feet (610
mm) or greater.
Light well depth = Measure vertically from the underside
of the lowest point of the skylight
glazing to the ceiling plane under the
skylight.
Exception: Skylights above daylight zones of enclosed
spaces are not required in:
1. Reserved.
2. Spaces where the designed general lighting
power densities are less than 0.5 W/ft2 (5.4
W/m2).
3. Areas where it is documented that existing
structures or natural objects block direct beam
sunlight on at least half of the roof over the
enclosed area for more than 1,500 daytime hours
per year between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m.
4. Spaces where the daylight zone under rooftop
monitors is greater than 50 percent of the
enclosed space floor area.
5. Spaces where the total floor area minus the
sidelight daylight zone area is less than 2,500
square feet (232 m2), and where the lighting in
the daylight zone is controlled in accordance
with Section C405.2.3.1.
C402.4.2.1 Lighting controls in daylight zones under
skylights. Daylight responsive controls complying with
Section C405.2.4.1 shall be provided to control all
electric lights within daylight zones.
C402.4.2.2 Haze factor. Skylights in office, storage,
automotive service, manufacturing, nonrefrigerated
warehouse, retail store, and distribution/sorting area
spaces shall have a glazing material or diffuser with a
haze factor greater than 90 percent when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 1003.
Exception: Skylights designed and installed to
exclude direct sunlight entering the occupied space by
the use of fixed or automated baffles, or the geometry
of skylight and light well.
C402.4.3 Maximum U-factor and SHGC. The
maximum U-factor and solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC)
for fenestration shall be as specified in Table C402.4.
The window projection factor shall be determined in
accordance with Equation 4-6.
PF = A/B
(Equation 4-6)
Where:
PF = Projection factor (decimal).
A = Distance measured horizontally from the
furthest continuous extremity of any
overhang, eave, or permanently attached
shading device to the vertical surface of the
glazing.
B = Distance measured vertically from the
bottom of the glazing to the underside of the
overhang, eave, or permanently attached
shading device.
Where different windows or glass doors have
different PF values, they shall each be evaluated
separately.
C402.4.3.1 Reserved
C402.4.3.2 Reserved.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-31
>
◄
<
C402.4.3.3 Dynamic glazing. Where dynamic
glazing is intended to satisfy the SHGC and VT
requirements of Table C402.4, the ratio of the higher
to lower labeled SHGC shall be greater than or equal
to 2.4, and the dynamic glazing shall be automatically
controlled to modulate the amount of solar gain into
the space in multiple steps. Dynamic glazing shall be
considered separately from other fenestration, and
area-weighted averaging with other fenestration that
is not dynamic glazing shall not be permitted.
Exception: Dynamic glazing is not required to
comply with this section where both the lower and
higher labeled SHGC already comply with the
requirements of Table C402.4.
C402.4.3.4 Area-weighted U-factor. An
area-weighted average shall be permitted to satisfy
the U-factor requirements for each fenestration
product category listed in Table C402.4. Individual
fenestration products from different fenestration
product categories listed in Table C402.4 shall not be
combined in calculating area-weighted average
U-factor.
C402.4.4 Doors. Opaque doors shall comply with the
applicable requirements for doors as specified in Tables
C402.1.3 and C402.1.4 and be considered part of the
gross area of above grade walls that are part of the
building thermal envelope. Other doors shall comply
with the provisions of Section C402.4.3 for vertical
fenestration and the entire door area, including the
frame, shall be considered part of the fenestration area
of the building thermal envelope.
C402.5 Air leakage – thermal envelope (Mandatory).
The thermal envelope of buildings shall comply with
Sections C402.5.1 through C402.5.8.
C402.5.1 Air barriers. A continuous air barrier shall
be provided throughout the building thermal envelope.
The air barriers shall be permitted to be located on the
inside or outside of the building envelope, located
within the assemblies composing the envelope, or any
combination thereof. The air barrier shall comply with
Sections C402.5.1.1 and C402.5.1.2.
C402.5.1.1 Air barrier construction. The
continuous air barrier shall be constructed to comply
with the following:
1. The air barrier shall be continuous for all
assemblies that are the thermal envelope of the
building and across the joints and assemblies.
2. Air barrier joints and seams shall be sealed,
including sealing transitions in places and
changes in materials. The joints and seals shall
be securely installed in or on the joint for its
entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen or
otherwise impair its ability to resist positive
and negative pressure from wind, stack effect
and mechanical ventilation.
3. Penetrations of the air barrier shall be caulked,
gasketed or otherwise sealed in a manner
compatible with the construction materials and
location. Joints and seals associated with
penetrations shall be sealed in the same
manner or taped or covered with moisture
vapor-permeable wrapping material. Sealing
materials shall be appropriate to the
construction materials being sealed and shall
be securely installed around the penetrations
so as not to dislodge, loosen or otherwise
impair the penetrations’ ability to resist
positive and negative pressure from wind,
stack effect, and mechanical ventilation.
Sealing of concealed fire sprinklers, where
required, shall be in a manner that is
recommended by the manufacturer. Caulking
or other adhesive sealants shall not be used to
fill voids between fire sprinkler cover plates
and walls or ceilings.
4. Recessed lighting fixtures shall comply with
Section C402.5.8. Where similar objects are
installed which penetrate the air barrier,
provisions shall be made to maintain the
integrity of the air barrier.
5. Construction documents shall contain a
diagram showing the building’s pressure
boundary in plan(s) and section(s) and a
calculation of the area of the pressure
boundary to be considered in the test.
C402.5.1.2 Building test. The completed building
shall be tested and the air leakage rate of the building
envelope shall not exceed 0.40 cfm/ft2 at a pressure
differential of 0.3 inches water gauge (2.0 L/s x m2 at
75 Pa) at the upper 95 percent confidence interval in
accordance with ASTM E 779 or an equivalent
method approved by the code official. A report that
includes the tested surface area, floor area, air by
volume, stories above grade, and leakage rates shall
be submitted to the building owner and the Code
Official. If the tested rate exceeds that defined here, a
visual inspection of the air barrier shall be conducted
and any leaks noted shall be sealed to the extent
practicable. An additional report identifying the
corrective actions taken to seal air leaks shall be
submitted to the building owner and the Code
Official and any further requirement to meet the
leakage air rate will be waived.
1. Test shall be accomplished using either (1)
both pressurization and depressurization or (2)
pressurization alone, but not depressurization
alone. The test results shall be plotted against
the correct P for pressurization in accordance
with Section 9.4 of ASTM E779.
CE-32 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
>
►
*
2. The test pressure range shall be from 25 Pa to
80 Pa per Section 8.10 of ASTM E779, but the
upper limit shall not be less than 50 Pa, and the
difference between the upper and lower limit
shall not be less than 25 Pa.
3. If the pressure exponent n is less than 0.45 or
greater than 0.85 per Section 9.6.4 of ASTM
E779, the test shall be rerun with additional
readings over a longer time interval.
C402.5.1.2.1 Building test for mixed-use
buildings. Where a building is three or fewer stories
above grade plane and contains both commercial and
residential uses, the air barrier of the R-2 and R-3
occupancy areas of the building is permitted to be
separately tested according to Section R402.4.1.2.
Alternatively, it is permissible to test the air barrier of
the entire building according to Section C402.5.1.2,
provided that the tested air leakage rate does not
exceed the rate specified in Section C402.5.1.2.
C402.5.2 Reserved.
C402.5.3 Rooms containing fuel-burning
appliances. Where open combustion air ducts provide
combustion air to open combustion space conditioning
fuel-burning appliances, the appliances and combustion
air openings shall be located outside of the building
thermal envelope or enclosed in a room isolated from
inside the thermal envelope. Such rooms shall be sealed
and insulated in accordance with the envelope
requirements of Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4, where the
walls, floors and ceilings shall meet the minimum of the
below-grade wall R-value requirement. The door into
the room shall be fully gasketed, and any water lines
and ducts in the room insulated in accordance with
Section C403. The combustion air duct shall be
insulated, where it passes through conditioned space, to
a minimum of R-8.
Exceptions:
1. Direct vent appliances with both intake and
exhaust pipes installed continuous to the
outside.
2. Fireplaces and stoves complying with Sections
901 through 905 of the International
Mechanical Code, and Section 2111.13 of the
International Building Code.
C402.5.4 Doors and access openings to shafts,
chutes, stairways, and elevator lobbies. Doors and
access openings from conditioned space to shafts,
chutes, stairways and elevator lobbies shall be gasketed,
weatherstripped or sealed.
Exceptions:
1. Door openings required to comply with
Section 715 or 715.4 of the International
Building Code.
2. Doors and door openings required to comply
with UL 1784 by the International Building
Code.
C402.5.5 Air intakes, exhaust openings, stairways
and shafts. Stairway enclosures, elevator shaft vents
and other outdoor air intakes and exhaust openings
integral to the building envelope shall be provided with
dampers in accordance with Section C403.2.4.3.
C402.5.6 Loading dock weatherseals. Cargo doors
and loading dock doors shall be equipped with
weatherseals to restrict infiltration when vehicles are
parked in the doorway.
C402.5.7 Vestibules. All building entrances shall be
protected with an enclosed vestibule, with all doors
opening into and out of the vestibule equipped with
self-closing devices. Vestibules shall be designed so
that in passing through the vestibule it is not necessary
for the interior and exterior doors to open at the same
time. The installation of one or more revolving doors in
the building entrance shall not eliminate the
requirement that a vestibule be provided on any doors
adjacent to revolving doors. For the purposes of this
section, “building entrances” shall include exit-only
doors in buildings where separate doors for entering
and exiting are provided.
Interior and exterior doors shall have a minimum
distance between them of not less than 7 feet. The
exterior envelope of conditioned vestibules shall
comply with the requirements for a conditioned space.
Either the interior or exterior envelope of
unconditioned vestibules shall comply with the
requirements for a conditioned space. The building
lobby is not considered a vestibule.
Exception: Vestibules are not required for the
following:
1. Doors not intended to be used as building
entrances.
2. Unfinished ground-level space greater than
3,000 square feet (298 m2) if a note is included
on the permit documents at each exterior
entrance to the space stating “Vestibule
required at time of tenant build-out if entrance
serves a space greater than 3,000 square feet in
area.”
3. Doors opening directly from a sleeping unit or
dwelling unit.
4. Doors between a space smaller than 3,000
square feet (298 m2) in area and the exterior of
the building or the building entrance lobby,
where those doors do not comprise one of the
primary entrance paths to the remainder of the
building.
5. Revolving doors.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-33
>
6. Doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular
movement or material handling and adjacent
personnel doors.
7. In buildings less than three stories above grade
or in spaces that do not directly connect with
the building elevator lobby, doors that have an
air curtain with a velocity of not less than 6.56
feet per second (2 m/s) at the floor that have
been tested in accordance with ANSI/AMCA
220 and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Manual or
automatic controls shall be provided that will
operate the air curtain with the opening and
closing of the door. Air curtains and their
controls shall comply with Section C408.2.3
8. Building entrances in buildings that are less
than four stories above grade and less than
10,000 square feet in area.
9. Elevator doors in parking garages provided
that the elevators have an enclosed lobby at
each level of the garage.
10. Entrances to semi-heated spaces.
C402.5.8 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires
installed in the building thermal envelope shall be all of
the following:
1. IC Rated.
2. Labeled as having an air leakage rate of not more
than 2.0 cfm (0.944 L/s) when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf (75
Pa) pressure differential.
3. Sealed with a gasket or caulk between the
housing and interior wall or ceiling covering.
SECTION C403 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
C403.1 General. Mechanical systems and equipment
serving heating, cooling, ventilating, and other needs shall
comply with Section C403.2 and shall comply with
Sections C403.3 and C403.4 based on the equipment and
systems provided.
Exception: Energy using equipment used by a
manufacturing, industrial or commercial process
other than for conditioning spaces or maintaining
comfort and amenities for the occupants and not
otherwise regulated by C403.2.3, Tables C403.2.3 (1)
through (10) inclusive, C403.2.4.5, C403.2.4.6,
C403.2.7, C403.2.9, C403.5.4, C404.2, Table
C404.2, C405.8, and C410. Data center HVAC
equipment is not covered by this exception.
C403.2 Provisions applicable to all mechanical
systems (Mandatory). Mechanical systems and
equipment serving the building heating, cooling or
ventilating needs shall comply with Sections C403.2.1
through C403.2.13.
C403.2.1 Calculation of heating and cooling loads.
Design loads associated with heating, ventilating and
air conditioning of the building shall be determined in
accordance with the procedures described in
ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 183 or by an
approved equivalent computational procedure, using
the design parameters specified in Chapter 3. Heating
and cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load
reductions that are achieved where energy recovery
systems are utilized in the HVAC system in accordance
with the ASHRAE HVAC Systems and Equipment
Handbook by an approved equivalent computational
procedure.
C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing. The output
capacity of heating and cooling equipment shall be no
greater than that of the smallest available equipment
size that exceeds the loads calculated in accordance
with Section C403.2.1. A single piece of equipment
providing both heating and cooling shall satisfy this
provision for one function with the capacity for the
other function as small as possible, within available
equipment options.
Exceptions:
1. Required standby equipment and systems
provided with controls and devices that allow
such systems or equipment to operate
automatically only when the primary
equipment is not operating.
2. Multiple units of the same equipment type
with combined capacities exceeding the
design load and provided with controls that are
configured to sequence the operation of each
unit based on load.
C403.2.3 HVAC equipment performance
requirements. Equipment shall meet the minimum
efficiency requirements of Tables C403.2.3(1),
C403.2.3(2), C403.2.3(3), C403.2.3(4), C403.2.3(5),
C403.2.3(6), C403.2.3(7), C403.2.3(8) and C403.2.3(9)
when tested and rated in accordance with the applicable
test procedure. Plate-type liquid-to-liquid heat
exchangers shall meet the minimum requirements of
Table C403.2.3(10). The efficiency shall be verified
through certification and listed under an approved
certification program or, if no certification program
exists, the equipment efficiency ratings shall be
supported by data furnished by the manufacturer.
Where multiple rating conditions or performance
requirements are provided, the equipment shall satisfy
all stated requirements. Where components, such as
indoor or outdoor coils, from different manufacturers
are used, calculations and supporting data shall be
furnished by the designer that demonstrates that the
combined efficiency of the specified components meets
the requirements herein.
CE-34 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
Gas-fired and oil-fired forced air furnaces with input
ratings of 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) or greater and all unit
heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or
interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical
draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A
vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue
damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn
from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input
ratings of 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) or greater, including
electric furnaces, that are not located within the
conditioned space shall have jacket losses not
exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating.
Chilled water plants and buildings with more than
500 tons total capacity shall not have more than 100
tons provided by air-cooled chillers.
Exceptions:
1. Where the designer demonstrates that the
water quality at the building site fails to meet
manufacturer's specifications for the use of
water-cooled equipment.
2. Air-cooled chillers with minimum efficiencies
at least 10 percent higher than those listed in
Table C403.2.3(7).
3. Replacement of existing equipment.
C403.2.3.1 Water-cooled centrifugal chilling
packages. Equipment not designed for operation at
AHRI Standard 550/590 test conditions of 44°F
(7°C) leaving chilled-water temperature and 2.4
gpm/ton evaporator fluid flow and 85°F (29°C)
entering condenser water temperature with 3 gpm/ton
(0.054 L/s x kW) condenser water flow shall have
maximum full-load kW/ton (FL) and part-load
ratings adjusted using Equations 4-7 and 4-8.
FLadj = FL/Kadj
(Equation 4-7)
PLVadj = IPLV/Kadj
(Equation 4-8)
Where:
Kadj = A × B
FL = Full-load kW/ton values as specified in
Table C403.2.3(7)
FLadj = Maximum full-load kW/ton rating,
adjusted for nonstandard conditions
IPLV = Values as specified in Table C403.2.3(7)
PLVadj = Maximum NPLV rating, adjusted for
nonstandard conditions.
A = 0.00000014592 × (LIFT)4 -
0.0000346496 × (LIFT)3 + 0.00314196
× (LIFT)2 - 0.147199 × LIFT + 3.9302
B = 0.0015 × Lvg Evap
(°F) + 0.934
LIFT = LvgCond - LvgEvap
LvgCond
= Full-load condenser leaving fluid
temperature (°F)
LvgEvap
= Full-load evaporator leaving temperature
(°F)
The FLadj and PLVadj values are only applicable
for centrifugal chillers meeting all of the following
full-load design ranges:
1. Minimum evaporator leaving temperature:
36°F.
2. Maximum condenser leaving temperature:
115°F.
3. LIFT is not less than 20°F and not greater than
80°F.
C403.2.3.2 Positive displacement (air- and
water-cooled) chilling packages. Equipment with a
leaving fluid temperature higher than 32°F (0°C) and
water-cooled positive displacement chilling packages
with a condenser leaving fluid temperature below
115°F (46°C) shall meet the requirements of Table
C403.2.3(7) when tested or certified with water at
standard rating conditions, in accordance with the
referenced test procedure.
C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating and cooling
equipment. Packaged electric equipment providing
both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity
greater than 6,000 Btu/h shall be a heat pump.
Exception: Unstaffed equipment shelters or
cabinets used solely for personal wireless service
facilities.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-35
TABLE C403.2.3(1)A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION
TYPE
SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST
PROCEDUREa
Air conditioners, air
cooled < 65,000 Btu/h
b All
Split System 13.0 SEER
AHRI
210/240
Single Package 14.0 SEER
Through-the-wall
(air cooled) ≤30,000 Btu/h
b All
Split system 12.0 SEER
Single Package 12.0 SEER
Small duct high velocity,
air cooled ≤65,000 Btu/h
b All Split system 11.0 SEER
Air conditioners,
air cooled
≥65,000 Btu/h
and < 135,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
11.2 EER
12.9 IEER
AHRI
340/360
All other Split System and
Single Package
11.0 EER
12.7 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h
and < 240,000
Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
11.0 EER
12.4 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
10.8 EER
12.2 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h
and < 760,000
Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
10.0 EER
11.6 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
9.8 EER
11.4 IEER
≥760,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
9.7 EER
11.2 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
9.5 EER
11.6 IEER
Air conditioners,
water cooled
< 65,000 Btu/hb All
Split System and
Single Package
12.1 EER
12.3 IEER AHRI
210/240
≥65,000 Btu/h
and < 135,000
Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
12.1 EER
13.9 IEER
AHRI
340/360
All other Split System and
Single Package
11.9 EER
13.7 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h
and < 240,000
Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
12.5 EER
13.9 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
12.3 EER
13.7 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h
and < 760,000
Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
12.4 EER
13.6 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
12.2 EER
13.4 IEER
≥760,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
12.2 EER
13.5 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
12.0 EER
13.3 IEER
(continued)
CE-36 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C403.2.3(1)A—continued MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION
TYPE
SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST
PROCEDUREa
Air conditioners,
evaporatively cooled
< 65,000 Btu/hb All
Split System and
Single Package 12.1 EER
12.3 IEER
AHRI
210/240
≥65,000 Btu/h
and < 135,000
Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package 12.1 EER
12.3 IEER
AHRI
340/360
All other Split System and
Single Package 11.9 EER
12.1 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h
and < 240,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
12.0 EER
12.2 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
11.8 EER
12.0 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h
and < 760,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
11.9 EER
12.1 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
11.7 EER
11.9 IEER
≥760,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
11.7 EER
11.9 EER
All other Split System and
Single Package
11.5 EER
11.7 EER
Condensing units, air
cooled ≥135,000 Btu/h
10.5 EER
11.8 IEER
AHRI 365 Condensing units, water
cooled ≥135,000 Btu/h
13.5 EER
14.0 IEER
Condensing units,
evaporatively cooled ≥135,000 Btu/h
13.5 EER
14.0 IEER
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.
a. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the reference year version of the test procedure.
b. Single-phase, air-cooled air conditioners less than 65,000 Btu/h are regulated by NAECA. SEER values are those set by NAECA.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-37
TABLE C403.2.3(1)B MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR CONDITIONERS
Equipment Type Size Category Heating
Section Type Sub-Category or Rating Condition
Minimum Efficiency
Test Procedure Before
1/1/2017 After
1/1/2017
VRF Air Conditioners,
Air Cooled
<65,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split
System
13.0 SEER 13.0 SEER AHRI 1230
≥65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Btu/h
Electric
Resistance (or
none)
VRF Multi-split
System
11.2 EER
13.1 IEER
11.2 EER
15.5 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h and
<240,000 Btu/h
Electric
Resistance (or
none)
VRF Multi-split
System
11.0 EER
12.9 IEER
11.0 EER
14.9 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h Electric
Resistance (or
none)
VRF Multi-split
System
10.0 EER
11.6 IEER
10.0 EER
13.9 EER
TABLE C403.2.3(1)C MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR-TO-AIR AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS
Equipment Type
Size Category Heating Section
Type Sub-Category or Rating
Condition
Minimum Efficiency Test
Procedure Before 1/1/2017
After 1/1/2017
VRF Air Cooled,
(cooling mode)
<65,000 Btu/h All
VRF Multi-split System 13.0 SEER 13.0 SEER AHRI 1230
≥65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Btu/h
Electric
Resistance
(or none)
VRF Multi-split System 11.0 EER
12.9 IEER
11.0 EER
14.6 IEER
≥65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Btu/h
Electric
Resistance
(or none)
VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
10.8 EER
12.7 IEER
10.8 EER
14.4 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h and
<240,000 Btu/h
Electric
Resistance
(or none)
VRF Multi-split System 10.6 EER
12.3 IEER
10.6 EER
13.9 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h and
<240,000 Btu/h
Electric
Resistance
(or none)
VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
10.4 EER
12.1 IEER
10.4 EER
13.7 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h Electric
Resistance
(or none)
VRF Multi-split System 9.5 EER
11.0 IEER
9.5 EER
12.7 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h Electric
Resistance
(or none)
VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
9.3 EER
10.8 IEER
9.3 EER
12.5 IEER
(continued)
CE-38 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
Equipment Type
Size Category Heating Section
Type Sub-Category or Rating
Condition
Minimum Efficiency Test
Procedure Before 1/1/2017
After 1/1/2017
VRF Water source
(cooling mode)
<65,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split systems
86ºF entering water
12.0 EER
AHRI 1230
<65,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split systems
with Heat Recovery
86ºF entering water
11.8 EER
≥65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Btu/h
All VRF Multi-split System
86ºF entering water
12.0 EER
≥65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Btu/h
All VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
86ºF entering water
11.8 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
86ºF entering water
10.0 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
86ºF entering water
9.8 EER
VRF Groundwater
source (cooling mode)
<135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
59ºF entering water
16.2 EER
AHRI 1230
<135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
59ºF entering water
16.0 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
59ºF entering water
13.8 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
59ºF entering water
13.6 EER
VRF Ground source (cooling mode)
<135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
77ºF entering water
13.4 EER
AHRI 1230
<135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
77ºF entering water
13.2 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
77ºF entering water
11.0 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System
with Heat Recovery
77ºF entering water
10.8 EER
VRF Air Cooled
(heating mode)
<65,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
- - - VRF Multi-split System 7.7 HSPF AHRI 1230
≥65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
- - -
VRF Multi-split system
47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air
17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air
3.3 COP
2.25 COP
≥135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
- - -
VRF Multi-split System
47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air
17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air
3.2 COP
2.05 COP
VRF Water source
(heating mode)
<135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
---
VRF Multi-split System
68ºF entering water
4.2 COP
AHRI 1230
≥135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
---
VRF Multi-split System
68ºF entering water
3.9 COP
(continued)
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-39
Equipment Type
Size Category Heating Section
Type Sub-Category or Rating
Condition
Minimum Efficiency Test
Procedure Before 1/1/2017
After 1/1/2017
VRF Groundwater
source (heating mode)
<135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
---
VRF Multi-split System
50ºF entering water
3.6 COP
AHRI 1230
≥135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
---
VRF Multi-split System
50ºF entering water
3.3 COP
VRF Ground source (heating mode)
<135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
---
VRF Multi-split System
32ºF entering water
3.1 COP
AHRI 1230
≥135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
---
VRF Multi-split System
32ºF entering water
2.8 COP
TABLE C403.2.3(2) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION
TYPE SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
TEST PROCEDURE
a
Air cooled
(cooling mode) < 65,000 Btu/hb
All Split System 14.0 SEER
AHRI
210/240
Single Packaged 14.0 SEER
Through-the-wall,
air cooled (cooling mode) ≤30,000 Btu/hb All
Split System 12.0 SEER
Single Packaged 12.0 SEER
Small duct high velocity, air cooled < 65,000 Btu/ hb All Split System 11.0 SEER
Air cooled
(cooling mode)
≥65,000 Btu/h and
< 135,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
11.0 EER
12.2 IEER
AHRI
340/360
All other Split System and
Single Package
10.8 EER
12.0 IEER
≥135,000 Btu/h
and < 240,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
10.6 EER
11.6 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
10.4 EER
11.4 IEER
≥240,000 Btu/h
Electric Resistance
(or None)
Split System and
Single Package
9.5 EER
10.6 IEER
All other Split System and
Single Package
9.3 EER
10.4 IEER
Water source
(cooling mode)
< 17,000 Btu/h All 86°F entering water 12.2 EER
ISO 13256-1
≥17,000 Btu/h and
< 65,000 Btu/h All 86°F entering water 13.0 EER
≥65,000 Btu/h and
< 135,000 Btu/h All 86°F entering water 13.0 EER
Ground water source
(cooling mode) < 135,000 Btu/h All 59°F entering water 18.0 EER
Ground source (cooling mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h All 77°F entering water 14.1 EER
Water-source water to water
(cooling mode) < 135,000 Btu/h All
86°F entering water 10.6 EER
ISO 13256-2
59°F entering water 16.3 EER
Ground water source
Brine to water (cooling mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h All 77°F entering fluid 12.1 EER
(continued)
CE-40 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C403.2.3(2)—continued MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION
TYPE SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
TEST PROCEDURE
a
Air cooled (heating mode) < 65,000 Btu/hb — Split System 8.2 HSPF
AHRI
210/240
— Single Package 8.0 HSPF
Through-the-wall,
(air cooled, heating mode)
≤30,000 Btu/hb
(cooling capacity)
— Split System 7.4 HSPF
— Single Package 7.4 HSPF
Small-duct high velocity
(air cooled, heating mode) < 65,000 Btu/hb
— Split System 6.8 HSPF
Air cooled
(heating mode)
≥65,000 Btu/h and
< 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity)
—
47ºF db/43ºF wb
Outdoor Air 3.3 COP
AHRI
340/360
17ºF db/15ºF wb
Outdoor Air 2.25 COP
≥135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) —
47ºF db/43ºF wb
Outdoor Air 3.2 COP
17ºF db/15ºF wb
Outdoor Air 2.05 COP
Water source
(heating mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity) — 68°F entering water 4.3 COP
ISO 13256-1 Ground water source
(heating mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity) — 50°F entering water 3.7 COP
Ground source
(heating mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity) — 32°F entering fluid 3.2 COP
Water-source
water to water (heating mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity)
— 68°F entering water 3.7 COP
ISO 13256-2
— 50°F entering water 3.1 COP
Ground source
brine to water
(heating mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity)
— 32°F entering fluid 2.5 COP
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
a. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the reference year version of the
test procedure.
b. Single-phase, air-cooled air conditioners less than 65,000 Btu/h are regulated by NAECA. SEER values are those set by NAECA.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-41
TABLE C403.2.3(3) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMPS, SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL AIR CONDITIONERS,
SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL HEAT PUMPS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS AND ROOM AIR-CONDITIONER HEAT PUMPS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY
(INPUT) SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST
PROCEDUREa
PTAC (cooling mode)
new construction All Capacities 95°F db outdoor air 14.0 - (0.300 × Cap/1000) EER
AHRI 310/380
PTAC (cooling mode)
replacementsb
All Capacities 95°F db outdoor air 10.9 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER
PTHP (cooling mode)
new construction All Capacities 95°F db outdoor air 14.0 - (0.300 × Cap/1000) EER
PTHP (cooling mode)
replacementsb
All Capacities 95°F db outdoor air 10.8 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER
PTHP (heating mode)
new construction All Capacities — 3.7 - (0.052 × Cap/1000) COP
PTHP (heating mode)
replacementsb
All Capacities — 2.9 - (0.026 × Cap/1000) COP
SPVAC (cooling mode)
< 65,000 Btu/h 95°F db/ 75°F wb
outdoor air 10.0 EER
AHRI 390
≥65,000 Btu/h and <
135,000 Btu/h
95°F db/ 75°F wb
outdoor air 10.0 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h and
< 240,000 Btu/h
95°F db/ 75°F wb
outdoor air 10.0 EER
SPVHP (cooling mode)
< 65,000 Btu/h 95°F db/ 75°F wb
outdoor air 10.0 EER
≥65,000 Btu/h and <
135,000 Btu/h
95°F db/ 75°F wb
outdoor air 10.0 EER
≥135,000 Btu/h and
< 240,000 Btu/h
95°F db/ 75°F wb
outdoor air 10.0 EER
SPVHP (heating mode)
<65,000 Btu/h 47°F db/ 43°F wb
outdoor air 3.0 COP
AHRI 390 ≥65,000 Btu/h and <
135,000 Btu/h
47°F db/ 43°F wb
outdoor air 3.0 COP
≥135,000 Btu/h and
< 240,000 Btu/h
47°F db/ 43°F wb
outdoor air 3.0 COP
Room air conditioners,
with louvered sides
< 6,000 Btu/h — 9.7 SEER
ANSI/AHA-
MRAC-1
≥6,000 Btu/h and
< 8,000 Btu/h — 9.7 SEER
≥8,000 Btu/h and < 14,000 Btu/h
— 9.8 EER
≥14,000 Btu/h and
< 20,000 Btu/h — 9.7 SEER
≥20,000 Btu/h — 8.5 EER
Room air conditioners,
without louvered sides
< 8,000 Btu/h — 9.0 EER
≥8,000 Btu/h and
< 20,000 Btu/h — 8.5 EER
≥20,000 Btu/h — 8.5 EER
(continued)
CE-42 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C403.2.3(3)—continued MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMPS, SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL AIR CONDITIONERS,
SINGLE VERTICAL HEAT PUMPS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS AND ROOM AIR-CONDITIONER HEAT PUMPS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY
(INPUT)
SUBCATEGORY OR
RATING CONDITION MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
TEST
PROCEDUREa
Room air-conditioner
heat pumps with louvered sides
< 20,000 Btu/h — 9.0 EER
ANSI/AHA- MRAC-1
≥20,000 Btu/h — 8.5 EER
Room air-conditioner
heat pumps without
louvered sides
< 14,000 Btu/h — 8.5 EER
≥14,000 Btu/h — 8.0 EER
Room air conditioner
casement only All capacities — 8.7 EER
Room air conditioner
casement-slider All capacities — 9.5 EER
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
“Cap” = The rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h. If the unit’s capacity is less than 7000 Btu/h, use 7000 Btu/h in the calculation. If the unit’s
capacity is greater than 15,000 Btu/h, use 15,000 Btu/h in the calculations.
a. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
b. Replacement unit shall be factory labeled as follows: “MANUFACTURED FOR NONSTANDARD SIZE APPLICATIONS ONLY: NOT TO BE
INSTALLED IN NEW STANDARD PROJECTS” or MANUFACTURED FOR REPLACEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY: NOT TO BE INSTALLED IN NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS.” Replacement efficiencies apply only to units with existing sleeves less than 16 inches (406
mm) in height and less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in width.
TABLE 403.2.3(4)
WARM AIR FURNACES AND COMBINATION WARM AIR FURNACES/AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS, WARM AIR DUCT FURNACES AND UNIT HEATERS, MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY (INPUT) SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM EFFICIENCYd,e
, TEST PROCEDUREa
Warm air furnaces, gas
fired
< 225,000 Btu/h — 78% AFUE or 80%Etc
DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or
ANSI Z21.47
≥225,000 Btu/h Maximum capacityc 80%Et
f ANSI Z21.47
Warm air furnaces, oil
fired
< 225,000 Btu/h — 78% AFUE or 80%Etc DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or
UL 727
≥225,000 Btu/h Maximum capacityb 81%Et
g UL 727
Warm air duct furnaces,
gas fired All capacities Maximum capacityb
80%Ec ANSI Z83.8
Warm air unit heaters,
gas fired All capacities Maximum capacityb
80%Ec ANSI Z83.8
Warm air unit heaters,
oil fired All capacities Maximum capacityb
80%Ec UL 731
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.
a. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test
procedure.
b. Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit’s controls.
c. Combination units not covered by the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (NAECA) (3-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h [19 kW]) shall comply with either rating.
d. Et = Thermal efficiency. See test procedure for detailed discussion.
e. Ec = Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion.
f. Ec = Combustion efficiency. Units must also include an IID, have jackets not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating, and have either power venting
or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned
space.
g. Et = Thermal efficiency. Units must also include an IID, have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating, and have either power venting
or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-43
TABLE C403.2.3(5) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: GAS- AND OIL-FIRED BOILERS
EQUIPMENT TYPEa
SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
SIZE CATEGORY (INPUT) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
Boilers, hot water
Gas-fired
< 300,000 Btu/h 82% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300,000 Btu/h and
≤2,500,000 Btu/hb
80% Et
10 CFR Part 431
> 2,500,00 Btu/ha 82% Ec
Oil-firedc
< 300,000 Btu/h 84% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300,000 Btu/h and
≤2,500,000 Btu/hb
82% Et
10 CFR Part 431
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha 84% Ec
Boilers, steam
Gas-fired < 300,000 Btu/h 80% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
Gas-fired- all, except
natural draft
≥300,000 Btu/h and
≤2,500,000 Btu/hb
79% Et
10 CFR Part 431 > 2,500,000 Btu/ha
79% Et
Gas-fired-natural draft
≥300,000 Btu/h and
≤2,500,000 Btu/hb
77% Et
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha 77% Et
Oil-firedc
< 300,000 Btu/h 82% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300,000 Btu/h and
≤2,500,000 Btu/hb
81% Et
10CFR Part 431
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha 81% Et
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.
Ec = Combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). Et = Thermal efficiency. See referenced standard document for detailed information.
a. These requirements apply to boilers with rated input of 8,000,000 Btu/h or less that are not packaged boilers and to all packaged boilers. Minimum
efficiency requirements for boilers cover all capacities of packaged boilers.
b. Maximum capacity – minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit’s controls.
c. Includes oil-fired (residual).
TABLE C403.2.3(6) RESERVED
<
CE-44 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C403.2.3(7) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
WATER CHILLING PACKAGESa
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE
CATEGORY UNITS
AS OF 1/1/2015b
TEST PROCEDUREc PATH A PATH B
FULL LOAD IPLV FULL LOAD
IPLV
Air-cooled chillers < 150 tons EER ≥10.100 ≥13.700 ≥9.700 ≥15.800
AHRI 550/590
≥150 tons EER ≥10.100 ≥14.000 ≥9.700 ≥16.100
Air cooled without
condenser, electrical
operated
All capacities EER
Air-cooled chillers without condensers shall be
rated with matching condensers and comply with
the air-cooled chiller efficiency requirements
Water cooled,
electrically operated,
reciprocating
All capacities kW/ton
Reciprocating units shall comply with water
cooled positive displacement efficiency
requirements
Water cooled,
electrically operated,
positive displacement
< 75 tons kW/ton ≤0.750 ≤0.600 ≤0.780 ≤0.500
≥75 tons and
< 150 tons kW/ton ≤0.720 ≤0.560 ≤0.750 ≤0.490
≥150 tons and
< 300 tons kW/ton ≤0.660 ≤0.540 ≤0.680 ≤0.440
≥300 tons and < 600 tons
kW/ton ≤0.610 ≤0.520 ≤0.625 ≤0.410
≥600 tons kW/ton ≤0.560 ≤0.500 ≤0.585 ≤0.380
Water cooled,
electrically operated,
centrifugal
< 150 tons kW/ton
≤0.610 ≤0.550 ≤0.695 ≤0.440 ≥150 tons and
< 300 tons kW/ton
≥300 tons and
< 400 tons kW/ton ≤0.560 ≤0.520 ≤0.595 ≤0.390
≥400 tons kW/ton ≤0.560 ≤0.500 ≤0.585 ≤0.380
Air cooled, absorption
single effect All capacities COP ≥0.600 NR NA NA
AHRI 560
Water cooled,
absorption single effect All capacities COP ≥0.700 NR NA NA
Absorption double
effect, indirect fired All capacities COP ≥1.000 ≥1.050 NA NA
Absorption double
effect, direct fired All capacities COP ≥1.000 ≥1.000 NA NA
For SI: 1 ton = 3517 W, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
NA = Not applicable, not to be used for compliance; NR = No requirement.
a. The centrifugal chiller equipment requirements, after adjustment in accordance with Section C403.2.3.1 or Section C403.2.3.2, do not apply to chillers used in low-temperature applications where the design leaving fluid temperature is less than 36ºF. The requirements do not apply to positive
displacement chillers with leaving fluid temperatures less than or equal to 32ºF. The requirements do not apply to absorption chillers with design
leaving fluid temperatures less than 40ºF.
b. Compliance with this standard can be obtained by meeting the minimum requirements of Path A or B. However, both the full load and IPLV shall be
met to fulfill the requirements of Path A or B.
c. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-45
TABLE C403.2.3(8) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
HEAT REJECTION EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT TYPEa
TOTAL SYSTEM HEAT REJECTION CAPACITY
AT RATED CONDITIONS
SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITIONi
PERFORMANCE
REQUIREDb, c, d, g, h
TEST PROCEDURE
e f
Propeller or axial fan
open circuit cooling
towers
All 95°F Entering Water
85°F Leaving Water
75°F Entering wb
≥38.2 gpm/hp CTI ATC-105 and
CTI STD-201
Centrifugal fan open
circuit cooling towers All
95°F Entering Water
85°F Leaving Water
75°F Entering wb
≥20.0 gpm/hp CTI ATC-105 and
CTI STD-201
Propeller or axial fan
closed circuit cooling
towers
All 102°F Entering Water
90°F Leaving Water
75°F Entering wb
≥14.0 gpm/hp CTI ATC-105S and
CTI STD-201
Centrifugal closed circuit
cooling towers All
102°F Entering Water
90°F Leaving Water
75°F Entering wb
≥7.0 gpm/hp CTI ATC-105S and
CTI STD-201
Propeller or axial fan
evaporative condensers All
R-507A Test Fluid
165°F Entering Gas Temperature
105°F Condensing Temperature
75°F Entering wb
≥157,000 Btu/h•hp CTI ATC-106
Propeller or axial fan
evaporative condensers All
Ammonia Test Fluid
140°F Entering Gas Temperature
96.3°F Condensing Temperature
75°F Entering wb
≥134,000 Btu/h•hp CTI ATC-106
Centrifugal fan
evaporative condensers All
R-507A Test Fluid
165°F Entering Gas Temperature
105°F Condensing Temperature
75°F Entering wb
≥135,000 Btu/h•hp CTI ATC-106
Centrifugal fan
evaporative condensers All
Ammonia Test Fluid
140°F Entering Gas Temperature
96.3°F Condensing Temperature
75°F Entering wb
≥110,000 Btu/h•hp CTI ATC-106
Air-cooled condensers All
125°F Condensing Temperature
R-22 Test Fluid
190°F Entering Gas Temperature
15°F Subcooling
95°F Entering db
≥176,000 Btu/h·hp AHRI 460
For SI: °C = [(°F)-32]/1.8, L/s · kW = (gpm/hp)/(11.83), COP = (Btu/h · hp)/(2550.7).
db = dry bulb temperature, °F, wb = wet bulb temperature, °F.
a. The efficiencies and test procedures for both open and closed circuit cooling towers are not applicable to hybrid cooling towers that contain a
combination of wet and dry heat exchange sections.
b. For purposes of this table, open circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition listed in Table 403.2.3(8) divided by the fan nameplate rated motor power.
c. For purposes of this table, closed circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition listed
in Table 403.2.3(8) divided by the sum of the fan nameplate rated motor power and the spray pump nameplate rated motor power.
d. For purposes of this table, air-cooled condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected from the refrigerant divided by the fan nameplate rated
motor power.
e. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
f. Where a certification program exists for a covered product, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings,
then the product shall be listed in the certification program, or, if a certification program exists for a covered product, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, but the product is not listed in the existing certification program, the ratings shall be verified
by an independent laboratory test report.
g. Cooling towers shall comply with the minimum efficiency listed in the table for that specific type of tower with the capacity effect of any project-specific accessories and/or options included in the capacity of the cooling tower.
h. For purposes of this table, evaporative condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected at the specified rating condition in the table, divided by the
sum of the fan motor nameplate power and the integral spray pump nameplate power.
i. Requirements for evaporative condensers are listed with ammonia (R-717) and R-507A as test fluids in this table. Evaporative condensers intended for
use with halocarbon refrigerants other than R-507A must meet the minimum efficiency requirements listed above with R-507A as the test fluid.
CE-46 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C403.2.3(9) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS:
AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS SERVING COMPUTERS ROOMS
Equipment Type
Net Sensible Cooling Capacitya
Minimum SCOP-127
b Efficiency
Downflow units / Upflow units
Test Procedure
Air conditioners, air cooled
<65,000 Btu/h
(<19 kW) 2.20 / 2.09 ANSI /
ASHRAE 127
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (≥19kW and < 70 kW)
2.10 / 1.99
≥ 240,000 Btu/h (≥ 70 kW)
1.90 / 1.79
Air conditioners, water cooled
<65,000 Btu/h (<19 kW)
2.60 / 2.49 ANSI / ASHRAE 127
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (≥19kW and < 70 kW)
2.50 / 2.39
≥ 240,000 Btu/h (≥ 70 kW)
2.40 /2.29
Air conditioners, water cooled
with fluid economizer
<65,000 Btu/h (<19 kW)
2.55 /2.44 ANSI / ASHRAE 127
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (≥19kW and < 70 kW)
2.45 / 2.34
≥ 240,000 Btu/h (≥ 70 kW)
2.35 / 2.24
Air conditioners, glycol cooled
(rated at 40% propylene glycol)
<65,000 Btu/h (<19 kW)
2.50 / 2.39 ANSI / ASHRAE 127
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (≥19kW and < 70 kW)
2.15 / 2.04
≥ 240,000 Btu/h (≥ 70 kW)
2.10 / 1.99
Air conditioners, glycol cooled
(rated at 40% propylene glycol)
with fluid economizer
<65,000 Btu/h (<19 kW)
2.45 / 2.34 ANSI / ASHRAE 127
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (≥19kW and < 70 kW)
2.10 / 1.99
≥ 240,000 Btu/h (≥ 70 kW)
2.05 / 1.94
a. Net sensible cooling capacity: The total gross cooling capacity less the latent cooling less the energy to the air
movement system. (Total Gross – latent – Fan Power)
b. Sensible coefficient of performance (SCOP-127): a ratio calculated by dividing the net sensible cooling
capacity in watts by the total power input in watts (excluding re-heaters and humidifiers) at conditions defined
in ASHRAE Standard 127. The net sensible cooling capacity is the gross sensible capacity minus the energy
dissipated into the cooled space by the fan system.
TABLE C403.2.3(10)
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT TYPE SUBCATEGORY MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDUREa
Liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers Plate type NR AHRI 400
NR = No Requirement
a. Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test
procedure.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-47
C403.2.3.4 Humidification. If an air economizer is
required on a cooling system for which
humidification equipment is to be provided to
maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the
humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct
evaporative media or fog atomization type).
Exceptions:
1. Health care facilities licensed by the state
where Chapter 246-320 or 246-330 WAC
requires steam injection humidifiers in duct
work downstream of final filters.
2. Systems with water economizer.
3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions
for air recirculation to the central supply fan.
4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively
serving no more than 10% of a building's air
economizer capacity as measured in cfm.
This refers to the system cfm serving rooms
with stand-alone or duct mounted
humidifiers.
C403.2.4 HVAC system controls. HVAC systems
shall be provided with controls as defined in this section
and shall be capable of and configured to implement all
required control functions in this code.
C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls. The supply of
heating and cooling energy to each zone shall be
controlled by individual thermostatic controls
capable of responding to temperature within the zone.
Controls in the same zone or in neighboring zones
connected by openings larger than 10 percent of the
floor area of either zone shall not allow for
simultaneous heating and cooling. At a minimum,
each floor of a building shall be considered as a
separate zone. Controls on systems required to have
economizers and serving single zones shall have
multiple cooling stage capability and activate the
economizer when appropriate as the first stage of
cooling. See Section C403.3.1 for further economizer
requirements. Where humidification or
dehumidification or both is provided, at least one
humidity control device shall be provided for each
humidity control system.
Exceptions:
1. Independent perimeter systems that are
designed to offset only building envelope
heat losses or gains or both serving one or
more perimeter zones also served by an
interior system provided:
1.1 The perimeter system includes at least
one thermostatic control zone for each
building exposure having exterior walls
facing only one orientation
(within +/-45 degrees) (0.8 rad) for
more than 50 contiguous feet (15,240
mm);
1.2. The perimeter system heating and
cooling supply is controlled by a
thermostat located within the zones
served by the system; and
1.3. Controls are configured to prevent the
perimeter system from operating in a
different heating or cooling mode from
the other equipment within the zones or
from neighboring zones connected by
openings larger than 10 percent of the
floor area of either zone.
2. Any interior zone open to a perimeter zone
shall have setpoints and deadbands
coordinated so that cooling in the interior
zone shall not operate while the perimeter
zone is in heating until the interior zone
temperature is 5°F (2.8°C) higher than the
perimeter zone temperature, unless the
interior and perimeter zones are separated by
a partition whose permanent openings are
smaller than 10 percent of the perimeter zone
floor area.
C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat.
Unitary air cooled heat pumps shall include
microprocessor controls that minimize
supplemental heat usage during start-up, set-up,
and defrost conditions. These controls shall
anticipate need for heat and use compression
heating as the first stage of heat. Controls shall
indicate when supplemental heating is being used
through visual means (e.g., LED indicators). Heat
pumps equipped with supplementary heaters shall
be installed with controls that prevent
supplemental heater operation above 40°F.
Exception: Packaged terminal heat pumps
(PTHPs) of less than 2 tons (24,000 Btu/hr)
cooling capacity provided with controls that
prevent supplementary heater operation above
40°F.
C403.2.4.1.2 Deadband. Where used to control
both heating and cooling, zone thermostatic
controls shall be configured to provide a
temperature range or deadband of at least 5°F
(2.8°C) within which the supply of heating and
cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to
a minimum.
Exceptions: 1. Thermostats requiring manual changeover
between heating and cooling modes.
2. Occupancies or applications requiring
precision in indoor temperature control as
approved by the code official.
CE-48 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C403.2.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap restriction. Where
a zone has a separate heating and a separate cooling
thermostatic control located within the zone, a limit
switch, mechanical stop or direct digital control
system with software programming shall be
configured to prevent the heating set point from
exceeding the cooling setpoint and to maintain a
deadband in accordance with Section C403.2.4.1.2.
C403.2.4.2 Off-hour controls. For all occupancies
other than Group R, each zone shall be provided
with thermostatic setback controls that are controlled
by either an automatic time clock or programmable
control system.
Exceptions:
1. Zones that will be operated continuously.
2. Zones with a full HVAC load demand not
exceeding 6,800 Btu/h (2 kW) and having a
readily accessible manual shutoff switch.
C403.2.4.2.1 Thermostatic setback capabilities.
Thermostatic setback controls shall be configured
to set back or temporarily operate the system to
maintain zone temperatures down to 55°F (13°C)
or up to 85°F (29°C).
C403.2.4.2.2 Automatic setback and shutdown
capabilities. Automatic time clock or
programmable controls shall be capable of starting
and stopping the system for seven different daily
schedules per week and retaining their
programming and time setting during a loss of
power for at least 10 hours. Additionally, the
controls shall have a manual override that allows
temporary operation of the system for up to 2
hours; a manually operated timer configured to
operate the system for up to 2 hours; or an
occupancy sensor.
C403.2.4.2.3 Automatic start capabilities.
Automatic start controls shall be provided for each
HVAC system. The controls shall be capable of
automatically adjusting the daily start time of the
HVAC system in order to bring each space to the
desired occupied temperature immediately prior to
scheduled occupancy.
C403.2.4.3 Shutoff dampers. Outdoor air supply,
exhaust openings and relief outlets and stairway and
shaft vents shall be provided with Class I motorized
dampers.
Return air openings used for airside economizer
operation shall be equipped with Class I motorized
dampers.
Class I dampers shall have a maximum leakage rate
of 4 cfm/ft2 (20.3 L/s x m
2) at 1.0 inch water gauge
(w.g.) (249 Pa) when tested in accordance with
AMCA 500D and shall be labeled by an approved
agency for such purpose.
Exception: Motorized dampers on return air
openings in unitary packaged equipment that have
the minimum leakage rate available from the
manufacturer shall be deemed to comply.
Outdoor air intake and exhaust dampers shall be
installed with automatic controls configured to close
when the systems or spaces served are not in use or
during unoccupied period warm-up and setback
operation, unless the systems served require outdoor
or exhaust air in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code or the dampers are opened to
provide intentional economizer cooling.
Stairway and shaft vent dampers shall be installed
with automatic controls configured to open upon the
activation of any fire alarm initiating device of the
building’s fire alarm system or the interruption of
power to the damper.
Exceptions:
1. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers shall be
permitted to be used as follows:
1.1. Relief dampers serving systems less
than 5,000 cfm total supply shall be
permitted in buildings less than three
stories in height.
1.2. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers in
Group R occupancies where the
design outdoor air intake or exhaust
capacity does not exceed 400 cfm
(189 L/s).
2. Combustion air intakes.
Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers shall have an air
leakage rate not greater than 20 cfm/ft2 (101.6 L/s x
m2) where not less than 24 inches (610 mm) in either
dimension and 40 cfm/ft2 (203.2 L/s x m
2) where less
than 24 inches in either dimension. The rate of air
leakage shall be determined at 1.0 inch w.g. (249 Pa)
when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D for
such purpose. The dampers shall be labeled by an
approved agency. Gravity dampers for ventilation air
intakes shall be protected from direct exposure to
wind.
C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation. HVAC systems serving
zones that are over 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) in
floor area or that span more than one floor and are
designed to operate or be occupied
nonsimultaneously shall be divided into isolation
areas. Each isolation area shall be equipped with
isolation devices and controls configured to
automatically shut off the supply of conditioned air
and outdoor air to and exhaust air from the isolation
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-49
area. Each isolation area shall be controlled
independently by a device meeting the requirements
of Section C403.2.4.2.2. Central systems and plants
shall be provided with controls and devices that will
allow system and equipment operation for any length
of time while serving only the smallest isolation area
served by the system or plant.
Exceptions:
1. Exhaust air and outdoor air connections to
isolation areas where the fan system to
which they connect is not greater than 5,000
cfm (2360 L/s).
2. Exhaust airflow from a single isolation area
of less than 10 percent of the design airflow
of the exhaust system to which it connects.
3. Isolation areas intended to operate
continuously or intended to be inoperative
only when all other isolation areas in a zone
are inoperative.
C403.2.4.5 Snow- and ice-melt system controls.
Snow- and ice-melting systems, supplied through
energy service to the building, shall include
automatic controls configured to shut off the system
when the pavement temperature is above 50°F (10°C)
and no precipitation is falling and an automatic or
manual control that is configured to shut off when the
outdoor temperature is above 40°F (4°C) so that the
potential for snow or ice accumulation is negligible.
C403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system controls.
Freeze protection systems, such as heat tracing of
outdoor piping and heat exchangers, including
self-regulating heat tracing, shall include automatic
controls configured to shut off the systems when
outdoor air temperatures are above 40°F (4°C) or
when the conditions of the protected fluid will
prevent freezing.
C403.2.4.7 Economizer fault detection and
diagnostics (FDD). Air-cooled unitary
direct-expansion units with a cooling capacity of
54,000 Btu/h or greater listed in Tables C403.2.3(1)
through C403.2.3(3) that are equipped with an
economizer in accordance with Section C403.3 shall
include a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD)
system complying with the following:
1. The following temperature sensors shall be
permanently installed to monitor system
operation:
1.1. Outside air.
1.2. Supply air.
1.3. Return air.
2. Temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of
±2°F (1.1°C) over the range of 40°F to 80°F
(4°C to 26.7°C).
3. Refrigerant pressure sensors, where used, shall
have an accuracy of ±3 percent of full scale.
4. The unit controller shall be configured to
provide system status by indicating the
following:
4.1. Free cooling available.
4.2. Economizer enabled.
4.3. Compressor enabled.
4.4. Heating enabled.
4.5. Mixed air low limit cycle active.
4.6. The current value of each sensor.
5. The unit controller shall be capable of
manually initiating each operating mode so
that the operation of compressors,
economizers, fans and the heating system can
be independently tested and verified.
6. The unit shall be configured to report faults to
a fault management application accessible by
day-to-day operating or service personnel or
annunciated locally on zone thermostats.
7. The FDD system shall be configured to detect
the following faults:
7.1. Air temperature sensor failure/fault.
7.2. Not economizing when the unit should
be economizing.
7.3. Economizing when the unit should not
be economizing.
7.4. Damper not modulating.
7.5. Excess outdoor air.
C403.2.4.8 Combustion heating equipment
controls. Combustion heating equipment with a
capacity over 225,000 Btu/h shall have modulating or
staged combustion control.
Exceptions:
1. Boilers.
2. Radiant heaters.
C403.2.4.9 Group R-1 hotel/motel guest rooms.
For hotel and motel guest rooms, a minimum of one
of the following control technologies shall be
required in hotels/motels with over 50 guest rooms
such that the space temperature would automatically
setback (winter) or set up (summer) by no less than
5°F (3°C) when the occupant is not in the room:
1. Controls that are activated by the room
occupant via the primary room access
method - Key, card, deadbolt, etc.
2. Occupancy sensor controls that are activated
by the occupant's presence in the room.
C403.2.4.10 Group R-2 and R-3 dwelling units.
The primary space conditioning system within each
dwelling unit shall be provided with at least one
programmable thermostat for the regulation of space
temperature. The thermostat shall allow for, at a
minimum, a 5-2 programmable schedule
(weekdays/weekends) and be capable of providing at
least two programmable setback periods per day.
CE-50 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
Each additional system provided within the
dwelling unit shall be provided with at least one
adjustable thermostat for the regulation of
temperature.
Exceptions:
1. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor
that is configured to shut the system off
when no occupant is sensed for a period of
up to 30 minutes.
2. Systems controlled solely by a manually
operated timer configured to operate the
system for no more than two hours.
3. Ductless heat pumps.
Each thermostat shall be capable of being set by
adjustment or selection of sensors as follows:
1. When used to control heating only: 55°F to
75°F.
2. When used to control cooling only: 70°F to
85°F.
3. All other: 55°F to 85°F with an adjustable
deadband of not less than10°F.
C403.2.4.11 Group R-2 sleeping units. The primary
space conditioning system within each sleeping unit
shall be provided with at least one programmable
thermostat for the regulation of space temperature.
The thermostat shall allow for, at a minimum, a 5-2
programmable schedule (weekdays/weekends) and
be capable of providing at least two programmable
setback periods per day.
Each additional system provided within the
sleeping unit shall be provided with at least one
adjustable thermostat for the regulation of
temperature.
Exceptions:
1. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor
that is configured to shut the system off
when no occupant is sensed for a period of
up to 30 minutes.
2. Systems controlled solely by a manually
operated timer configured to operate the
system for no more than two hours.
3. Zones with a full HVAC load demand not
exceeding 3,400 Btu/h (1 kW) and having a
readily accessible manual shutoff switch.
4. Ductless heat pumps.
Each thermostat shall be capable of being set by
adjustment or selection of sensors as follows:
1. When used to control heating only: 55°F to
75°F;
2. When used to control cooling only: 70°F to
85°F;
3. All other: 55°F to 85°F with an adjustable
deadband of not less than10°F.
C403.2.4.12 Direct digital control systems. Direct
digital control (DDC) shall be required as specified in
Sections C403.2.4.12.1 through C403.2.4.12.3.
C403.2.4.12.1 DDC applications. DDC shall be
provided in the applications and qualifications
listed in Table C403.2.4.12.1.
C403.2.4.12.2 DDC controls. Where DDC is
required by Section C403.2.4.12.1, the DDC
system shall be capable of all of the following, as
required to provide the system and zone control
logic required in Sections C403.2, C403.3 and
C403.4:
1. Monitoring zone and system demand for fan
pressure, pump pressure, heating and cooling.
2. Transferring zone and system demand
information from zones to air distribution
system controllers and from air distribution
systems to heating and cooling plant
controllers.
C403.2.4.12.3 DDC display. Where DDC is
required by Section C403.2.4.12.1 for new
buildings, the DDC system shall be capable of
trending and graphically displaying input and
output points.
C403.2.5 Hot water boiler outdoor temperature
setback control. Hot water boilers that supply heat to the
building through one- or two-pipe heating systems shall
have an outdoor setback control that lowers the boiler
water temperature based on the outdoor temperature.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-51
TABLE C403.2.4.12.1 DDC APPLICATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS
Building Status Application Qualifications
New Building
Air-handling system and all zones served by
the system
All air-handling systems in buildings with building cooling
capacity greater than 780,000 Btu/h
Air-handling system and all zones served by
the system
Individual systems supplying more than three zones and
with fan system bhp of 10 hp and larger
Chilled-water plant and all coils and terminal
units served by the system
Individual plants supplying more than three zones and with
design cooling capacity of 300,000 Btu/h and larger
Hot-water plant and all coils and terminal
units served by the system
Individual plants supplying more than three zones and with
design heating capacity of 300,000 Btu/h and larger
Alteration or addition
Zone terminal units such as VAV box Where existing zones served by the same air-handling,
chilled-water, or hot-water system have DDC
Air-handling system or fan coil Where existing air-handling system(s) and fan coil(s)
served by the same chilled- or hot-water plant have DDC
New air-handling system and all new zones
served by the system
Individual systems with fan system bhp 10 hp and larger
and supplying more than three zones and more than 75% of zones are new
New or upgraded chilled-water plant Where all chillers are new and plant design cooling
capacity is 300,000 Btu/h and larger
New or upgraded hot-water plant Where all boilers are new and plant design heating capacity
is 300,000 Btu/h and larger
C403.2.6 Ventilation. Ventilation, either natural or
mechanical, shall be provided in accordance with
Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
Where mechanical ventilation is provided, the system
shall be configured to provide no greater than 150
percent of the minimum outdoor air required by
Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code or
other applicable code or standard, whichever is greater.
Exceptions:
1. The mechanical system may supply outdoor air
at rates higher than the limit above when it is
used for particulate or VOC dilution,
economizer, night flushing, dehumidification,
pressurization, exhaust make-up, or other
process air delivery. Outdoor air shall be
reduced to the minimum ventilation rates
when not required for the preceding uses.
2. Air systems supplying Group R-1, R-2 or I-2
occupancies.
3. Alterations that replace less than half of the
total heating and cooling capacity of the
system.
4. Systems with energy recovery complying with
the requirements of Section C403.5.1.
C403.2.6.1 Reserved.
C403.2.6.2 Demand controlled ventilation.
Demand control ventilation (DCV) shall be provided
for spaces larger than 500 square feet (50 m2) and
with an occupant load greater than or equal to 25
people per 1000 square feet (93 m2) of floor area (as
established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International
Mechanical Code) and served by systems with one or
more of the following:
1. An air-side economizer.
2. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor
air damper.
3. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3,000
cfm (1416 L/s).
Exception: Demand control ventilation is not
required for systems and spaces as follows:
1. Systems with energy recovery complying
with Section C403.5.1.
2. Multiple-zone systems without direct
digital control of individual zones
communicating with a central control
panel.
3. System with a design outdoor airflow less
than 750 cfm (354 L/s).
CE-52 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus
any makeup or outgoing transfer air
requirement is less than 1,200 cfm (566 L/s).
5. Ventilation provided for process loads only.
6. Spaces with one of the following occupancy
categories (as defined by the International
Mechanical Code): Correctional cells,
daycare sickrooms, science labs, barbers,
beauty and nail salons, and bowling alley
seating.
C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors. Classrooms, gyms,
auditoriums and conference rooms larger than 500
square feet of floor area shall have occupancy sensor
control that will either close outside air dampers or
turn off serving equipment when the space is
unoccupied except where equipped with another
means to automatically reduce outside air intake
below design rates when spaces are partially
occupied.
C403.2.6.4 Enclosed loading dock and parking
garage exhaust ventilation system control.
Mechanical ventilation systems for enclosed loading
docks and parking garages shall be designed to
exhaust the airflow rates (maximum and minimum)
determined in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.
Ventilation systems shall be equipped with a
control device that operates the system automatically
by means of carbon monoxide detectors applied in
conjunction with nitrogen dioxide detectors.
Controllers shall be configured to shut off fans or
modulate fan speed to 50 percent or less of design
capacity, or intermittently operate fans less than 20
percent of the occupied time or as required to
maintain acceptable contaminant levels in
accordance with the International Mechanical Code
provisions.
Gas sensor controllers used to activate the exhaust
ventilation system shall stage or modulate fan speed
upon detection of specified gas levels. All equipment
used in sensor controlled systems shall be designed
for the specific use and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations. The system
shall be arranged to operate automatically by means
of carbon monoxide detectors applied in conjunction
with nitrogen dioxide detectors. Garage and loading
docks shall be equipped with a controller and a full
array of carbon monoxide (CO) sensors set to
maintain levels of carbon monoxide below 35 parts
per million (ppm). Additionally, a full array of
nitrogen dioxide detectors shall be connected to the
controller set to maintain the nitrogen dioxide level
below the OSHA standard for eight hour exposure.
Spacing and location of the sensors shall be installed
in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
C403.2.6.4.1 System activation devices for
enclosed loading docks. Ventilation systems for
enclosed loading docks shall be activated by one of
the following:
1. Gas sensors installed in accordance with the
International Mechanical Code; or
2. Occupant detection sensors used to activate
the system that detects entry into the loading
area along both the vehicle and pedestrian
pathways.
C403.2.6.4.2 System activation devices for
enclosed parking garages. Ventilation systems
for enclosed parking garages shall be activated by
gas sensors.
Exception: A parking garage ventilation system
having a total design capacity under 8,000 cfm
may use occupant sensors.
C403.2.7 Exhaust systems.
C403.2.7.1 Kitchen hoods. Replacement air
introduced directly into the exhaust hood cavity shall
not be greater than 10 percent of the hood exhaust
airflow rate. Conditioned supply air delivered to any
space shall not exceed the greater of the following:
1. The ventilation rate required to meet the space
heating or cooling load.
2. The hood exhaust flow minus the available
transfer air from adjacent space where available
transfer air is considered that portion of outdoor
ventilation air not required to satisfy other
exhaust needs, such as restrooms, and not
required to maintain pressurization of adjacent
spaces.
Where total kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate is
greater than 2,000 cfm each hood shall be a factory built
commercial exhaust hood listed by a nationally
recognized testing laboratory in compliance with UL
710. Each hood shall have a maximum exhaust rate as
specified in Table C403.2.7.1 and shall comply with
one of the following:
1. Not less than 50 percent of all replacement air
shall be transfer air that would otherwise be
exhausted.
2. Demand ventilation systems on not less than 75
percent of the exhaust air that are configured to
provide not less than a 50-percent reduction in
exhaust and replacement air system airflow
rates, including controls necessary to modulate
airflow in response to appliance operation and to
maintain full capture and containment of smoke,
effluent and combustion products during
cooking and idle.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-53
3. Listed energy recovery devices with a sensible
heat recovery effectiveness of not less than 40
percent on not less than 50 percent of the total
exhaust airflow.
Where a single hood, or hood section, is installed
over appliances with different duty ratings, the
maximum allowable flow rate for the hood or hood
section shall be based on the requirements for the
highest appliance duty rating under the hood or hood
section.
Exceptions:
1. Where not less than 75 percent of all the
replacement air is transfer air that would
otherwise be exhausted.
2. Certified grease extractor hoods that require a
face velocity no greater than 60 fpm.
C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems. Buildings
with laboratory exhaust systems having a total
exhaust rate greater than 5,000 cfm (2,360 L/s) shall
include heat recovery systems to preconditioned
makeup air from laboratory exhaust. The heat
recovery system shall be capable of increasing the
outside air supply temperature at design heating
conditions by 25°F (13.9°C). A provision shall be
made to bypass or control the heat recovery system to
permit air economizer operation as required by
Section C403.3.
Exceptions:
1. Variable air volume laboratory exhaust
and room supply systems configured to
reduce exhaust and make-up air volume to
50% or less of design values; or
2. Direct make-up (auxiliary) air supply
equal to at least 75% of the exhaust rate,
heated no warmer than 2°F (1.1°C) below
room set point, cooled to no cooler than
3°F (1.7°C) above room set point, no
humidification added, and no
simultaneous heating and cooling used for
dehumidification control; or
3. Combined energy reduction method:
VAV exhaust and room supply system
configured to reduce exhaust and makeup
air volumes and a heat recovery system to
precondition makeup air from laboratory
exhaust that when combined will produce
the same energy reduction as achieved by
a heat recovery system with a 50%
sensible recovery effectiveness as
required above. For calculation purposes,
the heat recovery component can be
assumed to include the maximum design
supply airflow rate at design conditions.
The combined energy reduction (QER)
shall meet the following:
QER ≥ QMIN
QMIN = CFMS x (TR - TO) x 1.1 x 0.6
QER = CFMS x (TR - TO) x 1.1(A+B)/100
Where:
QMIN = Energy recovery at 60% sensible
effectiveness (Btu/h)
QER = Combined energy reduction (Btu/h)
CFMS = The maximum design supply airflow
rate to conditioned spaces served by
the system in cubic feet per minute
TR = Space return air dry bulb at winter
design conditions
TO = Outdoor air dry bulb at winter design
conditions
A = Percentage that the exhaust and
makeup air volumes can be reduced
from design conditions
B = Percentage sensible heat recovery
effectiveness
TABLE C403.2.7.1
MAXIMUM NET EXHAUST FLOW RATE, CFM PER LINEAR FOOT OF HOOD LENGTH
TYPE OF HOOD LIGHT-DUTY EQUIPMENT
MEDIUM-DUTY EQUIPMENT
HEAVY-DUTY EQUIPMENT
EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTY EQUIPMENT
Wall-mounted canopy 140 210 280 385
Single island 280 350 420 490
Double island (per side) 175 210 280 385
Eyebrow 175 175 NA NA
Backshelf/Pass-over 210 210 280 NA
For SI: 1 cfm = 0.4719 L/s; 1 foot = 305 mm.
NA = Not Allowed
CE-54 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C403.2.8 Duct and plenum insulation and sealing.
C403.2.8.1 Ducts, shafts and plenums conveying
outside air from the exterior of the building to the
mechanical system shall meet all air leakage and
building envelope insulation requirements of Section
C402, plus building envelope vapor control
requirements from the International Building Code,
extending continuously from the building exterior to
an automatic shutoff damper or heating or cooling
equipment. For the purposes of building envelope
insulation requirements, duct surfaces shall meet the
requirements for metal framed walls per Table
C402.1.4. Duct surfaces included as part of the
building envelope shall not be used in the calculation
of maximum glazing area as described in Section
C402.4.1.
Exceptions:
1. Outside air ducts serving individual supply
air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total
supply air capacity, provided these are
insulated to R-7.
2. Unheated equipment rooms with
combustion air louvers, provided they are
isolated from conditioned space at sides, top
and bottom of the room with R-11 nominal
insulation.
C403.2.8.2 All other supply and return air ducts and
plenums shall be insulated with a minimum of R-6
insulation where located in unconditioned spaces and
where located outside the building with a minimum
of R-8 insulation in Climate Zone 4 and R-12
insulation in Climate Zone 5. Where located within a
building envelope assembly, the duct or plenum shall
be separated from the building exterior or
unconditioned or exempt spaces by minimum
insulation value as required for exterior walls by
Section C402.1.3.
Exceptions:
1. Where located within equipment.
2. Where the design temperature difference
between the interior and exterior of the duct
or plenum does not exceed 15°F (8°C).
Where located within conditioned space, supply
ducts which convey supply air at temperatures less
than 55°F or greater than 105°F shall be insulated
with a minimum of R-3.3 insulation.
Exception: Ductwork exposed to view within a
zone that serves that zone is not required to be
insulated.
All ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes shall be
sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section
603.9 of the International Mechanical Code.
C403.2.8.3 Duct construction. Ductwork shall be
constructed and erected in accordance with the
International Mechanical Code.
C403.2.8.3.1 Low-pressure duct systems. All
longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and
connections of supply and return ducts operating at
a static pressure less than or equal to 2 inches water
gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) shall be securely fastened
and sealed with welds, gaskets, mastics
(adhesives), mastic-plus embedded-fabric systems
or tapes installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Pressure
classifications specific to the duct system shall be
clearly indicated on the construction documents in
accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.
Exception: Continuously welded and
locking-type longitudinal joints and seams on
ducts operating at static pressures less than 2
inches water gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) pressure
classification.
C403.2.8.3.2 Medium-pressure duct systems.
All ducts and plenums designed to operate at a
static pressure greater than 2 inches water gauge
(w.g.) (500 Pa) but less than 3 inches w.g. (750 Pa)
shall be insulated and sealed in accordance with
Section C403.2.8. Pressure classifications specific
to the duct system shall be clearly indicated on the
construction documents in accordance with the
International Mechanical Code.
C403.2.8.3.3 High-pressure duct systems. Ducts
designed to operate at static pressures in excess of
3 inches water gauge (w.g.) (750 Pa) shall be
insulated and sealed in accordance with Section
C403.2.8. In addition, ducts and plenums shall be
leak-tested in accordance with the SMACNA
HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual and shown
to have a rate of air leakage (CL) less than or equal
to 4.0 as determined in accordance with Equation
4-9.
CL = F/P0.65
(Equation 4-9)
Where:
F = The measured leakage rate in cfm per
100 square feet of duct surface.
P = The static pressure of the test.
Documentation shall be furnished by the
designer demonstrating that representative sections
totaling at least 25 percent of the duct area have
been tested and that all tested sections meet the
requirements of this section.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-55
C403.2.9 Piping insulation. All piping serving as part
of a heating or cooling system shall be thermally
insulated in accordance with Table C403.2.9.
Exceptions:
1. Factory-installed piping within HVAC
equipment tested and rated in accordance with
a test procedure referenced by this code.
2. Factory-installed piping within room fan-coils
and unit ventilators tested and rated according
to AHRI 440 (except that the sampling and
variation provisions of Section 6.5 shall not
apply) and 840, respectively.
3. Piping that conveys fluids that have a design
operating temperature range between 60°F
(15°C) and 105°F (41°C).
4. Piping that conveys fluids that have not been
heated or cooled through the use of fossil fuels
or electric power.
5. Strainers, control valves, and balancing valves
associated with piping 1 inch (25 mm) or less
in diameter.
6. Direct buried piping that conveys fluids at or
below 60°F (15°C).
C403.2.9.1 Protection of piping insulation. Piping
insulation exposed to weather shall be protected from
damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture,
equipment maintenance and wind, and shall provide
shielding from solar radiation that can cause
degradation of the material. Adhesives tape shall not
be permitted.
C403.2.10 Mechanical systems commissioning and
completion requirements. Mechanical systems shall
be commissioned and completed in accordance with
Section C408.
C403.2.11 Air system design and control. Each
HVAC system having a total fan system motor
nameplate horsepower (hp) exceeding 5 hp (3.7 kW)
shall comply with the provisions of Sections
C403.2.11.1 through C403.2.11.3.
The airflow requirements of Section C403.2.11.5
shall apply to all fan motors. Group R occupancy
exhaust fans shall also comply with Section
C403.2.11.4.
TABLE C403.2.9 MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS (thickness in inches)
a
FLUID OPERATING TEMPERATURE
RANGE AND USAGE
(F)
INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE OR TUBE SIZE (inches)
Conductivity
Btu · in./(h · ft2 · F)
b
Mean Rating Temperature,
F 1 1 to 1-1/2 1-1/2 to
4 4 to 8 ≥8
> 350 0.32 – 0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
251 – 350 0.29 – 0.32 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5
201 – 250 0.27 – 0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
141 – 200 0.25 – 0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
105 – 140 0.21 – 0.28 100 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5
40 – 60 0.21 – 0.27 75 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
< 40 0.20 – 0.26 75 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5
a. For piping smaller than 11/2 inch (38 mm) and located in partitions within conditioned spaces, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 inch (25 mm) shall be
permitted (before thickness adjustment required in footnote b) but not to a thickness less than 1 inch (25 mm).
b. For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows:
T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1} where:
T = minimum insulation thickness, r = actual outside radius of pipe,
t = insulation thickness listed in the table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size,
K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature (Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F) and k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in the table for the applicable fluid temperature.
c. For direct-buried heating and hot water system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 11/2 inches (38 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment required in footnote b but not to thicknesses less than 1 inch (25 mm).
CE-56 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C403.2.11.1 Allowable fan motor horsepower.
Each HVAC system at fan system design conditions
shall not exceed the allowable fan system motor
nameplate hp (Option 1) or fan system bhp (Option 2)
as shown in Table C403.2.11.1(1). This includes
supply fans, exhaust fans, return/relief fans, and
fan-powered terminal units associated with systems
providing heating or cooling capability. Single zone
variable-air-volume systems shall comply with the
constant volume fan power limitation.
Exceptions:
1. Hospital, vivarium and laboratory systems
that utilize flow control devices on exhaust
and/or return to maintain space pressure
relationships necessary for occupant health
and safety or environmental control shall be
permitted to use variable volume fan power
limitation.
2. Individual exhaust fans with motor
nameplate horsepower of 1 hp or less are
exempt from the allowable fan motor
horsepower requirements.
C403.2.11.2 Motor nameplate horsepower. For
each fan, the selected fan motor shall be no larger
than the first available motor size greater than the
brake horsepower (bhp). The fan bhp shall be
indicated on the design documents to allow for
compliance verification by the code official.
Exceptions:
1. For fans less than 6 bhp (4413 W), where the
first available motor larger than the brake
horsepower has a nameplate rating within
50 percent of the bhp, selection of the next
larger nameplate motor size is allowed.
2. For fans 6 bhp (4413 W) and larger, where
the first available motor larger than the bhp
has a nameplate rating within 30 percent of
the bhp, selection of the next larger
nameplate motor size is allowed.
3. For fans used only in approved life
safety applications such as smoke
evacuation.
C403.2.11.3 Fan efficiency. Fans shall have a fan
efficiency grade (FEG) of 67 or higher based on
manufacturers’ certified data, as defined by
AMCA 205. The total efficiency of the fan at the
design point of operation shall be within 15
percentage points of the maximum total
efficiency of the fan.
Exception: The following fans are not required
to have a fan efficiency grade:
1. Fans of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less as follows:
1.1. Single fan with a motor nameplate
horsepower of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or
less, unless Exception 1.2 applies.
1.2. Multiple fans in series or parallel
that have a combined motor
nameplate horsepower of 5 hp (3.7
kW) or less and are operated as the
functional equivalent of a single
fan.
2. Fans that are part of equipment covered
under Section C403.2.3.
3. Fans included in an equipment package
certified by an approved agency for air
or energy performance.
4. Powered wall/roof ventilators.
5. Fans outside the scope of AMCA 205.
6. Fans that are intended to operate only
during emergency conditions.
TABLE C403.2.11.1(1) FAN POWER LIMITATION
LIMIT CONSTANT VOLUME VARIABLE VOLUME
Option 1: Fan system motor
nameplate hp Allowable nameplate motor hp hp ≤CFMS × 0.0011 hp ≤CFMS × 0.0015
Option 2: Fan system bhp Allowable fan system bhp bhp ≤CFMS × 0.00094 + A bhp ≤ CFMS × 0.0013 + A
For SI: 1 bhp = 735.5 W, 1 hp = 745.5 W, 1 cfm = 0.471 L/s.
where:
CFMS = The maximum design supply airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per minute.
Hp = The maximum combined motor nameplate horsepower.
Bhp = The maximum combined fan brake horsepower.
A = Sum of [PD × CFMD / 4131]
where:
PD = Each applicable pressure drop adjustment from Table C403.2.10.1(2) in. w.c.
CFMD = The design airflow through each applicable device from Table C403.2.10.1(2) in cubic feet per minute.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-57
TABLE C403.2.11.1(2) FAN POWER LIMITATION PRESSURE DROP ADJUSTMENT
Device Adjustment
Credits
Fully ducted return and/or exhaust air systems 0.5 inch w.c. (2.15 inches w.c. for laboratory and
vivarium systems)
Return and/or exhaust air flow control devices 0.5 inch w.c.
Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or other exhaust treatment The pressure drop of device calculated at fan system
design condition
Particulate filtration credit: MERV 9 - 12 0.5 inch w.c.
Particulate filtration credit: MERV 13 - 15 0.9 inch w.c.
Particulate filtration credit: MERV 16 and greater and
electronically enhanced filters Pressure drop calculated at 2x clean filter pressure drop
at fan system design condition
Carbon and other gas-phase air cleaners Clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition
Biosafety cabinet Pressure drop of device at fan system design condition
Energy recovery device, other than coil runaround loop (2.2 × energy recovery effectiveness) – 0.5 inch w.c. for
each airstream
Coil runaround loop 0.6 inch w.c. for each airstream
Evaporative humidifier/cooler in series with another
cooling coil Pressure drop of device at fan system design conditions
Sound attenuation section (fans serving spaces with
design background noise goals below NC35) 0.15 inch w.c.
Exhaust system serving fume hoods 0.35 inch w.c.
Laboratory and vivarium exhaust systems in high-rise
buildings 0.25 inch w.c./100 feet of vertical duct exceeding 75 feet
Deductions
Systems without central cooling device -0.6 inch w.c.
Systems without central heating device -0.3 inch w.c.
Systems with central electric resistance heating -0.2 inch w.c.
For SI: 1 inch w.c. = 249 Pa, 1 inch.= 25.4 mm.
w.c. .= water column, NC = Noise criterion.
TABLE C403.2.4.11.4 MECHANICAL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAN EFFICACY
Fan location Air Flow Rate Minimum
(cfm) Minimum Efficacy
(cfm/watt) Air Flow Rate Minimum
(cfm)
Exhaust fan: Bathroom, utility
room, whole house 10 1.4 cfm/watt < 90
Exhaust fan: Bathroom, utility
room, whole house 90 2.8 cfm/watt Any
CE-58 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
**
TABLE C403.2.4.11.5 FAN CONTROL
Cooling System Type
Fan Motor Size
Mechanical Cooling Capacity
DX cooling Any ≥65,000 Btu/h
Chilled water and
evaporative
cooling
≥ 5 hp Any
≥ ¼ hp Any
C403.2.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust fan
efficacy. The Group R occupancies of the building
shall be provided with ventilation that meets the
requirements of the International Mechanical Code,
as applicable, or with other approved means of
ventilation. Mechanical ventilation system fans with
400 cfm or less in capacity shall meet the efficacy
requirements of Table C403.2.11.4.
Exceptions:
1. Group R heat recovery ventilator and energy
recovery ventilator fans that are less than 400
cfm.
2. Where whole house ventilation fans are
integrated with forced-air systems that are
tested and listed HVAC equipment, they shall
be powered by an electronically commutated
motor where required by Section C405.8
3. Domestic clothes dryer booster fans, domestic
range rood exhaust fans, and domestic range
booster fans that operate intermittently.
C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control. Each cooling
system listed in Table C403.2.11.5 shall be designed
to vary the indoor fan airflow as a function of load and
shall comply with the following requirements:
1. Direct expansion (DX) and chilled water
cooling units that control the capacity of the
mechanical cooling directly based on space
temperature shall have not fewer than two
stages of fan control. Low or minimum speed
shall not be greater than 66 percent of full
speed. At low or minimum speed, the fan
system shall draw not more than 40 percent of
the fan power at full fan speed. Low or
minimum speed shall be used during periods of
low cooling load and ventilation-only
operation.
2. Other units including DX cooling units and
chilled water units that control the space
temperature by modulating the airflow to the
space shall have modulating fan control.
Minimum speed shall be not greater than 50
percent of full speed. At minimum speed, the
fan system shall draw no more than 30 percent
of the power at full fan speed. Low or minimum
speed shall be used during periods of low
cooling load and ventilation-only operation.
3. Units that include an airside economizer in
accordance with Section C403.3 shall have not
fewer than two speeds of fan control during
economizer operation.
Exceptions:
1. Modulating fan control is not required for
chilled water and evaporative cooling units
with fan motors of less than 1 hp (0.746 kW)
where the units are not used to provide
ventilation air and the indoor fan cycles with
the load.
2. Where the volume of outdoor air required to
comply with the ventilation requirements of
the International Mechanical Code at low
speed exceeds the air that would be delivered
at the minimum speed defined in this section,
the minimum speed shall be selected to
provide the required ventilation air.
C403.2.12 Heating outside a building. Systems
installed to provide heat outside a building shall be
radiant systems.
Such heating systems shall be controlled by an
occupancy sensing device or a timer switch, so that the
system is automatically deenergized when no occupants
are present.
C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity. For fan and
pump motors 7.5 hp and greater including motors in
or serving custom and packaged air handlers
serving variable air volume fan systems, constant
volume fans, heating and cooling hydronic pumping
systems, pool and service water pumping systems,
domestic water pressure boosting systems, cooling
tower fan, and other pump or fan motors where
variable flows are required, there shall be:
1. Variable speed drives; or
2. Other controls and devices that will result in
fan and pump motor demand of no more than
30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of
design air volume for fans when static
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-59
pressure set point equals 1/3 the total design static
pressure, and 50 percent of design water flow for
pumps, based on manufacturer's certified test data.
Variable inlet vanes, throttling valves (dampers),
scroll dampers or bypass circuits shall not be allowed.
Exception: Variable speed devices are not
required for motors that serve:
1. Fans or pumps in packaged equipment where
variable speed drives are not available as a
factory option from the equipment
manufacturer.
2. Fans or pumps that are required to operate
only for emergency fire-life-safety events
(e.g., stairwell pressurization fans, elevator
pressurization fans, fire pumps, etc.).
C403.2.13.1 Heat rejection equipment. The
requirements of this section apply to heat rejection
equipment used in comfort cooling systems such as
air-cooled condensers, open cooling towers,
closed-circuit cooling towers, and evaporative
condensers.
Exception: Heat rejection devices included as an
integral part of equipment listed in Tables
C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(3).
Heat rejection equipment shall have a minimum
efficiency performance not less than values specified
in Table C403.2.3(8). These requirements apply to all
propeller, axial fan and centrifugal fan cooling
towers. Table C403.2.3(8) specifies requirements for
air-cooled condensers that are within rating
conditions specified within the table.
C403.2.13.1.1 Variable flow controls. Cooling
tower fans 7.5 hp and greater shall have control
devices that vary flow by controlling the leaving
fluid temperature or condenser
temperature/pressure of the heat rejection device.
C403.2.13.1.2 Limitation on centrifugal fan
cooling towers. Open cooling towers with a
combined rated capacity of 1,100 gpm and greater
at 95°F condenser water return, 85°F condenser
water supply and 75°F outdoor wet-bulb
temperature shall meet the energy efficiency
requirement for axial fan open circuit cooling
towers.
C403.2.14 Electric motor efficiency. Electric motors,
including fractional hp motors, shall comply with the
provisions of Section C405.8.
C403.3 Economizers (Prescriptive). Air economizers
shall be provided on all new systems including those
serving computer server rooms, electronic equipment,
radio equipment, and telephone switchgear. Economizers
shall comply with Sections C403.3.1 through C403.3. 4.
Exception: Economizers are not required for the
systems listed below:
1. Systems complying with Section C403.6
Dedicated outdoor air systems (DOAS) with
year-round cooling loads from lights and
equipment of less than 5 watts per square foot.
2. Unitary or packaged systems serving one zone
with dehumidification that affect other systems
so as to increase the overall building energy
consumption. New humidification equipment
shall comply with Section C403.2.3.4
3. Unitary or packaged systems serving one zone
where the cooling efficiency meets or exceeds
the efficiency requirements in Table C403.3.
4. Water-cooled refrigeration equipment serving
chilled beams and chilled ceiling space cooling
systems only which are provided with a water
economizer meeting the requirements of Section
C403.3.4.
5. Systems complying with all of the following
criteria:
5.1. Consist of multiple water source heat
pumps connected to a common water loop.
5.2. Have a minimum of 60 percent air
economizer.
5.3. Have water source heat pumps with an
EER at least 15 percent higher for cooling
and a COP of at least 15 percent higher for
heating than that specified in Section
C403.2.3.
5.4. Where provided, have a central boiler or
furnace efficiency of 90 percent minimum
for units up to 199,000 Btu/h.
5.5. Provide heat recovery with a minimum 50
percent heat recovery effectiveness as
defined in Section C403.5 to preheat the
outside air supply.
6. For Group R occupancies, cooling units installed
outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to
outdoors with a total cooling capacity less than
20,000 Btu/h and other cooling units with a total
cooling capacity less than 54,000 Btu/h provided
that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment
with IEER, SEER, and EER values more than 15
percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed
in Tables C403.2.3 (1) through (3), in the
appropriate size category, using the same test
CE-60 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the
appropriate certification program to qualify for
this exception. For split systems, compliance is
based on the cooling capacity of individual fan
coil units.
7. Variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems,
multiple-zone split-system heat pumps,
consisting of multiple, individually metered
indoor units with multi-speed fan motors, served
on a single common refrigeration circuit with an
exterior reverse-cycle heat pump with variable
speed compressor(s) and variable speed
condenser fan(s). These systems shall also be
capable of providing simultaneous heating and
cooling operation, where recovered energy from
the indoor units operating in one mode can be
transferred to one or more perimeter zones (as
determined by conditioned floor area) and the
outdoor unit shall be at least 65,000 Btu/h in total
capacity. Systems utilizing this exception shall
have 50 percent heat recovery effectiveness as
defined by Section C403.5 on the outside air. For
the purposes of this exception, dedicated server
rooms, electronic equipment rooms or telecom
switch rooms are not considered perimeter
zones.
8. Equipment used to cool Controlled Plant
Growth Environments provided these are
high-efficiency cooling equipment with SEER,
EER and IEER values a minimum of 20 percent
greater than the values listed in Tables
C403.2.3(1), (3) and (7).
9. Equipment used to cool any spaces with
year-round cooling loads from lights and
equipment of greater than 5 watts per square
foot, where it can be demonstrated through
calculations, to the satisfaction of the code
official, that the heat rejection load of the
equipment will be recovered and used for on-site
space heating or service water heating demands
such that the energy use of the building is
decreased in comparison to a baseline of the
same equipment provided with an air
economizer complying with Section C403.3.
10. Equipment used to cool any dedicated server
room, electronic equipment room or telecom
switch room provided the system complies with
Option a, b or c in the table below. The total
capacity of all systems without economizers
shall not exceed 240,000 Btu/h per building or
10 percent of its air economizer capacity,
whichever is greater. This exception shall not be
used for Total Building Performance.
Equipment Type Higher Equipment
Efficiency Part-Load Control Economizer
Option a Tables C403.2.3(1) and
C403.2.3(2)a
+15%b
Required over
85,000 Btu/hc
None Required
Option b Tables C403.2.3(1) and
C403.2.3(2)a
+5%d
Required over
85,000 Btu/hc
Waterside
Economizer
Option c ASHRAE Standard 127f +0%
g
Required over
85,000 Btu/hc
Waterside
Economizer
Notes for Exception 10:
a. For a system where all of the cooling equipment is
subject to the AHRI standards listed in Tables
C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2), the system shall comply
with all of the following (note that if the system
contains any cooling equipment that exceeds the
capacity limits in Table C403.2.3(1) or C403.2.3(2),
or if the system contains any cooling equipment that is
not included in Table C403.2.3(1) or C403.2.3(2),
then the system is not allowed to use this option).
b. The cooling equipment shall have an EER value and
an IPLV value that is a minimum of 15 percent greater
than the value listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) and
C403.2.3(2).
c. For units with a total cooling capacity over 85,000
Btu/h, the system shall utilize part-load capacity
control schemes that are able to modulate to a
part-load capacity of 50 percent of the load or less that
results in the compressor operating at the same or
higher EER at part loads than at full load (e.g.,
minimum of two-stages of compressor unloading such
as cylinder unloading, two-stage scrolls, dual tandem
scrolls, but hot gas bypass is not credited as a
compressor unloading system).
d. The cooling equipment shall have an EER value and
an IPLV value that is a minimum of 5 percent greater
than the value listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) and
C403.2.3(2).
e. The system shall include a water economizer in lieu of
air economizer. Water economizers shall meet the
requirements of Sections C403.3.1 and C403.3.2 and
be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling
load served by the connected terminal equipment
lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures
of 50°F dry-bulb/45°F wet-bulb and below. For this
calculation, all factors including solar and internal
load shall be the same as those used for peak load
calculations, except for the outside temperatures. The
equipment shall be served by a dedicated condenser
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-61
water system unless a nondedicated condenser water
system exists that can provide appropriate water
temperatures during hours when waterside
economizer cooling is available.
f. For a system where all cooling equipment is subject to
ASHRAE Standard 127.
g. The cooling equipment subject to ASHRAE Standard
127 shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is
equal or greater than the value listed in Tables
C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) when determined in
accordance with the rating conditions in ASHRAE
Standard 127 (i.e., not the rating conditions in AHRI
Standard 210/240 or 340/360). This information shall
be provided by an independent third party.
TABLE C403.3 EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCY PERFORMANCE
EXCEPTION FOR ECONOMIZERS
Climate Zone
Efficiency Improvement
a
4C 64%
5B 59%
a. If a unit is rated with an IPLV, IEER or SEER then to
eliminate the required air or water economizer, the
minimum cooling efficiency of the HVAC unit must
be increased by the percentage shown. If the HVAC
unit is only rated with a full load metric like EER or
COP cooling, then these must be increased by the
percentage shown.
C403.3.1 Integrated economizer control. Economizer
systems shall be integrated with the mechanical cooling
system and be configured to provide partial cooling
even where additional mechanical cooling is required to
provide the remainder of the cooling load. Controls
shall not be capable of creating a false load in the
mechanical cooling system by limiting or disabling the
economizer or any other means, such as hot gas bypass,
except at the lowest stage of mechanical cooling.
Units that include an air economizer shall comply
with the following:
1. Unit controls shall have the mechanical cooling
capacity control interlocked with the air
economizer controls such that the outdoor air
damper is at the 100 percent open position when
mechanical cooling is on and the outdoor air
damper does not begin to close to prevent coil
freezing due to minimum compressor run time
until the leaving air temperature is less than 45°F
(7°C).
2. Direct expansion (DX) units with cooling capacity
65,000 Btu/H (19 kW) or greater of rated capacity
shall comply with the following:
2.1. DX units that control the capacity of the
mechanical cooling directly based on
occupied space temperature shall have not
fewer than two stages of mechanical cooling
capacity.
2.2. Other DX units, including those that control
space temperature by modulating the airflow
to the space, shall be in accordance with
Table C403.3.1.
C403.3.2 Economizer heating system impact. HVAC
system design and economizer controls shall be such
that economizer operation does not increase building
heating energy use during normal operation.
Exception: Economizers on VAV systems that cause
zone level heating to increase due to a reduction in
supply air temperature.
C403.3.3. Air economizers. Air economizers shall
comply with Sections C403.3.3.1 through C403.3.3.5.
C403.3.3.1 Design capacity. Air economizer
systems shall be configured to modulate outdoor air
and return air dampers to provide up to 100 percent of
the design supply air quantity as outdoor air for
cooling.
C403.3.3.2 Control signal. Economizer controls and
dampers shall be configured to sequence the dampers
with mechanical cooling equipment and shall not be
controlled by only mixed air temperature. Air
economizers on systems with cooling capacity
greater than 65,000 Btu/h shall be configured to
provide partial cooling even when additional
mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder
of the cooling load.
Exception: The use of mixed air temperature
limit control shall be permitted for systems that
are both controlled from space temperature (such
as single zone systems) and having cooling
capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h.
C403.3.3.3 High-limit shutoff. Air economizers
shall be configured to automatically reduce outdoor
air intake to the design minimum outdoor air quantity
when outdoor air intake will no longer reduce cooling
energy usage. High-limit shutoff control types for
specific climates shall be chosen from Table
C403.3.3.3. High-limit shutoff control settings for
these control types shall be those specified in Table
C403.3.3.3.
C403.3.3.4 Relief of excess outdoor air. Systems
shall be capable of relieving excess outdoor air
during air economizer operation to prevent
over-pressurizing the building. The relief air outlet
shall be located to avoid recirculation into the
building.
C403.3.3.5 Economizer dampers. Return,
exhaust/relief and outdoor air dampers used in
economizers shall comply with Section C403.2.4.3.
CE-62 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
** ◄
TABLE C403.3.1 DX COOLING STAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR MODULATING AIRFLOW UNITS
Rating Capacity Minimum Number of Mechanical
Cooling Stages
Minimum Compressor
Displacementa
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000
Btu/h 3 stages ≤ 35% of full load
≥ 240,000 Btu/h 4 stages ≤ 25% of full load
a. For mechanical cooling stage control that does not use variable compressor displacement, the percent
displacement shall be equivalent to the mechanical cooling capacity reduction evaluated at the full load rating
conditions for the compressor.
TABLE C403.3.3.3 HIGH-LIMIT SHUTOFF CONTROL SETTING FOR AIR ECONOMIZERS
b
DEVICE TYPE CLIMATE ZONE REQUIRED HIGH LIMIT (ECONOMIZER OFF WHEN):
EQUATION DESCRIPTION
Fixed dry bulb 4C, 5B TOA > 75°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F
Differential dry bulb 4C, 5B TOA > TRA
Outdoor air temperature exceeds
return air temperature
Fixed enthalpy with fixed
dry-bulb temperatures All hOA > 28 Btu/lb
a or
TOA > 75°F
Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds
28 Btu/lb of dry aira or
outdoor temperature exceeds 75°F
Differential enthalpy
with fixed dry-bulb temperatures
All hOA > Hra or TOA > 75°F
Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds
return air enthalpy or
outdoor temperature exceeds 75°F
For SI: °C = (°F - 32) × 5/9, 1 Btu/lb = 2.33 kJ/kg.
a. At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the Fixed Enthalpy limit shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F and 50-percent relative humidity. As
an example, at approximately 6,000 feet elevation the fixed enthalpy limit is approximately 30.7 Btu/lb.
b. Devices with selectable setpoint shall be capable of being set to within 2°F and 2 Btu/lb of the setpoint listed.
C403.3.4 Water-side economizers. Water-side
economizers shall comply with Sections C403.3.4.1
and C403.3.4.2.
C403.3.4.1 Design capacity. Water economizer
systems shall be configured to supply air by indirect
evaporation and providing up to 100 percent of the
expected system cooling load at outdoor air
temperatures of not greater than 50°F dry-bulb (10°C
dry-bulb)/45°F wet-bulb (7.2°C wet-bulb.
Exception: Systems in which a water economizer
is used and where dehumidification requirements
cannot be met using outdoor air temperatures of
50°F dry-bulb (10°C dry-bulb)/45°F wet-bulb
(7.2°C wet-bulb) shall satisfy 100 percent of the
expected system cooling load at 45°F dry-bulb
(7.2°C dry-bulb)/40°F wet-bulb (4.5°C wet-bulb).
C403.3.4.2 Maximum pressure drop. Precooling
coils and water-to-water heat exchangers used as part
of a water economizer system shall either have a
waterside pressure drop of less than 15 feet (4572
mm) of water or a secondary loop shall be created so
that the coil or heat exchanger pressure drop is not
seen by the circulating pumps when the system is in
the normal cooling (noneconomizer) mode.
C403.4 Hydronic and multiple-zone HVAC system
controls and equipment (Prescriptive). Hydronic and
multiple-zone HVAC system controls and equipment
shall comply with this section.
For buildings with a total equipment cooling capacity of
300 tons and above, the equipment shall comply with one
of the following:
1. No one unit shall have a cooling capacity of more
than 2/3 of the total installed cooling equipment
capacity.
2. The equipment shall have a variable speed drive.
3. The equipment shall have multiple compressors.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-63
►
C403.4.1 Multiple-zone system fan control. Controls
shall be provided for fans in accordance with Sections
C403.4.1.1 through C403.4.1.2.
C403.4.1.1 Static pressure sensor location. Static
pressure sensors used to control VAV fans shall be
located such that the controller setpoint is no greater
than 1.2 inches w.c. (2099 Pa). Where this results in
one or more sensors being located downstream of
major duct splits, not less than one sensor shall be
located on each major branch to ensure that static
pressure can be maintained in each branch.
Exception: Systems complying with Section
C403.4.1.2.
C403.4.1.2 Set points for direct digital control. For
systems with direct digital control of individual zones
reporting to the central control panel, the static
pressure setpoint shall be reset based on the zone
requiring the most pressure. In such cases, the set
point is reset lower until one zone damper is nearly
wide open. The direct digital controls shall be capable
of monitoring zone damper positions or shall have an
alternative method of indicating the need for static
pressure that is configured to provide all of the
following:
1. Automatically detecting any zone that
excessively drives the reset logic.
2. Generating an alarm to the system operational
location.
3. Allowing an operator to readily remove one or
more zones from the reset algorithm.
C403.4.2 Hydronic systems controls. The heating of
fluids that have been previously mechanically cooled
and the cooling of fluids that have been previously
mechanically heated shall be limited in accordance with
Sections C403.4.2.1 through C403.4.2.3. Hydronic
heating systems comprised of multiple-packaged
boilers and designed to deliver conditioned water or
steam into a common distribution system shall include
automatic controls configured to sequence operation of
the boilers. Hydronic heating systems comprised of a
single boiler and greater than 500,000 Btu/h (146,550
W) input design capacity shall include either a
multi-staged or modulating burner.
C403.4.2.1 Three-pipe system. Hydronic systems
that use a common return system for both hot water
and chilled water are prohibited.
C403.4.2.2 Two-pipe changeover system. Systems
that use a common distribution system to supply both
heated and chilled water shall be designed to allow a
dead band between changeover from one mode to the
other of at least 15°F (8.3°C) outside air
temperatures; be designed to and provided with
controls that will allow operation in one mode for at
least 4 hours before changing over to the other mode;
and be provided with controls that allow heating and
cooling supply temperatures at the changeover point
to be no more than 30°F (16.7°C) apart.
C403.4.2.3 Hydronic (water loop) heat pump
systems. Hydronic heat pump systems shall comply
with Sections C403.4.2.3.1 through C403.4.2.3.3.
C403.4.2.3.1 Temperature dead band. Hydronic
heat pumps connected to a common heat pump
water loop with central devices for heat rejection
and heat addition shall have controls that are
configured to provide a heat pump water supply
temperature dead band of at least 20°F (11.1°C)
between initiation of heat rejection and heat
addition by the central devices.
Exception: Where a system loop temperature
optimization controller is installed and can
determine the most efficient operating
temperature based on real time conditions of
demand and capacity, dead bands of less than
20°F (11°C) shall be permitted.
C403.4.2.3.2 Heat rejection. Heat rejection
equipment shall comply with Sections
C403.4.2.3.2.1 and C403.4.2.3.2.2.
Exception: Where it can be demonstrated that a
heat pump system will be required to reject heat
throughout the year.
C403.4.2.3.2.1 Climate Zone 4. For Climate
Zone 4:
1. If a closed-circuit cooling tower is used
directly in the heat pump loop, either an
automatic valve shall be installed to
bypass all but a minimal flow of water
around the tower, or lower leakage
positive closure dampers shall be
provided.
2. If an open-circuit tower is used directly in
the heat pump loop, an automatic valve
shall be installed to bypass all heat pump
water flow around the tower.
3. If an open- or closed-circuit cooling tower
is used in conjunction with a separate heat
exchanger to isolate the cooling tower
from the heat pump loop, then heat loss
shall be controlled by shutting down the
circulation pump on the cooling tower
loop.
C403.4.2.3.2.2 Climate Zone 5. For Climate
Zone 5, if an open- or closed-circuit cooling
tower is used, then a separate heat exchanger
shall be provided to isolate the cooling tower
from the heat pump loop, and heat loss shall be
controlled by shutting down the circulation
pump on the cooling tower loop and providing an
automatic valve to stop the flow of fluid.
CE-64 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C403.4.2.3.3 Isolation valve. Each hydronic heat
pump on the hydronic system having a total pump
system power exceeding 10 horsepower (hp) (7.5
kW) shall have a two-way (but not three-way)
valve. For the purposes of this section, pump
system power is the sum of the nominal power
demand (i.e., nameplate horsepower at nominal
motor efficiency) of motors of all pumps that are
required to operate at design conditions to supply
fluid from the heating or cooling source to all heat
transfer devices (e.g., coils, heat exchanger) and
return it to the source. This converts the system into
a variable flow system and, as such, the primary
circulation pumps shall comply with the variable
flow requirements in Section C403.4.2.6.
C403.4.2.4 Part load controls. Hydronic systems
greater than or equal to 300,000 Btu/h (88 kW) in
design output capacity supplying heated or chilled
water to comfort conditioning systems shall include
controls that are configured to:
1. Automatically reset the supply-water
temperatures in response to varying building
heating and cooling demand using coil valve
position, zone-return water temperature or
outdoor air temperature. The temperature shall
be reset by not less than 25 percent of the
design supply-to-return water temperature
difference.
Exception: Hydronic systems serving
hydronic heat pumps.
2. Automatically vary fluid flow for hydronic
systems with a combined motor capacity of 3
hp or larger with three or more control valves
or other devices by reducing the system design
flow rate by not less than 50 percent by
designed valves that modulate or step open
and close, or pumps that modulate or turn on
and off as a function of load.
3. Automatically vary pump flow on
chilled-water systems and heat rejection loops
serving water-cooled unitary air conditioners
with a combined motor capacity of 3 hp or
larger by reducing pump design flow by not
less than 50 percent utilizing adjustable speed
drives on pumps, or multiple-staged pumps
where not less than one-half of the total pump
horsepower is capable of being automatically
turned off. Pump flow shall be controlled to
maintain one control valve nearly wide open
or to satisfy the minimum differential
pressure.
Exceptions:
1. Supply-water temperature reset for
chilled-water systems supplied by off-site
district chilled water or chilled water from
ice storage systems.
2. Minimum flow rates other than 50 percent
as required by the equipment manufacturer
for proper operation of equipment where
using flow bypass or end-of-line 3-way
valves.
3. Variable pump flow on dedicated equipment
circulation pumps where configured in
primary/secondary design to provide the
minimum flow requirements of the
equipment manufacturer for proper
operation of equipment.
C403.4.2.5 Boiler turndown. Boiler systems with
design input of greater than 1,000,000 Btu/h (293
kW) shall comply with the turndown ratio specified
in Table C403.4.2.5.
The system turndown requirement shall be met
through the use of multiple single input boilers, one
or more modulating boilers or a combination of
single input and modulating boilers.
TABLE C403.4.2.5 BOILER TURNDOWN
Boiler System Design Input
(Btu/h)
Minimum
Turndown Ratio
≥1,000,000 and
less than or equal to 5,000,000 3 to 1
> 5,000,000 and
less than or equal to 10,000,000 4 to 1
>10,000,000 5 to 1
C403.4.2.6 Pump isolation. Chilled water plants
including more than one chiller shall be capable of
and configured to reduce flow automatically through
the chiller plant when a chiller is shut down and
automatically shut off flow to chillers that are shut
down. Chillers piped in series for the purpose of
increased temperature differential shall be considered
as one chiller.
Exception: Chillers that are piped in series for the
purpose of increased temperature differential.
Boiler plants including more than one boiler shall
be capable of and configured to reduce flow
automatically through the boiler plant when a boiler
is shut down.
C403.4.2.7 Variable flow controls. Individual
pumps required by this code to have variable speed
control shall be controlled in one of the following
manners:
1. For systems having a combined pump motor
horsepower less than or equal to 20 hp (15
kW) and without direct digital control of
individual coils, pump speed shall be a
function of either:
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-65
>
◄
1.1. Required differential pressure; or
1.2. Reset directly based on zone hydronic
demand, or other zone load indicators; or
1.3. Reset directly based on pump power and
pump differential pressure.
2. For systems having a combined pump motor
horsepower that exceeds 20 hp (15 kW) or
smaller systems with direct digital control,
pump speed shall be a function of either:
2.1. The static pressure set point as reset
based on the valve requiring the most
pressure; or
2.2. Directly controlled based on zone
hydronic demand.
C403.4.3 Heat rejection equipment. Heat rejection
equipment such as air-cooled condensers, dry coolers,
open-circuit cooling towers, closed-circuit cooling
towers and evaporative condensers used for comfort
cooling applications shall comply with this section.
Exception: Heat rejection devices where energy use
is included in the equipment efficiency ratings listed
in Tables C403.2.3(1)A, C403.2.3(1)B,
C403.2.3(1)C, C403.2.3(2), C403.2.3(3),
C403.2.3(7) and C403.2.3(9).
C403.4.3.1 Fan speed control. The fan speed shall
be controlled as provided in Sections C403.4.3.1.1
and C403.4.3.1.2.
C403.4.3.1.1 Fan motors not less than 7.5 hp.
Each fan powered by a motor of 7.5 hp (5.6 kW) or
larger shall have controls that automatically change
the fan speed to control the leaving fluid
temperature or condensing temperature/pressure of
the heat rejection device.
C403.4.3.1.2 Multiple-cell heat rejection
equipment. Multiple-cell heat rejection equipment
with variable speed fan drives shall be controlled in
both of the following manners:
1. To operate the maximum number of fans
allowed that comply with the manufacturer's
requirements for all system components.
2. So all fans can operate at the same fan speed
required for the instantaneous cooling duty,
as opposed to staged (on/off) operation.
Minimum fan speed shall be the minimum
allowable speed of the fan drive system in
accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C403.4.3.2 Limitation on centrifugal fan
open-circuit cooling towers. Centrifugal fan
open-circuit cooling towers with a combined rated
capacity of 1,100 gpm (4164 L/m) or greater at 95°F
(35°C) condenser water return, 85°F (29°C)
condenser water supply, and 75°F (24°C) outdoor air
wet-bulb temperature shall meet the energy
efficiency requirement for axial fan open-circuit
cooling towers listed in Table C403.2.3(8).
Exception: Centrifugal open-circuit cooling
towers that are designed with inlet or discharge
ducts or require external sound attenuation.
C403.4.3.3 Tower flow turndown. Open-circuit
cooling towers used on water-cooled chiller systems
that are configured with multiple- or variable-speed
condenser water pumps shall be designed so that all
open circuit cooling tower cells can be run in parallel
with the larger of the flow that is produced by the
smallest pump at its minimum expected flow rate or
at 50 percent of the design flow for the cell.
C403.4.4 Requirements for mechanical systems
serving multiple zones. Sections C403.4.4.1 through
C403.4.4.4 shall apply to mechanical systems serving
multiple zones. Supply air systems serving multiple
zones shall be VAV systems which, during periods of
occupancy, are designed and configured to reduce
primary air supply to each zone to one of the following
before reheating, recooling or mixing takes place:
1. Thirty percent of the maximum supply air to
each zone.
2. Three hundred cfm (142 L/s) or less where the
maximum flow rate is less than 10 percent of the
total fan system supply airflow rate.
3. The minimum ventilation requirements of
Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
4. Any higher rate that can be demonstrated to
reduce overall system annual energy use by
offsetting reheat/recool energy losses through a
reduction in outdoor air intake for the system, as
approved by the code official.
5. The airflow rate required to comply with
applicable codes or accreditation standards, such
as pressure relationships or minimum air change
rates.
Exception: The following define where
individual zones or where entire air distribution
systems are exempted from the requirement for
VAV control:
1. Zones or supply air systems where at least
75 percent of the energy for reheating or
for providing warm air in mixing systems
is provided from a site-recovered or
site-solar energy source.
2. Zones where special humidity levels are
required to satisfy process needs.
3. Zones with a peak supply air quantity of
300 cfm (142 L/s) or less and where the
flow rate is less than 10 percent of the
total fan system supply airflow rate.
CE-66 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
**
4. Zones without DDC for which the volume of
air that is reheated, recooled or remixed is
less than the larger of the following:
4.1. 30 percent of the zone design peak
supply rate.
4.2. The outdoor airflow rate required to
meet the ventilation requirements of
Chapter 4 of the International
Mechanical Code for the zone.
4.3. Any higher rate that can be
demonstrated, to the satisfaction of the
code official, to reduce overall system
annual energy usage by offsetting
reheat/recool energy losses through a
reduction in outdoor air intake for the
system.
4.4. The airflow rate required to comply
with applicable codes or accreditation
standards, such as pressure
relationships or minimum air change
rates.
5. Zones with DDC that comply with all of the
following:
5.1. The airflow rate in dead band between
heating and cooling does not exceed
the larger of the following:
5.1.1. 20 percent of the zone design
peak supply rate.
5.1.2. The outdoor airflow rate
required to meet the ventilation
requirements of Chapter 4 of
the International Mechanical
Code for the zone.
5.1.3. Any higher rate that can be
demonstrated, to the
satisfaction of the code official,
to reduce overall system annual
energy usage by offsetting
reheat/recool energy losses
through a reduction in outdoor
air intake for the system.
5.1.4. The airflow rate required to
comply with applicable codes
or accreditation standards, such
as pressure relationships or
minimum air change rates.
5.2. The airflow rate that is reheated,
recooled or mixed shall be less than 50
percent of the zone design peak supply
rate.
5.3. The first stage of heating consists of
modulating the zone supply air
temperature setpoint up to a maximum
setpoint while the airflow is
maintained at the dead band flow rate.
5.4. The second stage of heating consists
of modulating the airflow rate from
the dead band flow rate up to the
heating maximum flow rate.
6. Zones or supply air systems with
thermostatic and humidistatic controls
capable of operating in sequence the
supply of heating and cooling energy to
the zones and which are configured to
prevent reheating, recooling, mixing or
simultaneous supply of air that has been
previously cooled, either mechanically or
through the use of economizer systems,
and air that has been previously
mechanically heated.
C403.4.4.1 Single duct variable air volume (VAV)
systems, terminal devices. Single duct VAV
systems shall use terminal devices capable of and
configured to reduce the supply of primary supply air
before reheating or recooling takes place.
C403.4.4.2 Dual duct and mixing VAV systems,
terminal devices. Systems that have one warm air
duct and one cool air duct shall use terminal devices
which are capable of and configured to reduce the
flow from one duct to a minimum before mixing of
air from the other duct takes place.
C403.4.4.3 Multiple-zone VAV system ventilation
optimization controls. Multiple-zone VAV systems
with direct digital control of individual zone boxes
reporting to a central control panel shall have
automatic controls configured to reduce outdoor air
intake flow below design rates in response to changes
in system ventilation efficiency (Ev) as defined by
the International Mechanical Code.
Exceptions:
1. VAV systems with zonal transfer fans that
recirculate air from other zones without
directly mixing it with outdoor air, dual-duct
dual-fan VAV systems, and VAV systems
with fan-powered terminal units.
2. Systems having exhaust air energy recovery
complying with Section C403.5.
3. Systems where total design exhaust airflow
is more than 70 percent of total design
outdoor air intake flow requirements.
C403.4.4.4 Supply-air temperature reset controls.
Multiple zone HVAC systems shall include controls
that automatically reset the supply-air temperature in
response to representative building loads, or to
outdoor air temperature. The controls shall be
capable of resetting the supply air temperature at least
25 percent of the difference between the design
supply-air temperature and the design room air
temperature.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-67
**
Exceptions:
1. Systems that prevent reheating, recooling or
mixing of heated and cooled supply air.
2. Seventy-five percent of the energy for
reheating is from site-recovered or site solar
energy sources.
3. Zones with peak supply air quantities of 300
cfm (142 L/s) or less.
C403.4.5 Reserved. (See C403.5.4 for Heat recovery
for service water heating.)
C403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation. Cooling systems
shall not use hot gas bypass or other evaporator pressure
control systems unless the system is designed with
multiple steps of unloading or continuous capacity
modulation. The capacity of the hot gas bypass shall be
limited as indicated in Table C403.4.6, as limited by
Section C403.3.1
TABLE C403.4.6 MAXIMUM HOT GAS BYPASS CAPACITY
RATED CAPACITY
MAXIMUM HOT GAS
BYPASS CAPACITY
(% of total capacity)
≤ 240,000 Btu/h 50
> 240,000 Btu/h 25
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.
C403.5 Energy recovery.
C403.5.1 Energy recovery ventilation systems. Any
system with minimum outside air requirements at
design conditions greater than 5,000 cfm or any system
where the system’s supply airflow rate exceeds the
value listed in Tables C403.5.1(1) and C403.5.1(2)m
based on the climate zone and percentage of outdoor
airflow rate at design conditions, shall include an
energy recovery system. Table C403.5.1(1) shall be
used for all ventilation systems that operate less than
8,000 hours per year, and Table C403.5.1(2) shall be
used for all ventilation systems that operate 8,000 hours
or more per year. The energy recovery system shall
have the capability to provide a change in the enthalpy
of the outdoor air supply of not less than 50 percent of
the difference between the outdoor air and return air
enthalpies, at design conditions. Where an air
economizer is required, the energy recovery system
shall include a bypass or controls which permit
operation of the economizer as required by Section
C403.3. Where a single room or space is supplied by
multiple units, the aggregate ventilation (cfm) of those
units shall be used in applying this requirement. The
return/exhaust air stream temperature for heat recovery
device selection shall be 70°F (21°C) at 30 percent
relative humidity, or as calculated by the registered
design professional.
Exception: An energy recovery ventilation system
shall not be required in any of the following
conditions:
1. Where energy recovery systems are restricted
per Section 514 of the International
Mechanical Code to sensible energy, recovery
shall comply with one of the following:
1.1. Kitchen exhaust systems where they
comply with Section C403.2.7.1.
1.2. Laboratory fume hood systems where
they comply with Exception 2 of
Section C403.5.1.
1.3. Other sensible energy recovery systems
with the capability to provide a change
in dry bulb temperature of the outdoor
air supply of not less than 50 percent of
the difference between the outdoor air
and the return air dry bulb temperatures,
at design conditions.
2. Laboratory fume hood systems that include at
least one of the following features and also
comply with Section C403.2.7.2:
2.1. Variable-air-volume hood exhaust and
room supply systems capable of
reducing exhaust and makeup air
volume to 50 percent or less of design
values.
2.2. Direct makeup (auxiliary) air supply
equal to at least 75 percent of the
exhaust rate, heated no warmer than
2°F (1.1°C) above room setpoint,
cooled to no cooler than 3°F (1.7°C)
below room setpoint, no humidification
added, and no simultaneous heating and
cooling used for dehumidification
control.
3. Systems serving spaces that are heated to less
than 60°F (15.5°C) and are not cooled.
4. Where more than 60 percent of the outdoor
heating energy is provided from site-recovered
or site solar energy.
5. Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint or
corrosive fumes or dust.
6. Cooling energy recovery in Climate Zones 3C,
4C, 5B, 5C, 6B, 7 and 8.
7. Systems requiring dehumidification that
employ energy recovery in series with the
cooling coil.
8. Multi-zone systems where the supply airflow
rate is less than the values specified in Tables
C403.5.1(1) and C403.5.1(2) for the
corresponding percent of outdoor air. Where a
value of NR is listed, energy recovery shall not
be required.
CE-68 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
*
TABLE C403.5.1(1)
ENERGY RECOVERY REQUIREMENT (VENTILATION SYSTEMS OPERATING LESS THAN 8,000 HOURS PER YEAR)
CLIMATE ZONE
PERCENT (%) OUTDOOR AIR AT FULL DESIGN AIRFLOW RATE
≥10% and
20%
≥20% and
30%
≥30% and
40%
≥40% and
50%
≥50% and
60%
≥60% and
70%
≥70% and
80% ≥80%
DESIGN SUPPLY FAN AIRFLOW RATE (cfm)
4C, 5B NR NR NR NR NR NR ≥5000 ≥5000
NR = not required
TABLE C403.5.1(2) ENERGY RECOVERY REQUIREMENT
(VENTILATION SYSTEMS OPERATING NOT LESS 8,000 HOURS PER YEAR)
CLIMATE ZONE
PERCENT (%) OUTDOOR AIR AT FULL DESIGN AIRFLOW RATE
≥10% and
20%
≥20% and
30%
≥30% and
40%
≥40% and
50%
≥50% and
60%
≥60% and
70%
≥70% and
80% ≥80%
DESIGN SUPPLY FAN AIRFLOW RATE (cfm)
4C NR ≥ 19500 ≥ 9000 ≥ 5000 ≥ 4000 ≥ 3000 ≥ 1500 ≥0
5B ≥ 2500 ≥ 2000 ≥ 1000 ≥ 500 ≥ 0 ≥ 0 ≥ 0 ≥ 0
NR = not required
9. Systems serving Group R dwelling or sleeping
units where the largest source of air exhausted at
a single location at the building exterior is less
than 25 percent of the design outdoor air flow
rate.
C403.5.2 Condensate systems. On-site steam
heating systems shall have condensate water heat
recovery. On-site includes a system that is located
within or adjacent to one or more buildings within the
boundary of a contiguous area or campus under one
ownership and which serves one or more of those
buildings.
Buildings using steam generated off-site with
steam heating systems which do not have condensate
water recovery shall have condensate water recovery.
C403.5.3 Condenser heat recovery. Facilities
having food service, meat or deli departments and
having 500,000 Btu/h or greater of remote
refrigeration condensers shall have condenser waste
heat recovery from freezers and coolers and shall use
the waste heat for service water heating, space
heating or for dehumidification reheat. Facilities
having a gross conditioned floor area of 40,000 ft2 or
greater and 1,000,000 Btu/h or greater of remote
refrigeration shall have condenser waste heat
recovery from freezers and coolers and shall use the
waste heat for service water heating, and either for
space heating or for dehumidification reheat for
maintaining low space humidity.
C403.5.4 Heat recovery for service water heating.
Condenser heat recovery shall be installed for heating
or reheating of service hot water provided the facility
operates 24 hours a day, the total installed heat
capacity of water cooled systems exceeds 1,500,000
Btu/hr of heat rejection, and the design service water
heating load exceeds 250,000 Btu/hr.
The required heat recovery system shall have the
capacity to provide the smaller of:
1. Sixty percent of the peak heat rejection load at
design conditions; or
2. The preheating required to raise the peak service
hot water draw to 85°F (29°C).
Exceptions:
1. Facilities that employ condenser heat
recovery for space heating or reheat
purposes with a heat recovery design
exceeding 30 percent of the peak
water-cooled condenser load at design
conditions.
2. Facilities that provide 60 percent of their
service water heating from site solar or site
recovered energy or from other sources.
C403.6 Dedicated outdoor air systems (DOAS). (This
section is Optional through 6/30/2017; it becomes
Prescriptive as of 7/1/2017). For office, retail, education,
libraries and fire stations, outdoor air shall be provided to
each occupied space by a dedicated outdoor air system
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-69
(DOAS) which delivers 100 percent outdoor air without
requiring operation of the heating and cooling system fans
for ventilation air delivery.
Exceptions:
1. Occupied spaces that are not ventilated by a
mechanical ventilation system and are only
ventilated by a natural ventilation system per
Section 402 of the International Mechanical
Code.
2. High efficiency variable air volume (VAV)
systems complying with Section C403.7. This
exception shall not be used as a substitution for a
DOAS per Section C406.6 or as a modification
to the requirements for the Standard Reference
Design per Section C407
C403.6.1 Energy recovery ventilation with DOAS. The DOAS shall include energy recovery ventilation
that complies with the minimum energy recovery
efficiency and energy recovery bypass requirements,
where applicable, of Section C403.5.1.
Exceptions:
1. Occupied spaces under the threshold of
Section C403.5 with an average occupant load
greater than 25 people per 1000 square feet (93
m2) of floor area (as established in Table
403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical
Code) that include demand control ventilation
configured to reduce outdoor air by at least
50% below design minimum ventilation rates
when the actual occupancy of the space served
by the system is less than the design
occupancy.
2. Systems installed for the sole purpose of
providing makeup air for systems exhausting
toxic, flammable, paint, or corrosive fumes or
dust, dryer exhaust, or commercial kitchen
hoods used for collecting and removing grease
vapors and smoke.
C403.6.2 Heating/cooling system fan controls.
Heating and cooling equipment fans, heating and
cooling circulation pumps, and terminal unit fans shall
cycle off and terminal unit primary cooling air shall be
shut off when there is no call for heating or cooling in
the zone.
Exception: Fans used for heating and cooling using
less than 0.12 watts per cfm may operate when space
temperatures are within the setpoint deadband
(Section C403.2.4.1.2) to provide destratification and
air mixing in the space.
C403.6.3 Impracticality. Where the code official
determines full compliance with all of the requirements
of Section C403.6.1 and C403.6.2 would be
impractical, it is permissible to provide an approved
alternate means of compliance that achieves a
comparable level of energy efficiency. For the purposes
of this section, impractical means that an HVAC system
complying with Section C403.6 cannot effectively be
utilized due to an unusual use or configuration of the
building.
C403.7 High efficiency variable air volume (VAV)
systems. For HVAC systems subject to the requirements
of Section C403.6 but utilizing Exception 2 of that
section, a high efficiency VAV system may be provided
without a separate parallel DOAS when the system is
designed, installed, and configured to comply with all of
the following criteria (this exception shall not be used as a
substitution for a DOAS per Section C406.6 or as a
modification to the requirements for the Standard
Reference Design per Section C407):
1. The VAV systems are provided with airside
economizer per Section 403.3 without exceptions.
2. A direct-digital control (DDC) system is provided
to control the VAV air handling units and
associated terminal units per Section C403.2.4.12
regardless of sizing thresholds of Table
C403.2.4.12.1.
3. Multiple-zone VAV systems with a minimum
outdoor air requirement of 2,500 cfm (1180 L/s) or
greater shall be equipped with a device capable of
measuring outdoor airflow intake under all load
conditions. The system shall be capable of
increasing or reducing the outdoor airflow intake
based on feedback from the VAV terminal units as
required by Section C403.4.4.3, without
exceptions, and Section C403.2.6.2 demand
controlled ventilation.
4. Multiple-zone VAV systems with a minimum
outdoor air requirement of 2,500 cfm (1180 L/s) or
greater shall be equipped with a device capable of
measuring supply airflow to the VAV terminal
units under all load conditions.
5. In addition to meeting the zone isolation
requirements of C403.2.4.4 a single VAV air
handling unit shall not serve more than 50,000
square feet (2323 m2) unless a single floor is
greater than 50,000 square feet (2323 m2) in which
case the air handler is permitted to serve the entire
floor.
6. The primary maximum cooling air for the VAV
terminal units serving interior cooling load driven
zones shall be sized for a supply air temperature
that is a minimum of 5°F greater than the supply air
temperature for the exterior zones in cooling.
7. Air terminal units with a minimum primary airflow
setpoint of 50% or greater of the maximum
primary airflow setpoint shall be sized with an inlet
velocity of no greater than 900 feet per minute.
8. DDC systems be designed and configured per the
guidelines set by High Performance Sequences of
Operation for HVAC Systems (ASHRAE GPC 36,
RP-1455).
CE-70 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
9. Allowable fan motor horsepower shall not exceed
90% of the allowable HVAC fan system bhp
(Option 2) as defined by Section C403.2.11.1.
10. All fan powered VAV terminal units (series or
parallel) shall be provided with electronically
commutated motors. The DDC system shall be
configured to vary the speed of the motor as a
function of the heating and cooling load in the
space. Minimum speed shall not be greater than 66
percent of design airflow required for the greater of
heating or cooling operation. Minimum speed shall
be used during periods of low heating and cooling
operation and ventilation-only operation.
Exception: For series fan powered terminal
units where the volume of primary air required to
deliver the ventilation requirements at minimum
speed exceeds the air that would be delivered at
the speed defined above, the minimum speed
setpoint shall be configured to exceed the value
required to provide the required ventilation air.
11. Fan-powered VAV terminal units shall only be
permitted at perimeter zones with an envelope
heating load requirement. All other VAV terminal
units shall be single duct terminal units.
12. When in occupied heating or in occupied deadband
between heating and cooling all fan powered VAV
terminal units shall be configured to reset the
primary air supply setpoint, based on the VAV air
handling unit outdoor air vent fraction, to the
minimum ventilation airflow required per
International Mechanical Code without utilizing
exceptions 2, 3, or 4 of Section C403.4.4.
13. Spaces that are larger than 150 square feet (14 m2)
and with an occupant load greater than or equal to
25 people per 1000 square feet (93 m2) of floor area
(as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the
International Mechanical Code) shall be provided
with all of the following features:
13.1. A dedicated VAV terminal unit capable of
controlling the space temperature and
minimum ventilation shall be provided.
13.2. Demand control ventilation (DCV) shall
be provided that utilizes a carbon dioxide
sensor to reset the ventilation setpoint of
the VAV terminal unit from the design
minimum to design maximum ventilation
rate as required by Chapter 4 of the
International Mechanical Code.
13.3. Occupancy sensors shall be provided that
are configured to reduce the minimum
ventilation rate to zero and setback room
temperature setpoints by a minimum of
5°F, for both cooling and heating, when
the space is unoccupied.
14. Dedicated server rooms, electronic equipment
rooms, telecom rooms, or other similar spaces with
cooling loads greater than 5 watts/ft2 shall be
provided with separate, independent HVAC
systems to allow the VAV air handlers to turn off
during unoccupied hours in the office space and to
allow the supply air temperature reset to occur.
Exception: The VAV air handling unit and
VAV terminal units may be used for secondary
backup cooling when there is a failure of the
primary HVAC system.
Additionally, server rooms, electronic equipment
rooms, telecom rooms, or other similar spaces shall
be provided with airside economizer per Section
403.3 without using the exceptions to Section
C403.3.
Exception: Heat recovery per exception 9 of
Section 403.3 may be in lieu of airside
economizer for the separate, independent HVAC
system.
15. HVAC system central heating or cooling plant will
include a minimum of one of the following
options:
15.1. VAV terminal units with hydronic heating
coils connected to systems with hot water
generation equipment limited to the
following types of equipment: gas-fired
hydronic boilers with a thermal
efficiency, Et, of not less than 90 percent,
air-to-water heat pumps or heat recovery
chillers.
15.2. Chilled water VAV air handing units
connected to systems with chilled water
generation equipment with IPLV values
more than 25 percent higher than the
minimum part load efficiencies listed in
Table C403.2.3(7), in the appropriate size
category, using the same test procedures.
Equipment shall be listed in the
appropriate certification program to
qualify. The smallest chiller or
compressor in the central plant shall not
exceed 20% of the total central plant
cooling capacity or the chilled water
system shall include thermal storage sized
for a minimum of 20% of the total central
cooling plant capacity.
16. The DDC system shall include a fault detection and
diagnostics (FDD) system complying with the
following:
16.1. The following temperature sensors shall
be permanently installed to monitor
system operation:
16.1.1. Outside air.
16.1.2. Supply air.
16.1.3. Return air.
16.2. Temperature sensors shall have an
accuracy of ±2°F (1.1°C) over the range
of 40°F to 80°F (4°C to 26.7°C).
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-71
16.3. The VAV air handling unit controller
shall be configured to provide system
status by indicating the following:
16.3.1. Free cooling available.
16.3.2. Economizer enabled.
16.3.3. Compressor enabled.
16.3.4. Heating enabled.
16.3.5. Mixed air low limit cycle
active.
16.3.6. The current value of each
sensor.
16.4. The VAV air handling unit controller
shall be capable of manually initiating
each operating mode so that the operation
of compressors, economizers, fans and the
heating system can be independently
tested and verified.
16.5. The VAV air handling unit shall be
configured to report faults to a fault
management application accessible by
day-to-day operating or service personnel
or annunciated locally on zone
thermostats.
16.6. The VAV terminal unit shall be
configured to report if the VAV inlet
valve has failed by performing the
following diagnostic check at a maximum
interval of once a month:
16.6.1. Command VAV terminal unit
primary air inlet valve closed
and verify that primary airflow
goes to zero.
16.6.2. Command VAV thermal unit
primary air inlet valve to
design airflow and verify that
unit is controlling to with 10%
of design airflow.
16.7. The VAV terminal unit shall be
configured to report and trend when the
zone is driving the following VAV air
handling unit reset sequences. The
building operator shall have the capability
to exclude zones used in the reset
sequences from the DDC control system
graphical user interface:
16.7.1. Supply air temperature
setpoint reset to lowest supply
air temperature setpoint for
cooling operation.
16.7.2. Supply air duct static pressure
setpoint reset for the highest
duct static pressure setpoint
allowable.
16.8. The FDD system shall be configured to
detect the following faults:
16.8.1. Air temperature sensor
failure/fault.
16.8.2. Not economizing when the
unit should be economizing.
16.8.3. Economizing when the unit
should not be economizing.
16.8.4. Outdoor air or return air
damper not modulating.
16.8.5. Excess outdoor air.
16.8.6. VAV terminal unit primary air
valve failure.
SECTION C404 SERVICE WATER HEATING (MANDATORY)
C404.1 General. This section covers the minimum
efficiency of, and controls for, service water-heating
equipment and insulation of service hot water piping.
C404.2 Service water-heating equipment performance
efficiency. Water-heating equipment and hot water
storage tanks shall meet the requirements of Table
C404.2. The efficiency shall be verified through
certification and listed under an approved certification
program, or if no certification program exists, the
equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data
furnished by the manufacturer. Water-heating equipment
also intended to be used to provide space heating shall
meet the applicable provisions of Table C404.2.
C404.2.1 High input-rated service water heating
systems. Gas-fired water-heating equipment installed
in new buildings shall be in compliance with this
section. Where a singular piece of water-heating
equipment serves the entire building and the input
rating of the equipment is 1,000,000 Btu/h (293 kW) or
greater, such equipment shall have a thermal efficiency,
Et, of not less than 90 percent. Where multiple pieces of
water-heating equipment serve the building and the
combined input rating of the water-heating equipment
is 1,000,000 Btu/h (293 kW) or greater, the combined
input-capacity-weighted-average thermal efficiency,
Et, shall not be less than 90 percent.
Exceptions:
1. Where 25 percent of the annual service
water-heating requirement is provided by
site-solar or site-recovered energy, the
minimum thermal efficiency requirements
of this section shall not apply.
2. The input rating of water heaters installed in
individual dwelling units shall not be
required to be included in the total input
rating of the service water-heating
equipment for a building.
3. The input rating of water heaters with an
input rating of not greater than 100,000
Btu/h (29 kW) shall not be required to be
included in the total input rating of service
water-heating equipment for a building.
CE-72 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C404.2
MINIMUM PERFORMANCE OF WATER-HEATING EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY (input) SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION
PERFORMANCE
REQUIREDa, b
TEST PROCEDURE
Water heaters, electric
≤12 kW Resistance ≥20 gal 0.97 - 0.00 132V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
> 12 kW Resistance ≥20 gal 0.3 + 27/Vm %h Section G.2 of ANSI
Z21.10.3
≤24 amps and ≤250 volts
Heat pump 0.93 - 0.00132V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
Instantaneous water heaters, electric
All Resistance 0.97 - 0.00 132V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
Storage water heaters,
gas
≤75,000 Btu/h ≥20 gal 0.67 - 0.0019V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
> 75,000 Btu/h < 4,000 Btu/h/gal 80% Et
(Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h
Section G.1 and G.2 of
ANSI Z21.10.3
Instantaneous
water heaters, gas
> 50,000 Btu/h and
< 200,000 Btu/h ≥4,000 (Btu/h)/gal and
< 2 gal 0.62 - 0.0019V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
≥200,000 Btu/hc ≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
< 10 gal 80% Et
Section G.1 and G.2 of
ANSI Z21.10.3 ≥200,000 Btu/h
≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
≥10 gal
80% Et
(Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h
Storage water heaters, oil
≤105,000 Btu/h ≥20 gal 0.59 - 0.0019V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
>105,000 Btu/h < 4,000 Btu/h/gal 80% Et
(Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h
Section G.1 and G.2 of
ANSI Z21.10.3
Instantaneous water heaters, oil
≤210,000 Btu/h ≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
< 2 gal 0.59 - 0.0019V, EF DOE 10 CFR Part 430
> 210,000 Btu/h ≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
< 10 gal 80% Et
Section G.1 and G.2 of
ANSI Z21.10.3 > 210,000 Btu/h
≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
≥10 gal
78% Et
(Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h
Hot water supply boilers,
gas and oil ≥300,000 Btu/h and
< 12,500,000 Btu/h
≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
< 10 gal 80% Et
Section G.1 and G.2 of
ANSI Z21.10.3 Hot water supply boilers,
gas ≥300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h
≥4,000 Btu/h/gal and
≥10 gal
80% Et
(Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h
Hot water supply boilers,
oil
≥300,000 Btu/h and
< 12,500,000 Btu/h
≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and
> 10 gal
78% Et
(Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h
Pool heaters, gas and oil All — 78% Et ASHRAE 146
Heat pump pool heaters All — 4.0 COP AHRI 1160
Unfired storage tanks All —
Minimum insulation
requirement R-12.5 (h x ft2
x °F)/Btu
(none)
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 British thermal unit per hour per gallon = 0.078 W/L.
a. Energy factor (EF) and thermal efficiency (Et ) are minimum requirements. In the EF equation, V is the rated volume in gallons.
b. Standby loss (SL) is the maximum Btu/h based on a nominal 70°F temperature difference between stored water and ambient requirements. In the SL
equation, Q is the nameplate input rate in Btu/h. In the SL equation for electric water heaters, V is the rated volume in gallons and Vm is the measured
volume in gallons. In the SL equation for oil and gas water heaters and boilers, V is the rated volume in gallons.
c. Instantaneous water heaters with input rates below 200,000 Btu/h must comply with these requirements if the water heater is designed to heat water
to temperatures 180°F or higher.
d. Electric water heaters with an input rating of 12kW (40,950 Btu/h) or less that are designed to heat water to temperatures of 180°F or greater shall comply with the requirements for electric water heaters that have an input rating greater than 12 kW.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-73
►
◄ ◄
C404.3 Efficient heated water supply piping. Heated
water supply piping shall be in accordance with Section
C404.3.1 or C404.3.2. The flow rate through 1/4-inch (6.4
mm) piping shall be not greater than 0.5 gpm (1.9 L/m).
The flow rate through 5/16-inch (7.9 mm) piping shall be
not greater than 1 gpm (3.8 L/m). The flow rate through
3/8-inch (9.5 mm) piping shall be not greater than 1.5 gpm
(5.7 L/m). Water heaters, circulating water systems and
heat trace temperature maintenance systems shall be
considered sources of heated water.
C404.3.1 Maximum allowable pipe length method.
The maximum allowable piping length from the nearest
source of heater water to the termination of the fixture
supply pipe shall be in accordance with the following.
Where the piping contains more than one size of pipe,
the largest size of pipe within the piping shall be used
for determining the maximum allowable length of the
piping in Table C404.3.1.
1. For a public lavatory faucet, use the "Public
lavatory faucets" column in Table C404.3.1.
2. For all other plumbing fixtures and plumbing
appliances, use the "Other fixtures and
appliances" column in Table C404.3.1.
C404.3.2 Maximum allowable pipe volume method.
The water volume in the piping shall be calculated in
accordance with Section C404.3.2.1. The volume from
the nearest source of heated water to the termination of
the fixture supply pipe shall be as follows:
1. For a public lavatory faucet: Not more than 2
ounces (0.06 L).
2. For other plumbing fixtures or plumbing
appliances; not more than 0.5 gallon (1.89 L).
C404.3.2.1 Water volume determination. The
volume shall be the sum of the internal volumes of
pipe, fittings, valves, meters and manifolds between
the nearest source of heated water and the termination
of the fixture supply pipe. The volume in the piping
shall be determined from the "Volume" column in
Table C404.3.1. The volume contained within fixture
shutoff valves, within flexible water supply
connectors to a fixture fitting and within a fixture
fitting shall not be included in the water volume
determination. Where heated water is supplied by a
recirculating system or heat-traced piping, the
volume shall include the portion of the fitting on the
branch pipe that supplies water to the fixture.
C404.4 Heat traps. Water-heating equipment not
supplied with integral heat traps and serving
noncirculating systems shall be provided with heat traps
on the supply and discharge piping associated with the
equipment.
C404.5 Water heater installation. Electric water heaters
in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors shall be
placed on an incompressible, insulated surface with a
minimum thermal resistance of R-10.
C404.6 Insulation of piping. Piping from a water heater
to the termination of the heated water fixture supply pipe
shall be insulated in accordance with Table C403.2.9. On
both the inlet and outlet piping of a storage hot water
heater or heated water storage tank, the piping to a heat
trap or the first 8 feet (2438 mm) of piping, whichever is
less, shall be insulated. Piping that is heat traced shall be
insulated in accordance with Table C403.2.9 or the heat
TABLE C404.3.1 PIPING VOLUME AND MAXIMUM PIPING LENGTHS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (inches)
VOLUME (liquid ounces per foot length)
MAXIMUM PIPING LENGTH (feet)
Public lavatory faucets Other fixtures and appliances
1/4 0.33 6 50
5/16 0.5 4 50
3/8 0.75 3 50
1/2 1.5 2 43
5/8 2 1 32
3/4 3 0.5 21
7/8 4 0.5 16
1 5 0.5 13
11/4 8 0.5 8
11/2 11 0.5 6
2 or larger 18 0.5 4
CE-74 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
trace manufacturer’s instructions. Tubular pipe insulation
shall be installed in accordance with the insulation
manufacturer’s instructions. Pipe insulation shall be
continuous except where the piping passes through a
framing member. The minimum insulation thickness
requirements of this section shall not supersede any
greater insulation thickness requirements necessary for
the protection of piping from freezing temperatures or the
protection of personnel against external surface
temperatures on the insulation.
Exception: Tubular pipe insulation shall not be
required on the following:
1. The tubing from the connection at the
termination of the fixture supply piping to a
plumbing fixture or plumbing appliance.
2. Valves, pumps, strainers and threaded unions in
piping that is 1 inch (25 mm) or less in nominal
diameter.
3. Piping from user-controlled shower and bath
mixing valves to the water outlets.
4. Cold-water piping of a demand recirculation
water system.
5. Tubing from a hot drinking-water heating unit to
the water outlet.
6. Piping at locations where a vertical support of
the piping is installed.
7. Piping surrounded by building insulation with a
thermal resistance (R-value) of not less than R-3.
C404.7 Heated-water circulating and temperature
maintenance systems. Heated-water circulation systems
shall be in accordance with Section C404.7.1. Heat trace
temperature maintenance systems shall be in accordance
with Section C404.7.2. Controls for hot water storage
shall be in accordance with Section C404.7.3. Automatic
controls, temperature sensors and pumps shall be
accessible. Manual controls shall be readily accessible.
C404.7.1 Circulation systems. Heated-water
circulation systems shall be provided with a circulation
pump. The system return pipe shall be a dedicated
return pipe or a cold water supply pipe. Gravity and
thermo-syphon circulation systems shall be prohibited.
Controls for circulating hot water system pumps shall
start the pump based on the identification of a demand
for hot water within the occupancy. The controls shall
automatically turn off the pump when the water in the
circulation loop is at the desired temperature and when
there is no demand for hot water.
C404.7.2 Heat trace systems. Electric heat trace
systems shall comply with IEEE 515.1. Controls for
such systems shall be able to automatically adjust the
energy input to the heat tracing to maintain the desired
water temperature in the piping in accordance with the
times when heated water is used in the occupancy. Heat
trace shall be arranged to be turned off automatically
when there is no hot water demand.
C404.7.3 Controls for hot water storage. The
controls on pumps that circulate water between a water
heater and a heated-water storage tank shall limit
operation of the pump from heating cycle startup to not
greater than 5 minutes after the end of the cycle.
C404.8 Demand recirculation controls. A water
distribution system having one or more recirculation
pumps that pump water from a heated-water supply pipe
back to the heated-water source through a cold-water
supply pipe shall be a demand recirculation water system.
Pumps shall have controls that comply with both of the
following:
1. The control shall start the pump upon receiving a
signal from the action of a user of a fixture or
appliance, sensing the presence of a user of a
fixture or sending the flow of hot or tempered
water to a fixture fitting or appliance.
2. The control shall limit the temperature of the water
entering the cold water-piping to 104°F (40°C)
C404.9 Domestic hot water meters. Each individual
dwelling unit in a Group R-2 multi-family residential
occupancy with central service shall be provided with a
domestic hot water meter to allow for domestic hot water
billing based on actual domestic hot water usage.
C404.10 Drain water heat recovery units. Drain water
heat recovery units shall comply with CSA B55.2. Potable
waterside pressure loss shall be less than 10 psi (69 kPa) at
maximum design flow. For Group R occupancies, the
efficiency of drain water heat recovery unit efficiency
shall be in accordance with CSA B55.1.
C404.11 Energy consumption of pools and permanent
spas (Mandatory). The energy consumption of pools and
permanent spas shall be controlled by the requirements in
Sections C404.11.1 through C404.11.4.
C404.11.1 Heaters. Heat pump pool heaters shall have
a minimum COP of 4.0 determined in accordance with
ASHRAE Standard 146. Other pool heating equipment
shall comply with the applicable efficiencies in Section
C404.2.
The electric power to all heaters shall be controlled
by a readily accessible on-off switch that is an integral
part of the heater, mounted on the exterior of the heater,
or external to and within 3 feet of the heater. Operation
of such switch shall not change the setting of the heater
thermostat. Such switches shall be in addition to a
circuit breaker for the power to the heater. Gas fired
heaters shall not be equipped with constant burning
pilot lights.
C404.11.2 Time switches. Time switches or other
control method that can automatically turn off and on
heaters and pump motors according to a preset schedule
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-75
◄
**
shall be installed for heaters and pump motors. Heaters
and pump motors that have built in time switches shall
be in compliance with this section.
Exceptions:
1. Where public health standards require 24-hour
pump operation.
2. Pumps that are required to operate solar- and
waste-heat-recovery pool heating systems.
C404.11.3 Covers. Heated pools and in-ground
permanent spas shall be provided with a vapor-retardant
cover on or at the water surface. Pools heated to more
than 90°F shall have a pool cover with a minimum
insulation value of R-12, and the sides and bottom of
the pool shall also have a minimum insulation value of
R-12.
C404.11.4 Heat recovery. Heated indoor swimming
pools, spas or hot tubs with water surface area greater
than 200 square feet shall provide for energy
conservation by an exhaust air heat recovery system
that heats ventilation air, pool water or domestic hot
water. The heat recovery system shall be configured to
decrease the exhaust air temperature at design heating
conditions (80°F indoor) by 36°F (10°C).
Exception: Pools, spas or hot tubs that include
system(s) that provide equivalent recovered energy
on an annual basis through one of the following
methods:
1. Renewable energy;
2. Dehumidification heat recovery;
3. Waste heat recovery; or
4. A combination of these system sources
capable of and configured to provide at least
70 percent of the heating energy required over
an operating season.
C404.12 Energy consumption of portable spas
(Mandatory). The energy consumption of
electric-powered portable spas shall be controlled by the
requirements of APSP 14.
C404.13 Service water-heating system commissioning
and completion requirements. Service water-heating
systems, swimming pool water-heating systems, spa
water-heating systems and the controls for those systems
shall be commissioned and completed in accordance with
Section C408.
SECTION C405 ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
C405.1 General (mandatory). This section covers
lighting system controls, the maximum lighting power for
interior and exterior applications, electrical energy
consumption, vertical and horizontal transportation
systems, and minimum efficiencies for motors and
transformers.
Exception: Dwelling units within commercial
buildings shall not be required to comply with Sections
C405.2 through C405.5 provided that they comply with
Section R404.1.
C405.2 Lighting controls (Mandatory). Lighting
systems shall be provided with controls as specified in
Sections C405.2.1 through C405.2.8.
Exception: Except for specific application controls
required by Section C405.2.5:
1. Areas designated as security or emergency areas
that are required to be continuously lighted.
2. Interior exit stairways, interior exit ramps and
exit passageways.
3. Emergency egress lighting that is normally off.
4. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as
may be required for production and safety.
5. Luminaire-level lighting controls (LLLC) that
control interior lighting. The LLLC luminaire
shall be independently configured to:
5.1. Monitor occupant activity to brighten or
dim its lighting when occupied or
unoccupied, respectively.
5.2. Monitor ambient light (both electric light
and daylight) and brighten or dim electric
light to maintain desired light level.
5.3. Configuration and reconfiguration of
performance parameters, including bright
and dim setpoints, time-outs, dimming,
fade rates, sensor sensitivity adjustments,
and wireless zoning configurations, for
each control strategy.
5.4. Meet the operational and commissioning
requirements of Sections C405.2.1,
C405.2.2, C405.2.3, C405.2.4, and C408.
C405.2.1 Occupancy sensor controls. Occupancy
sensor controls shall be installed to control lights in the
following space types:
1. Classrooms/lecture/training rooms.
2. Conference/ meeting/multipurpose rooms.
3. Copy/print rooms.
4. Lounges.
5. Employee lunch and break rooms.
6. Private offices.
7. Restrooms.
8. Storage rooms.
9. Janitorial closets.
10. Locker rooms.
11. Other spaces 300 square feet (28 m2) or less that
are enclosed by floor-to- ceiling height
partitions.
12. Warehouse spaces.
CE-76 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
**
C405.2.1.1 Occupant sensor control function. Occupant sensor controls shall comply with the
following:
1. Automatically turn off lights within 30
minutes of all occupants leaving the space.
2. Be manual on or shall be controlled to
automatically turn the lighting on to not more
than 50 percent power.
Exception: Full automatic-on controls shall
be permitted to control lighting in public
corridors, stairways, restrooms, primary
building entrance areas and lobbies, and areas
where manual-on operation would endanger
the safety or security of the room or building
occupants.
3. Shall incorporate a manual control to allow
occupants to turn lights off.
C405.2.1.2 Occupant sensor control function in
warehouses. In warehouses, the lighting in aisleways
and open areas shall be controlled with occupant
sensors that automatically reduce lighting power by
not less than 50 percent when the areas are
unoccupied. The occupancy sensor shall control
lighting in each aisleway independently, and shall not
control lighting beyond the aisleway being controlled
by the sensor.
C405.2.2 Time switch controls. Each area of the
building that is not provided with occupant sensor
controls complying with Section C405.2.1.1 or digital
timer switch controls complying with Section C405.2.6
shall be provided with time switch controls complying
with Section C405.2.2.1.
Exception: Where a manual control provides light
reduction in accordance with Section C405.2.2.2,
automatic controls shall not be required for the
following:
1. Sleeping units.
2. Spaces where patient care is directly provided.
3. Spaces where an automatic shutoff would
endanger occupant safety or security.
4. Lighting intended for continuous operation.
5. Shop and laboratory classrooms.
C405.2.2.1 Time switch control function. Each
space provided with time switch controls shall also be
provided with a manual control for light reduction in
accordance with Section C405.2.2.2. Time switch
controls shall comply with the following:
1. Have a minimum 7 day clock.
2. Be capable of being set for 7 different day
types per week.
3. Incorporate an automatic holiday "shut-off"
feature, which turns off all controlled loads for
at least 24 hours and then resumes normally
scheduled operations.
4. Have program back-up capabilities, which
prevent the loss of program and time settings
for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted.
5. Include an override switching device that
complies with the following:
5.1 The override switch shall be a manual
control.
5.2 The override switch, when initiated,
shall permit the controlled lighting to
remain on for not more than 2 hours.
5.3 Any individual override switch shall
control the lighting for an area not larger
than 5,000 square feet (465 m2).
Exceptions:
1. Within malls, arcades, auditoriums, single
tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and
arenas:
1.1. The time limit shall be permitted to
be greater than 2 hours provided the
override switch is a captive key
device.
1.2. The area controlled by the override
switch is permitted to be greater than
5,000 square feet (465 m2), but shall
not be greater than 20,000 square feet
(1860 m2).
2. Where provided with manual control, the
following areas are not required to have
light reduction control:
2.1. Spaces that have only one luminaire
with a rated power of less than 100
watts.
2.2. Spaces that use less than 0.6 watts per
square foot (6.5 W/m2).
2.3. Corridors, equipment rooms, public
lobbies, electrical or mechanical
rooms.
C405.2.2.2 Light reduction controls. Spaces
required to have light reduction controls shall have a
manual control that allows the occupant to reduce the
connected lighting load in a reasonably uniform
illumination pattern by at least 50 percent. Lighting
reduction shall be achieved by one of the following
approved methods:
1. Controlling all lamps or luminaires.
2. Dual switching of alternate rows of
luminaires, alternate luminaires or alternate
lamps.
3. Switching the middle lamp luminaires
independently of the outer lamps.
4. Switching each luminaire or each lamp.
Exception: Light reduction controls are not
required in daylight zones with daylight responsive
controls complying with Section C405.2.4.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-77
C405.2.3 Manual controls. Manual controls for lights
shall comply with the following:
1. Shall be readily accessible to occupants.
2. Shall be located where the controlled lights are
visible, or shall identify the area served by the
lights and indicate their status.
C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls. Daylight
responsive controls complying with Section C405.2.4.1
shall be provided to control the lighting within daylight
zones in the following spaces:
1. Sidelight daylight zones as defined in Section
C405.2.4.2 with more than two general lighting
fixtures within the primary and secondary
sidelight daylight zones.
2. Toplight daylight zones as defined in Section
C405.2.4.3 with more than two general lighting
fixtures within the daylight zone.
Exception: Daylight responsive controls are not
required for the following:
1. Spaces in health care facilities where patient
care is directly provided.
2. Dwelling units and sleeping units.
3. Lighting that is required to have specific
application control in accordance with Section
C405.2.4.
4. Sidelight daylight zones on the first floor
above grade in Group A-2 and Group M
occupancies.
5. Daylight zones where the total proposed
lighting power density is less than 35 percent
of the lighting power allowance per Section
C405.4.2.
C405.2.4.1 Daylight responsive controls function. Where required, daylight responsive controls shall be
provided within each space for control of lights in
that space and shall comply with all of the following:
1. Lights in primary sidelight daylight zones shall
be controlled independently of lights in
secondary sidelight daylight zones in accordance
with Section C405.2.4.2.
Exception: Spaces enclosed by walls or
ceiling height partitions with no more than
three general lighting fixtures may have
combined daylight zone control of primary
and secondary daylight zones provided
uniform illumination can be achieved.
2. Lights in toplight daylight zones in accordance
with Section C405.2.4.3 shall be controlled
independently of lights in sidelight daylight
zones in accordance with Section C405.2.4.2.
3. Daylight responsive controls within each space
shall be configured so that they can be calibrated
from within that space by authorized personnel.
4. Calibration mechanisms shall be readily
accessible.
5. Daylight responsive controls shall be configured
to completely shut off all controlled lights in that
zone.
6. Lights in sidelight daylight zones in accordance
with Section C405.2.4.2 facing different cardinal
orientations (i.e., within 45 degrees of due north,
east, south, west) shall be controlled
independently of each other.
Exception: Up to two light fixtures in each
space are permitted to be controlled together
with lighting in a daylight zone facing a
different cardinal orientation.
7. Incorporate time-delay circuits to prevent
cycling of light level changes of less than three
minutes.
8. The maximum area a single daylight responsive
control device serves shall not exceed 2,500
square feet (232 m2).
9. Occupant override capability of daylight
dimming controls is not permitted, other than a
reduction of light output from the level
established by the daylighting controls.
C405.2.4.1.1 Dimming. Daylight responsive
controls shall be configured to automatically
reduce the power of general lighting in the daylight
zone in response to available daylight, while
maintaining uniform illumination in the space
through one of the following methods:
1. Continuous dimming using dimming
ballasts/dimming drivers and daylight-sensing
automatic controls. The system shall reduce
lighting power continuously to less than 15
percent of rated power at maximum light
output.
2. Stepped dimming using multi-level switching
and daylight-sensing controls. The system
shall provide a minimum of two steps of
uniform illumination between 0 and 100
percent of rated power at maximum light
output. Each step shall be in equal increments
of power, plus or minus 10 percent.
General lighting within daylight zones in offices,
classrooms, laboratories and library reading rooms
shall use the continuous dimming method. Stepped
dimming is not allowed as a method of daylight
zone control in these spaces.
C405.2.4.2 Sidelight daylight zone. The sidelight
daylight zone is the floor area adjacent to vertical
fenestration which complies with the following:
1. Where the fenestration is located in a wall, the
sidelight daylight zone includes the primary
and secondary daylight zones. The primary
daylight zone shall extend laterally to the
nearest full height wall, or up to 1.0 times the
CE-78 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
height from the floor to the top of the
fenestration, and longitudinally from the edge
of the fenestration to the nearest full height
wall, or up to 2 feet (610 mm), whichever is
less, as indicated in Figure C405.2.4.2(1). The
secondary daylight zone begins at the edge of
the primary daylight zone and extends laterally
to the nearest full height wall, or up to 2.0
times the height from the floor to the top of the
fenestration, whichever is less, as indicated in
Figure C405.2.4.2(1).
2. Where the fenestration is located in a rooftop
monitor, the sidelight daylight zone shall
extend laterally to the nearest obstruction that
is taller than 0.7 times the ceiling height, or up
to 1.0 times the height from the floor to the
bottom of the fenestration, whichever is less,
and longitudinally from the edge of the
fenestration to the nearest obstruction that is
taller than 0.7 times the ceiling height, or up to
0.25 times the height from the floor to the
bottom of the fenestration, whichever is less,
as indicated in Figures C405.2.4.2(2) and
C405.2.4.2(3).
3. Where clerestory fenestration is located in a
wall, the sidelight daylight zone includes a
lateral area twice the depth of the clerestory
fenestration height, projected upon the floor at
a 45 degree angle from the center of the
clerestory fenestration. The longitudinal width
of the daylight zone is calculated the same as
for fenestration located in a wall. Where the 45
degree angle is interrupted by an obstruction
greater than 0.7 times the ceiling height, the
daylight zone shall remain the same lateral
area but be located between the clerestory and
the obstruction, as indicated in Figure
C405.2.4.2(4).
4. If the rough opening area of a vertical
fenestration assembly is less than 10 percent of
the calculated primary daylight zone area for
this fenestration, it does not qualify as a
daylight zone.
5. Where located in existing buildings, the
visible transmittance of the fenestration is no
less than 0.20.
6. In parking garages with floor area adjacent to
perimeter wall openings, the daylight zone
shall include the area within 20 feet of any
portion of a perimeter wall that has a net
opening to wall ratio of at least 40 percent.
C405.2.4.3 Toplight daylight zone. The toplight
daylight zone is the floor area underneath a roof
fenestration assembly which complies with the
following:
1. The toplight daylight zone shall extend
laterally and longitudinally beyond the edge of
the roof fenestration assembly to the nearest
obstruction that is taller than 0.7 times the
ceiling height, or up to 0.7 times the ceiling
height, whichever is less, as indicated in
Figure C405.2.4.3(1).
2. Where toplight daylight zones overlap with
sidelight daylight zones, lights within the
overlapping area shall be assigned to the
toplight daylight zone.
3. Where located in existing buildings, the
product of the visible transmittance of the roof
fenestration assembly and the area of the
rough opening of the roof fenestration
assembly, divided by the area of the daylight
zone is no less than 0.008.
4. Where located under atrium fenestration, the
daylight zone shall include the bottom floor
area directly beneath the atrium fenestration,
and the top floor directly under the atrium
fenestration, as indicated in Figure
C405.2.4.3(2). The daylight zone area at the
top floor is calculated the same as for a
toplight daylight zone. Intermediate levels
below the top floor that are not directly
beneath the atrium are not included.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-79
FIGURE C405.2.4.2(1) DAYLIGHT ZONE ADJACENT TO FENESTRATION IN A WALL
FIGURE C405.2.4.2(2) DAYLIGHT ZONE UNDER A ROOFTOP MONITOR
CE-80 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
FIGURE C405.2.4.2(3) DAYLIGHT ZONE UNDER A SLOPED ROOFTOP MONITOR
FIGURE C405.2.4.2(4) DAYLIGHT ZONE ADJACENT TO CLERESTORY FENESTRATION IN A WALL
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-81
FIGURE C405.2.4.3(1) DAYLIGHT ZONE UNDER A ROOFTOP FENESTRATION ASSEMBLY
CE-82 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
FIGURE C405.2.4.3(2) DAYLIGHT ZONE UNDER ATRIUM FENESTRATION
C405.2.5 Additional lighting controls. Specific
application lighting shall be provided with controls, in
addition to controls required by other sections, for the
following:
1. Display and accent light shall be controlled by a
dedicated control that is independent of the
controls for other lighting within the room or
space.
2. Lighting in cases used for display case purposes
shall be controlled by a dedicated control that is
independent of the controls for other lighting
within the room or space.
3. Hotel and motel sleeping units and guest suites
shall have control devices configured to
automatically switch off all installed luminaires
and switched receptacles within 20 minutes after
all occupants leave the room.
Exception: Lighting and switched receptacles
controlled by captive key systems.
4. Supplemental task lighting, including
permanently installed under-shelf or
under-cabinet lighting, shall be automatically
shut off whenever that space is unoccupied and
shall have a control device integral to the
luminaires or be controlled by a wall-mounted
control device provided that the control device is
readily accessible.
5. Lighting for nonvisual applications, such as
plant growth and food warming, shall be
controlled by a dedicated control that is
independent of the controls for other lighting
within the room or space. Each control zone shall
be no greater than the area served by a single
luminaire or 4,000 square feet, whichever is
larger.
6. Lighting equipment that is for sale or for
demonstrations in lighting education shall be
controlled by a dedicated control that is
independent of the controls for other lighting
within the room or space.
7. Luminaires serving the exit access and providing
means of egress illumination required by Section
1006.1 of the International Building Code,
including luminaires that function as both
normal and emergency means of egress
illumination shall be controlled by a combination
of listed emergency relay and occupancy
sensors, or signal from another building control
system, that automatically shuts off the lighting
when the areas served by that illumination are
unoccupied.
Exception: Means of egress illumination
serving the exit access that does not exceed
0.02 watts per square foot of building area is
exempt from this requirement.
C405.2.6 Digital timer switch. For each of the
following space types, when under 300 square feet,
digital timer switch controls may be provided in lieu of
occupancy sensor controls:
1. Copy/print rooms.
2. Storage rooms.
3. Janitorial closets
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-83
C405.2.6.1 Digital timer switch function. Digital
timer switches shall comply with the following:
1. Turn lights on or off with operation of a
button, switch or other manual means.
2. Automatically turn lights off within 15
minutes of the lights being turned on. The
means for setting the time delay shall not be
visible on the front of the switch.
3. The switch shall provide both audible and
visual indication of impending time-out of the
switch. Audible and visual indication shall be
given at least once within five minutes of
time-out of the switch. Visual indication shall
consist of turning the lights momentarily off,
and then back on.
C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls. Lighting for
exterior applications other than emergency lighting that
is intended to be automatically off during building
operation, lighting specifically required to meet health
and life safety requirements, or decorative gas lighting
systems shall:
1. Be provided with a control that automatically
turns off the lighting as a function of available
daylight.
2. Where lighting the building façade or landscape,
the lighting shall have controls that
automatically shut of the lighting as a function of
dawn/dusk and a set opening and closing time.
3. Where not covered in Item 2, the lighting shall
have controls configured to automatically reduce
the connected lighting power by at least 30
percent from no later than 12 midnight to 6 a.m.
or from one hour after business closing to one
hour before business opening or during any
period when no activity has been detected for a
time of no longer than 15 minutes.
Time switches shall be capable of retain
programming and the time setting during loss of power
for a period of at least 10 hours.
Exception: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or
exits from buildings or parking structures where
required for safety, security or eye adaption.
C405.2.5 Area controls. The maximum lighting power
that may be controlled from a single switch or
automatic control shall not exceed that which is
provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than
80 percent. A master control may be installed provided
the individual switches retain their capability to
function independently. Circuit breakers may not be
used as the sole means of switching.
Exception: Areas less than 5 percent of the building
footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft2.
C405.3 Exit signs (Mandatory). Internally illuminated
exit signs shall not exceed 5 watts per side.
C405.4 Interior lighting power requirements
(Prescriptive). A building complies with this section if its
total connected lighting power calculated under Section
C405.4.1 is no greater than the interior lighting power
calculated under Section C405.4.2.
C405.4.1 Total connected interior lighting power.
The total connected interior lighting power shall be
determined in accordance with Equation 4-10.
TCLP = [SL + LV + LTPB + Other]
(Equation 4-10)
Where:
TCLP = Total connected lighting power (watts)
SL = Labeled wattage of luminaires for
screw-in lamps.
LV = Wattage of the transformer supplying
low voltage lighting.
LTPB = Wattage of line-voltage lighting
tracks and plug-in busways as the
specified wattage of the luminaires
but at least 50 W/lin. ft., or the
wattage limit of the system’s circuit
breaker, or the wattage limit of other
permanent current limiting devices on
the system.
Other = The wattage of all other luminaires
and lighting, sources not covered
above and associated with interior
lighting verified by data supplied by
the manufacturer or other approved
sources.
Exceptions:
1. The connected power associated with the
following lighting equipment is not included
in calculating total connected lighting power.
1.1. Professional sports arena playing field
lighting.
1.2. Emergency lighting automatically off
during normal building operation.
1.3. Lighting in spaces specifically designed
for use by occupants with special
lighting needs including the visually
impaired and other medical and
age-related issues.
1.4. Casino gaming areas.
1.5. General area lighting power in industrial
and manufacturing occupancies
dedicated to the inspection or quality
control of goods and products.
1.6. Lighting in sleeping units, provided that
the lighting complies with Section
R404.1.
1.7. Mirror lighting in dressing rooms.
►
CE-84 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
2. Lighting equipment used for the following
shall be exempt provided that it is in addition
to general lighting and is controlled by an
independent control device:
2.1. Task lighting for medical and dental
purposes.
2.2. Display lighting for exhibits in galleries,
museums and monuments.
3. Lighting for theatrical purposes, including
performance, stage, film production and video
production.
4. Lighting for photographic processes.
5. Lighting integral to equipment or
instrumentation and is installed by the
manufacturer.
6. Task lighting for plant growth or maintenance
where the lamp efficacy is not less than 90
lumens per watt.
7. Advertising signage or directional signage.
8. In restaurant buildings and areas, lighting for
food warming or integral to food preparation
equipment.
9. Lighting equipment that is for sale.
10. Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting
education facilities.
11. Lighting approved because of safety or
emergency considerations, inclusive of exit
lights.
12. Lighting integral to both open and glass
enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
13. Lighting in retail display windows, provided
the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height
partitions.
14. Furniture mounted supplemental task lighting
that is controlled by automatic shutoff.
15. Lighting used for aircraft painting.
C405.4.2 Interior lighting power. The total interior
lighting power allowance (watts) is determined
according to Table C405.4.2(1) using the Building Area
Method, or Table C405.4.2(2) using the
Space-by-Space Method, for all areas of the building
covered in this permit.
C405.4.2.1 Building area method. For the Building
Area Method, the interior lighting power allowance is
the floor area for each building area type listed in
Table C405.4.2(1) times the value from Table
C405.4.2(1) for that area. For the purposes of this
method, an "area" shall be defined as all contiguous
spaces that accommodate or are associated with a
single building area type as listed in Table
C405.4.2(1). Where this method is used to calculate
the total interior lighting power for an entire building,
each building area type shall be treated as a separate
area.
C405.4.2.2 Space-by-space method. For the
Space-by-Space Method, the interior lighting power
allowance is determined by multiplying the floor area
of each space times the value for the space type in
Table C405.4.2(2) that most closely represents the
proposed use of the space, and then summing the
lighting power allowances for all spaces. Tradeoffs
among spaces are permitted.
Each area enclosed by partitions that are 80 percent
of the ceiling height or taller shall be considered a
separate space and assigned the appropriate space
type from Table C405.4.2(2). If a space has multiple
functions where more than one space type is
applicable, that space shall be broken up into smaller
subspaces, each using their own space type. Any of
these subspaces that are smaller in floor area than 20
percent of the enclosed space and less than 1,000
square feet need not be broken out separately.
C405.4.2.2.1 Additional interior lighting power. Where using the Space-by-Space Method, an
increase in the interior lighting power allowance is
permitted for specific lighting functions.
Additional power shall be permitted only where the
specified lighting is installed and automatically
controlled separately from the general lighting, to
be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This
additional power shall be used only for the
specified luminaires and shall not be used for any
other purpose. An increase in the interior lighting
power allowance is permitted for lighting
equipment to be installed in sales areas specifically
to highlight merchandise. The additional lighting
power shall be determined in accordance with
Equation 4-11:
Additional interior lighting power allowance =
500 watts + (Retail Area 1 x 0.6 W/ft2) + (Retail
Area 2 x 0.6 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 3 x 1.4 W/ft
2) +
(Retail Area 4 x 2.5 W/ft2)
(Equation 4-11)
Where:
Retail Area 1 = The floor area for all
products not listed in Retail
Area 2, 3 or 4.
Retail Area 2 = The floor area used for the
sale of vehicles, sporting
goods and small
electronics.
Retail Area 3 = The floor area used for the
sale of furniture, clothing,
cosmetics and artwork.
Retail Area 4 = The floor area used for the
sale of jewelry, crystal and
china.
Exception: Other merchandise categories are
permitted to be included in Retail Areas 2
through 4, provided that justification
documenting the need for additional lighting
►
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-85
>
power based on visual inspection, contrast, or
other critical display is approved by the code
official.
C405.5 Exterior lighting (Mandatory). Where the
power for exterior lighting is supplied through the energy
service to the building, all exterior lighting shall comply
with Sections C405.5.1 and C405.5.2.
Exception: Where approved because of historical,
safety, signage or emergency considerations.
C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting. All
exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at
greater than 100 watts shall have a minimum efficacy of
80 lumens per watt unless the luminaire is controlled by
a motion sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions
under Section C405.5.2.
C405.5.2 Exterior building lighting power. The total
exterior lighting power allowance for all exterior
building applications is the sum of the base site
allowance plus the individual allowances for areas that
are to be illuminated and are permitted in Table
C405.5.2(2) for the applicable lighting zone. Tradeoffs
are allowed only among exterior lighting applications
listed in Table C405.5.2(2), Tradable Surfaces section.
The lighting zone for the building exterior is
determined from Table C405.5.2(1) unless otherwise
specified by the local jurisdiction.
Exception: Lighting used for the following exterior
applications is exempt where equipped with a control
device independent of the control of the nonexempt
lighting:
1. Specialized signal, directional and marker
lighting associated with transportation.
2. Advertising signage or directional signage.
3. Integral to equipment or instrumentation and is
installed by its manufacturer.
4. Theatrical purposes, including performance,
stage, film production and video production.
5. Athletic playing areas.
6. Temporary lighting.
7. Industrial production, material handling,
transportation sites and associated storage
areas.
8. Theme elements in theme/amusement parks.
9. Used to highlight features of public
monuments and registered historic landmark
structures or buildings.
TABLE C405.4.2(1) INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES:
BUILDING AREA METHOD
Building Area Type LPD (w/ft2)
Automotive facility 0.64
Convention center 0.81
Court house 0.81
Dining: Bar lounge/leisure 0.79
Dining: Cafeteria/fast food 0.72
Dining: Family 0.71
Dormitory 0.46
Exercise center 0.67
Fire station 0.54
Gymnasium 0.75
Health care clinic 0.70
Hospital 0.84
Hotel 0.70
Library 0.94
Manufacturing facility 0.89
Motion picture theater 0.61
Multifamily 0.41
Museum 0.80
Office 0.66
Parking garage 0.16
Penitentiary 0.65
Performing arts theater 1.00
Police station 0.70
Post office 0.70
Religious building 0.80
Retail 1.01
School/university 0.70
Sports arena 0.62
Town hall 0.71
Transportation 0.56
Warehouse 0.40
Workshop 0.95
CE-86 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C405.4.2(2) INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES:
SPACE-BY-SPACE METHOD
COMMON SPACE-BY-SPACE TYPESa LPD
d (w/ft
2)
Atrium - First 40 feet in heighte 0.02 per ft. ht.
Atrium - Above 40 feet in heighte
0.03 + 0.02
per ft. ht.
Audience/seating area - Permanent
In an auditorium 0.50
In a convention center 0.66
In a gymnasium 0.34
In an motion picture theater 0.91
In a penitentiary 0.22
In an performing arts theater 1.94
In a religious building 1.22
In a sports arena 0.34
Otherwise 0.34
Banking activity area 0.81
Breakroom (see Lounge/breakroom)
Classroom/lecture/training
In a penitentiary 1.07
Otherwise 1.00
Conference/meeting/multipurpose 0.98
Copy/print room 0.58
Corridor
In a facility for the visually impaired (and
not used primarily by the staff)b
0.74
In a hospital 0.63
In a manufacturing facility 0.33
Otherwise 0.53
Courtroom 1.38
Computer room 1.37
Dining area
In a penitentiary 0.77
In a facility for the visually impaired (and
not used primarily by the staff)b
1.52
In a bar/lounge or leisure dining 0.86
In a family dining area 0.71
Otherwise 0.52
Electrical/mechanical 0.76
Emergency vehicle garage 0.45
Food preparation 0.79
Guest room 0.38
Laboratory
In or as a classrooms 1.02
Otherwise 1.45
Laundry/washing area 0.48
Loading dock, interior 0.38
Lobbyc
In a facility for the visually impaired (and
not used primarily by the staff)b
1.44
For an elevator 0.51
In a hotel 0.85
In a motion picture theater 0.42
In a performing arts theater 1.60
Otherwise 0.72
Locker room 0.60
Lounge /breakroom
In a health care facility 0.74
Otherwise 0.58
Officef
Enclosed 0.89
Open plan 0.78
Parking area, interior 0.15
Pharmacy area 0.91
Restroom
In a facility for the visually impaired (and
not used primarily by the staff)b
0.97
Otherwise 0.78
Sales area 1.27
Seating area, general 0.43
Stairway (See space containing stairway)
Stairwell 0.55
Storage room 0.50
Vehicular maintenance 0.54
Workshop 1.27
BUILDING SPECIFIC SPACE-BY-SPACE TYPES
BUILDING SPECIFIC SPACE-BY-SPACE TYPESa LPD
d (w/ft
2)
Automotive (see Vehicular maintenance, above)
Convention center - Exhibit space 1.16
Dormitory living quarters 0.30
Facility for the visually impairedb
In a chapel (and not used primarily by the
staff)b 1.77
In a recreation room (and not used
primarily by the staff)b
1.93
Fire stations
Engine rooms 0.45
Sleeping quarters 0.18
Gymnasium/fitness center
In an exercise area 0.58
In a playing area 0.96
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-87
BUILDING SPECIFIC SPACE-BY-SPACE TYPES--Continued
BUILDING SPECIFIC SPACE-BY-SPACE TYPESa LPD
d (w/ft
2)
Health care facility
In an exam/treatment room 1.33
In an imaging room 1.06
In a medical supply room 0.59
In a nursery 0.70
In a nurse’s station 0.57
In an operating room 1.51
In a patient room 0.50
In a physical therapy room 0.73
In a recovery room 0.92
Libraryf
In a reading area 0.74
In the stacks 1.37
Manufacturing facility
In a detailed manufacturing area 1.03
In an equipment room 0.59
In an extra high bay area
(> 50-foot floor-ceiling height) 0.84
In a high bay area
(25 - 50-foot floor-ceiling height) 0.98
In a low bay area
(< 25-foot floor-ceiling height) 0.95
Museum
In a general exhibition area 0.84
In a restoration room 0.82
Performing arts theater dressing/fitting room 0.32
Post office—Sorting area 0.75
Religious building
In a fellowship hall 0.51
In a worship pulpit/choir area 1.22
Retail
In a dressing/fitting room 0.57
In a mall concourse 0.88
Sports arena—Playing area
For a Class 1 facility 2.41
For a Class 2 facility 1.54
For a Class 3 facility 0.96
For a Class 4 facility 0.58
Transportation
In a baggage/carousel area 0.42
In an airport concourse 0.29
At a terminal ticket counter 0.64
Warehouse—Storage area
For medium to bulky palletized items 0.46
For smaller, hand-carried items 0.76
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = 11 W/m2.
a. In cases where both a common space type and a building
area specific space type are listed, the building area specific
space type shall apply.
b. A “Facility for the visually impaired” is a facility that is
licensed or will be licensed by local or state authorities for
senior long-term care, adult daycare, senior support or
people with special visual needs.
c. For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed in
addition to, and controlled separately from, the general
lighting for the purpose of highlighting art or exhibits,
provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed
0.5 W/ft2 of such spaces.
d. The watts per square foot may be increased by 2 percent per
foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically
directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes.
e. Footnote d may not be used for these occupancy types.
f. The watts per square foot may be increased by 2 percent per
foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. Footnote d may not be
used for these occupancy types.
TABLE C405.5.2(1) EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONES
LIGHTING ZONE
DESCRIPTION
1 Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land, and rural areas
2
Areas predominantly consisting of residential
zoning, neighborhood business districts, light
industrial with limited nighttime use and residential mixed use areas
3 All other areas not classified as lighting zone 1, 2 or
4
4
High-activity commercial districts in major
metropolitan areas as designated by the local land use planning authority
CE-88 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C405.5.2(2)
INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
LIGHTING ZONES
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4
Base Site Allowance (Base allowance is
usable in tradable or nontradable surfaces.)
500 W 600 W 750 W 1300 W
Tradable Surfaces
(Lighting power densities for
uncovered parking
areas, building grounds, building
entrances and exits,
canopies and overhangs and outdoor
sales areas are
tradable.)
Uncovered Parking Areas
Parking areas and drives
0.04 W/ft2 0.06 W/ft2
0.08 W/ft2 0.10 W/ft2
Building Grounds
Walkways less than 10
feet wide 0.7 W/linear foot 0.7 W/linear foot 0.8 W/linear foot 1.0 W/linear foot
Walkways 10 feet wide
or greater, plaza areas
special feature areas 0.14 W/ft2
0.14 W/ft2 0.16 W/ft2
0.2 W/ft2
Stairways 0.75 W/ft2 1.0 W/ft2
1.0 W/ft2 1.0 W/ft2
Pedestrian tunnels 0.15 W/ft2 0.15 W/ft2
0.2 W/ft2 0.3 W/ft2
Building Entrances and Exits
Main entries 20 W/linear foot of
door width 20 W/linear foot of
door width 30 W/linear foot of
door width 30 W/linear foot of
door width
Other doors 20 W/linear foot of
door width
20 W/linear foot of
door width
20 W/linear foot of
door width
20 W/linear foot of
door width
Entry canopies 0.25 W/ft2 0.25 W/ft2
0.4 W/ft2 0.4 W/ft2
Sales Canopies
Free-standing and attached
0.6 W/ft2 0.6 W/ft2
0.8 W/ft2 1.0 W/ft2
Outdoor Sales
Open areas (including
vehicle sales lots) 0.25 W/ ft2
0.25 W/ ft2 0.5 W/ ft2
0.7 W/ ft2
Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in
addition to “open area”
allowance
No allowance 10 W/linear foot 10 W/linear foot 30 W/linear foot
Nontradable Surfaces
(Lighting power density calculations
for the following
applications can be used only for the
specific application
and cannot be traded between surfaces or
with other exterior
lighting. The following allowances
are in addition to any
allowance otherwise permitted in the
“Tradable Surfaces”
section of this table.)
Building facades No allowance 0.075 W/ft2 of gross
above-grade wall area 0.113 W/ft2 of gross
above-grade wall area 0.150 W/ft2 of gross
above-grade wall area
Automated teller machines and night
depositories
270 W per location
plus 90 W per additional ATM per
location
270 W per location
plus 90 W per additional ATM per
location
270 W per location
plus 90 W per additional ATM per
location
270 W per location
plus 90 W per additional ATM per
location
Entrances and gatehouse inspection
stations at guarded
facilities
0.75 W/ft2 of covered
and uncovered area 0.75 W/ft2
of covered and uncovered area
0.75 W/ft2 of covered
and uncovered area 0.75 W/ft2
of covered and uncovered area
Loading areas for law
enforcement, fire,
ambulance and other
emergency service vehicles
0.5 W/ft2 of covered
and uncovered area 0.5 W/ft2
of covered and uncovered area
0.5 W/ft2 of covered
and uncovered area 0.5 W/ft2
of covered and uncovered area
Drive-up
windows/doors
400 W per
drive-through
400 W per
drive-through
400 W per
drive-through
400 W per
drive-through
Parking near 24-hour retail entrances
800 W per main entry 800 W per main entry 800 W per main entry 800 W per main entry
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m2.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-89
**
C405.6 Electrical transformers (Mandatory). Electric
transformers shall meet the minimum efficiency
requirements of Table C405.6 as tested and rated in
accordance with the test procedure listed in DOE 10 CFR
431. The efficiency shall be verified through certification
under an approved certification program or, where no
certification program exists, the equipment efficiency
ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the
transformer manufacturer.
Exception: The following transformers are exempt:
1. Transformers that meet the Energy Policy Act of
2005 exclusions based on the DOE 10 CFR 431
definition of special purpose applications.
2. Transformers that meet the Energy Policy Act of
2005 exclusions that are not to be used in general
purpose applications based on information
provided in DOE 10 CFR 431.
3. Transformers that meet the Energy Policy Act of
2005 exclusions with multiple voltage taps
where the highest tap is at least 20 percent more
than the lowest tap.
4. Drive transformers.
5. Rectifier transformers.
6. Auto-transformers.
7. Uninterruptible power system transformers.
8. Impedance transformers.
9. Regulating transformers.
10. Sealed and nonventilating transformers.
11. Machine tool transformer.
12. Welding transformer.
13. Grounding transformer.
14. Testing transformer.
TABLE C405.6 MINIMUM NOMINAL EFFICIENCY LEVELS FOR
10 CFR 431 LOW VOLTAGE DRY-TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
Single Phase Transformers
Three Phase Transformers
kVAa
Efficiency (%)b
kVAa
Efficiency (%)b
15 97.7 15 97.0
25 98.0 30 97.5
37.5 98.2 45 97.7
50 98.3 75 98.0
75 98.5 112.5 98.2
100 98.6 150 98.3
167 98.7 225 98.5
250 98.8 300 98.6
333 98.9 500 98.7
750 98.8
1000 98.9
a. kiloVolt-Amp rating.
b. Nominal efficiencies shall be established in accordance with
the DOE 10 CFR 431 test procedure for low voltage
dry-type transformers.
C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption
(Mandatory). Each dwelling unit located in a Group
R-2 building shall have a separate electrical meter. A
utility tenant meter meets this requirement. See Section
C409 for additional requirements for energy metering
and energy consumption management.
C405.8 Electric motor efficiency (Mandatory). All
electric motors, fractional or otherwise, shall meet the
minimum efficiency requirements of Tables C405.8(1)
through C405.8(4) when tested and rated in accordance
with DOE 10 CFR. The efficiency shall be verified
through certification under an approved certification
program, or, where no certification program exists, the
equipment efficiency rating shall be supported by data
furnished by the motor manufacturer.
Fractional hp fan motors that are 1/12 hp or greater and
less than 1 hp which are not covered by Tables C405.8(3)
and C405.8(4) shall be electronically commutated motors
or shall have a minimum motor efficiency of 70 percent
when rated in accordance with DOE 10 CFR 431. These
motors shall also have the means to adjust motor speed for
either balancing or remote control. Belt-driven fans may
use sheave adjustment for airflow balancing in lieu of a
varying motor speed.
Exceptions:
1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized
process equipment.
2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of
equipment for which no complying motor has been
approved.
3. Motors used as a component of the equipment
meeting the minimum efficiency requirements of
Section C403.2.3 and Tables C403.2.3(1) through
C403.2.3(10), provided that the motor input is
included when determining the equipment
efficiency.
4. Motors in the airstream within fan coils and
terminal units that operate only when providing
heating to the space served.
5. Fan motors that are not covered by Tables
C405.8(1) through C405.8(4) and are used to
power heat recovery ventilators, energy recovery
ventilators, or local exhaust fans in Group R
subject to the high efficacy requirements of Section
C403.2.11.4.
6. Domestic clothes dryer booster fans, range hood
exhaust fans, and domestic range booster fans that
operate intermittently.
7. Radon and contaminated soil exhaust fans.
8. Group R heat recovery ventilator and energy
recovery ventilator fans that are less than 400 cfm.
CE-90 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C405.8(1) MINIMUM NOMINAL FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCY FOR 60 HZ NEMA GENERAL PURPOSE ELECTRIC
MOTORS (SUBTYPE I) RATED 600 VOLTS OR LESS (RANDOM WOUND)a
NUMBER OF POLES►
OPEN DRIP-PROOF MOTORS TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN-COOLED
MOTORS
2 4 6 2 4 6
SYNCHRONOUS SPEED (RPM)► 3600 1800 1200 3600 1800 1200
MOTOR HORSEPOWER▼
1 77.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 85.5 82.5
1.5 84.0 86.5 86.5 84.0 86.5 87.5
2 85.5 86.5 87.5 85.5 86.5 88.5
3 85.5 89.5 88.5 86.5 89.5 89.5
5 86.5 89.5 89.5 88.5 89.5 89.5
7.5 88.5 91.0 90.2 89.5 91.7 91.0
10 89.5 91.7 91.7 90.2 91.7 91.0
15 90.2 93.0 91.7 91.0 92.4 91.7
20 91.0 93.0 92.4 91.0 93.0 91.7
25 91.7 93.6 93.0 91.7 93.6 93.0
30 91.7 94.1 93.6 91.7 93.6 93.0
40 92.4 94.1 94.1 92.4 94.1 94.1
50 93.0 94.5 94.1 93.0 94.5 94.1
60 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.6 95.0 94.5
75 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.6 95.4 94.5
100 93.6 95.4 95.0 94.1 95.4 95.0
125 94.1 95.4 95.0 95.0 95.4 95.0
150 94.1 95.8 95.4 95.0 95.8 95.8
200 95.0 95.8 95.4 95.4 96.2 95.8
250 95.0 95.8 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8
300 95.4 95.8 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8
350 95.4 95.8 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8
400 95.8 95.8 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.8
450 95.8 96.2 96.2 95.8 96.2 95.8
500 95.8 96.2 96.2 95.8 96.2 95.8
a. Nominal efficiencies shall be established in accordance with DOE 10 CFR 431.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-91
TABLE C405.8(2) MINIMUM NOMINAL FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCY OF GENERAL PURPOSE ELECTRIC MOTORS
(SUBTYPE II) AND ALL DESIGN B MOTORS GREATER THAN 200 HORSEPOWERa
NUMBER OF POLES►
OPEN DRIP-PROOF MOTORS TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN COOLED
MOTORS
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
SYNCHRONOUS SPEED (RPM)► 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900
MOTOR HORSEPOWER▼
1 NR 82.5 80.0 74.0 75.5 82.5 80.0 74.0
1.5 82.5 84.0 84.0 75.5 82.5 84.0 85.5 77.0
2 84.0 84.0 85.5 85.5 84.0 84.0 86.5 82.5
3 84.0 86.5 86.5 86.5 85.5 87.5 87.5 84.0
5 85.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 85.5
7.5 87.5 88.5 88.5 88.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 85.5
10 88.5 89.5 90.2 89.5 89.5 89.5 89.5 88.5
15 89.5 91.0 90.2 89.5 90.2 91.0 90.2 88.5
20 90.2 91.0 91.0 90.2 90.2 91.0 90.2 89.5
25 91.0 91.7 91.7 90.2 91.0 92.4 91.7 89.5
30 91.0 92.4 92.4 91.0 91.0 92.4 91.7 91.0
40 91.7 93.0 93.0 91.0 91.7 93.0 93.0 91.0
50 92.4 93.0 93.0 91.7 92.4 93.0 93.0 91.7
60 93.0 93.6 93.6 92.4 93.0 93.6 93.6 91.7
75 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.6 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.0
100 93.0 94.1 94.1 93.6 93.6 94.5 94.1 93.0
125 93.6 94.5 94.1 93.6 94.5 94.5 94.1 93.6
150 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.6 94.5 95.0 95.0 93.6
200 94.5 95.0 94.5 93.6 95.0 95.0 95.0 94.1
250 94.5 95.4 95.4 94.5 95.4 95.0 95.0 94.5
300 95.0 95.4 95.4 NR 95.4 95.4 95.0 NR
350 95.0 95.4 95.4 NR 95.4 95.4 95.0 NR
400 95.4 95.4 NR NR 95.4 95.4 NR NR
450 95.8 95.8 NR NR 95.4 95.4 NR NR
500 95.8 95.8 NR NR 95.4 95.8 NR NR
NR - No requirement.
a. Nominal efficiencies shall be established in accordance with DOE 10 CFR 431.
CE-92 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C405.8(3) MINIMUM AVERAGE FULL LOAD EFFICIENCY FOR
POLYPHASE SMALL ELECTRIC MOTORSa
NUMBER OF POLES ►
OPEN MOTORS
2 4 6
SYNCHRONOUS SPEED (RPM) ► 3600 1800 1200
MOTOR HORSEPOWER ▼
0.25 65.6 69.5 67.5
0.33 69.5 73.4 71.4
0.50 73.4 78.2 75.3
0.75 76.8 81.1 81.7
1 77.0 83.5 82.5
1.5 84.0 86.5 83.8
2 85.5 86.5 N/A
3 85.5 86.9 N/A
a. Average full load efficiencies shall be established in accordance with 10 CFR 431.
TABLE C405.8(4) MINIMUM AVERAGE FULL LOAD EFFICIENCY FOR
CAPACITOR-START CAPACITOR-RUN AND CAPACITOR-START INDUCTION-RUN SMALL ELECTRIC MOTORS
a
NUMBER OF POLES ►
OPEN MOTORS
2 4 6
SYNCHRONOUS SPEED (RPM) ► 3600 1800 1200
MOTOR HORSEPOWER ▼
0.25 66.6 68.5 62.2
0.33 70.5 72.4 66.6
0.50 72.4 76.2 76.2
0.75 76.2 81.8 80.2
1 80.4 82.6 81.1
1.5 81.5 83.8 N/A
2 82.9 84.5 N/A
3 84.1 N/A N/A
a. Average full load efficiencies shall be established in accordance with 10 CFR. 431.
C405.9 Vertical and horizontal transportation systems
and equipment. Vertical and horizontal transportation
systems and equipment shall comply with this section.
C405.9.1 Elevator cabs. For the luminaires in each
elevator cab, not including signals and displays, the
sum of the lumens divided by the sum of the watts shall
be no less than 35 lumens per watt. Ventilation fans in
elevators that do not have their own air conditioning
system shall not consume more than 0.33 watts/cfm at
the maximum rated speed of the fan. Controls shall be
provided that will de-energize ventilation fans and
lighting systems when the elevator is stopped,
unoccupied and with its doors closed for over 15
minutes.
C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks. Escalators
and moving walks shall comply with ASME
A17.1/CSA B44 and shall have automatic controls
configured to reduce speed to the minimum permitted
speed in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 or
applicable local code when not conveying
passengers.
Exception: A power factor controller that reduces
operating voltage in response to light loading
conditions may be provided in place of the variable
speed function.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-93
C405.9.3 Regenerative drive. An escalators designed
either for one-way down operation only or for
reversible operation shall have a variable frequency
regenerative drive that supplies electrical energy to the
building electrical system when the escalator is loaded
with passengers whose combined weight exceeds 750
pounds.
C405.10 Controlled receptacles. At least 50 percent of
all 125 volt 15- and 20-ampere receptacles installed in
private offices, open offices, conference rooms, rooms
used primarily for printing and/or copying functions,
break rooms, individual workstations and classrooms,
including those installed in modular partitions and
modular office workstation systems, shall be controlled as
required by this section. In rooms larger than 200 square
feet (19 m2), a controlled receptacle shall be located
within 72 inches (1.8 m) of each uncontrolled receptacle.
Controlled receptacles shall be visibly differentiated from
standard receptacles and shall be controlled by one of the
following automatic control devices:
1. An occupant sensor that turns receptacle power off
when no occupants have been detected for a
maximum of 20 minutes.
2. A time-of-day operated control device that turns
receptacle power off at specific programmed times
and can be programmed separately for each day of
the week. The control device shall be configured to
provide an independent schedule for each portion
of the building not to exceed 5,000 square feet (465
m2) and not to exceed one full floor. The device
shall be capable of being overridden for periods of
up to two hours by a timer accessible to occupants.
Any individual override switch shall control the
controlled receptacles for a maximum area of
5,000 square feet (465 m2). Override switches for
controlled receptacles are permitted to control the
lighting within the same area.
Exception: Receptacles designated for specific
equipment requiring 24-hour operation, for building
maintenance functions, or for specific safety or security
equipment are not required to be controlled by an
automatic control device and are not required to be
located within 72 inches of a controlled receptacle.
C405.11 Electrical power and lighting systems
commissioning and completion requirements.
Electrical power and lighting systems shall be
commissioned and completed in accordance with Section
C408.
C405.12 Reserved.
SECTION C406 ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTIONS
C406.1 Requirements. Buildings shall comply with no
less than two of the following:
1. More efficient HVAC performance in accordance
with Section C406.2.
2. Reduced lighting power in accordance with
Section C406.3.
3. Enhanced lighting controls in accordance with
Section C406.4.
4. On-site supply of renewable energy in accordance
with Section C406.5.
5. Provision of a dedicated outdoor air system for
certain HVAC equipment in accordance with
Section C406.6.
6. High-efficiency service water heating in
accordance with Section C406.7.
7. Enhanced envelope performance in accordance
with Section C406.8.
8. Reduced air infiltration in accordance with Section
C406.9.
C406.1.1 Tenant spaces. Tenant spaces shall comply
with Section C406.2, C406.3, C406.4, C406.6 or
C406.7, where applicable. Where an entire building
complies with Section C406.5, C406.8 or C406.9,
tenant spaces within the building shall be deemed to
comply with this section.
C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan
performance. Buildings shall comply with Sections
C406.2.1 through C406.2.3.
C406.2.1 HVAC system selection. No less than 90
percent of the total HVAC capacity serving the building
shall be provided by equipment that is listed in Tables
C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(9) or a combination
thereof.
Exception: Air-to-water heat pumps or heat recovery
chillers are also permitted to be utilized for Option
C406.2,
C406.2.2 Minimum equipment efficiency. Equipment
shall exceed the minimum efficiency requirements
listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(9) by 15
percent, in addition to the requirements of Section
C403. Where multiple performance requirements are
provided, the equipment shall exceed all requirements
by 15 percent.
Exception: Equipment that is larger than the
maximum capacity range indicated in Tables
C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(9) shall utilize the
values listed for the largest capacity equipment for
the associated equipment type shown in the table.
*
CE-94 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C406.2.3 Minimum fan efficiency. Stand-alone
supply, return and exhaust fans designed for operating
with motors over 750 watts (1 hp) shall have an energy
efficiency classification of not less than FEG 71 as
defined in AMCA 205. The total efficiency of the fan at
the design point of operation shall be within 10
percentage points of either the maximum total
efficiency of the fan or the static efficiency of the fan.
C406.3 Reduced lighting power. Buildings shall comply
with Sections C406.3.1 and, where applicable, C406.3.2.
C406.3.1 Reduced lighting power density. The total
interior lighting power (watts) of the building shall be
75 percent or less of the lighting power values specified
in Table C405.4.2(1) times the floor area for the
building types, or by using 75 percent of the interior
lighting power allowance calculated by the
Space-by-Space Method in Section C405.4.2.
C406.3.2 Lamp fraction. Not less than 95 percent of
the interior lighting power (watts) from lamps in
permanently installed light fixtures in dwelling units
and sleeping units shall be provided by lamps with a
minimum efficacy of 60 lumens per watt.
C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls. Interior
lighting shall be located, scheduled and operated in
accordance with Section C405.2 and no less than 90
percent of the total installed interior lighting power shall
be configured with the following enhanced control
functions.
1. Luminaires shall be configured for continuous
dimming.
2. Each luminaire shall be individually addressed.
Exceptions:
1. Multiple luminaires mounted on no more than
12 linear feet of a single lighting track and
addressed as a single luminaire.
2. Multiple linear luminaires that are ganged
together to create the appearance of a single
longer fixture and addressed as a single
luminaire, where the total length of the
combined luminaires is not more than 12 feet.
3. Not more than eight luminaires within a daylight
zone are permitted to be controlled by a single
daylight responsive control.
4. Luminaires shall be controlled by a digital control
system configured with the following capabilities:
4.1. Scheduling and illumination levels of individual
luminaires and groups of luminaires are capable
of being reconfigured through the system.
4.2. Load shedding.
4.3. In open and enclosed offices, the illumination
level of overhead general illumination
luminaires are configured to be individually
adjusted by occupants.
4.4. Occupancy sensors and daylight responsive
controls are capable of being reconfigured
through the system.
5. Construction documents shall include submittal of a
Sequence of Operations, including a specification
outlining each of the functions required by this
section.
C406.5 On-site renewable energy. Buildings shall be
provided with on-site renewable energy systems with an
annual energy production per square foot of conditioned floor
area of the building of not less than the value specified in
Table C406.5.
TABLE C406.5 ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY
SYSTEM RATING (PER SQUARE FOOT)
Building Area Type kBtu/Year kWh/Year
Assembly 1.8 0.53
Dining 10.7 3.14
Hospital 3.6 1.06
Hotel/Motel 2.0 0.59
Multi-family residential 0.50 0.15
Office 0.82 0.24
Other 2.02 0.59
Retail 1.31 0.38
School/University 1.17 0.34
Supermarket 5.0 1.47
Warehouse 0.43 0.13
C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS). Not less
than 90% of the building conditioned floor area, excluding
floor area of unoccupied spaces that do not require ventilation
per the International Mechanical Code, shall be served by
DOAS installed in accordance with Section C403.6. This
option is available to both buildings subject to and not subject
to the prescriptive requirements of Section C403.6.
C406.7 Reduced energy use in service water heating. Buildings shall comply with Sections C406.7.1 and C406.7.2.
C406.7.1 Building type. Not less than 90 percent of the
conditioned floor area shall be of the following types:
1. Group R-1: Boarding houses, hotels or motels.
2. Group I-2: Hospitals, psychiatric hospitals and
nursing homes.
3. Group A-2: Restaurants and banquet halls or
buildings containing food preparation areas.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-95
4. Group F: Laundries.
5. Group R-2: Buildings with residential
occupancies.
6. Group A-3: Health clubs and spas.
7. Buildings with a service hot water load of 10
percent or more of total building energy loads, as
shown with an energy analysis as described in
Section C407.
C406.7.2 Load fraction. Not less than 60 percent of the
annual building service hot water heating energy use, or
not less than 100 percent of the annual building service
hot water heating energy use in buildings subject to the
requirements of Section C403.5.4, shall be provided by
one or more of the following:
1. Service hot water system delivering heating
requirements using heat pump technology with a
minimum COP of 3.0.
2. Waste heat recovery from service hot water, heat
recovery chillers, building equipment, process
equipment, a combined heat and power system,
or other approved system.
3. Solar water-heating systems.
C406.8 Enhanced envelope performance. The total UA
of the building thermal envelope shall be 15 percent lower
than the maximum allowable UA for a building of
identical configuration and fenestration area in
accordance with Section C402.1.5 and Equation 4-2,
where UA equals the sum of the U-values of each distinct
envelope assembly multiplied by the area in square feet of
that assembly.
C406.9 Reduced air infiltration. Air infiltration shall be
verified by whole building pressurization testing
conducted in accordance with ASTM E779 or ASTM
E1827 by an independent third party. The measured air
leakage rate of the building envelope shall not exceed 0.25
cfm/ft2 (2.0 L/s•m
2) under a pressure differential of 0.3 in.
water (75 Pa), with the calculated surface area being the
sum of the above and below grade building envelope. A
report that includes the tested surface area, floor area, air
by volume, stories above grade, and leakage rates shall be
submitted to the code official and the building owner.
Exception: Where the conditioned floor area of the
building is not less than 250,000 ft2 (25,000 m
2), air
leakage testing shall be permitted to be conducted on
representative above grade sections of the building
provided the conditioned floor area of tested areas is no
less than 25 percent of the conditioned floor area of the
building and are tested in accordance with this section.
SECTION C407 TOTAL BUILDING PERFORMANCE
C407.1 Scope. This section establishes criteria for
compliance using total building performance. All systems
and loads shall be included in determining the total
building performance including, but not limited to:
Heating systems, cooling systems, service water heating,
fan systems, lighting power, receptacle loads and process
loads.
C407.2 Mandatory requirements. Compliance with this
section requires that the criteria of Sections C402.5,
C403.2, C404 and C405 be met.
The building permit application for projects utilizing
this method shall include in one submittal all building and
mechanical drawings and all information necessary to
verify that the building envelope and mechanical design
for the project corresponds with the annual energy
analysis. If credit is proposed to be taken for lighting
energy savings, then an electrical permit application shall
also be submitted and approved prior to the issuance of
the building permit. If credit is proposed to be taken for
energy savings from other components, then the
corresponding permit application (e.g., plumbing, boiler,
etc.) shall also be submitted and approved prior to the
building permit application. Otherwise, components of
the project that would not be approved as part of a
building permit application shall be modeled the same in
both the proposed building and the standard reference
design and shall comply with the requirements of this
code.
C407.3 Performance-based compliance. Compliance
based on total building performance requires that a
proposed building (proposed design) be shown to have an
annual energy consumption based on site energy
expressed in Btu and Btu per square foot of conditioned
floor area that complies with one of the following three
options:
1. Is less than or equal to 87 percent of the annual
energy consumption of the standard reference
design.
2. Is less than or equal to 90 percent of the annual
energy consumption of the standard reference
design and the project complies with one additional
energy efficiency package option in Section C406.
The standard reference design shall include the
selected Section C406 additional efficiency
package option unless the option selected is DOAS
per Section C406.6. For office, retail, education,
libraries and fire stations that comply with the
DOAS requirements in Section C403.6 with or
without exceptions, the standard reference design
shall select the HVAC system per Table
C407.5.1(2). Other buildings occupancy types that
CE-96 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
comply with the DOAS requirements in Section
C403.6 shall select the standard reference design
for the HVAC system from Table C407.5.1(3).
3. Is less than or equal to 93 percent of the annual
energy consumption of the standard reference
design and the project complies with two
additional efficiency package options in Section
C406. The standard reference design shall include
the selected Section C406 additional efficiency
package option unless the option selected is DOAS
per Section C406.6. For office, retail, education,
libraries and fire stations that comply with the
DOAS requirements in Section C403.6 with or
without exceptions, the standard reference design
shall select the HVAC system per Table
C407.5.1(2). Other buildings occupancy types that
comply with the DOAS requirements in Section
C403.6 shall select the standard reference design
for the HVAC system from Table C407.5.1(3).
C407.4 Documentation. Documentation verifying that
the methods and accuracy of compliance software tools
conform to the provisions of this section shall be provided
to the code official.
C407.4.1 Compliance report. Building permit
submittals shall include a report that documents that the
proposed design has annual energy consumption less
than or equal to the annual energy consumption of the
standard reference design. The compliance
documentation shall include the following information:
1. Address of the building;
2. An inspection checklist documenting the
building component characteristics of the
proposed design as listed in Table C407.5.1(1).
The inspection checklist shall show the
estimated annual energy consumption for both
the standard reference design and the proposed
design;
3. Name of individual completing the compliance
report; and
4. Name and version of the compliance software
tool.
C407.4.2 Additional documentation. The code
official shall be permitted to require the following
documents:
1. Documentation of the building component
characteristics of the standard reference design;
2. Thermal zoning diagrams consisting of floor
plans showing the thermal zoning scheme for
standard reference design and proposed design;
3. Input and output report(s) from the energy
analysis simulation program containing the
complete input and output files, as applicable.
The output file shall include energy use totals
and energy use by energy source and end-use
served, total hours that space conditioning loads
are not met and any errors or warning messages
generated by the simulation tool as applicable;
4. An explanation of any error or warning messages
appearing in the simulation tool output; and
5. A certification signed by the builder providing
the building component characteristics of the
proposed design as given in Table C407.5.1(1).
C407.5 Calculation procedure. Except as specified by
this section, the standard reference design and proposed
design shall be configured and analyzed using identical
methods and techniques.
C407.5.1 Building specifications. The standard
reference design and proposed design shall be
configured and analyzed as specified by Table
C407.5.1(1). Table C407.5.1(1) shall include by
reference all notes contained in Table C402.1.4.
C407.5.2 Thermal blocks. The standard reference
design and proposed design shall be analyzed using
identical thermal blocks as specified in Section
C407.5.2.1, C407.5.2.2 or C407.5.2.3.
C407.5.2.1 HVAC zones designed. Where HVAC
zones are defined on HVAC design drawings, each
HVAC zone shall be modeled as a separate thermal
block.
Exception: Different HVAC zones shall be
allowed to be combined to create a single thermal
block or identical thermal blocks to which
multipliers are applied provided:
1. The space use classification is the same
throughout the thermal block.
2. All HVAC zones in the thermal block that
are adjacent to glazed exterior walls face the
same orientation or their orientations are
within 45 degrees (0.79 rad) of each other.
3. All of the zones are served by the same
HVAC system or by the same kind of
HVAC system.
C407.5.2.2 HVAC zones not designed. Where
HVAC zones have not yet been designed, thermal
blocks shall be defined based on similar internal load
densities, occupancy, lighting, thermal and
temperature schedules, and in combination with the
following guidelines:
1. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for
interior and perimeter spaces. Interior spaces
shall be those located more than 15 feet (4572
mm) from an exterior wall. Perimeter spaces
shall be those located closer than 15 feet (4572
mm) from an exterior wall.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-97
2. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for
spaces adjacent to glazed exterior walls: A
separate zone shall be provided for each
orientation, except orientations that differ by
no more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) shall be
permitted to be considered to be the same
orientation. Each zone shall include floor area
that is 15 feet (4572 mm) or less from a glazed
perimeter wall, except that floor area within 15
feet (4572 mm) of glazed perimeter walls
having more than one orientation shall be
divided proportionately between zones.
3. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for
spaces having floors that are in contact with
the ground or exposed to ambient conditions
from zones that do not share these features.
4. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for
spaces having exterior ceiling or roof
assemblies from zones that do not share these
features.
C407.5.2.3 Multifamily residential buildings.
Residential spaces shall be modeled using one
thermal block per space except that those facing the
same orientations are permitted to be combined into
one thermal block. Corner units and units with roof or
floor loads shall only be combined with units sharing
these features.
C407.5.3 Equipment efficiencies. All HVAC
equipment in the standard reference design shall be
modeled at the minimum efficiency levels, both part
load and full load, in accordance with Section C403.2.3.
Chillers shall use Path A efficiencies as shown in Table
C403.2.3(7). Where efficiency ratings include supply
fan energy, the efficiency rating shall be adjusted to
remove the supply fan energy. For Baseline Systems
HVAC Systems 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 11, calculate the
minimum COPnfcooling and COPnfheating using the
equation for the applicable performance rating as
indicated in Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(3).
Where a full- and part-load efficiency rating is provided
in Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(3), use
Equation 4-12.
(Equation 4-12)
COPnfcooling = 7.84E-8 x EER x Q + 0.338 x EER
COPnfcooling = –0.0076 x SEER2 + 0.3796 x SEER
COPnfheating = 1.48E-7 x COP47 x Q + 1.062 x COP47
(applies to heat pump heating efficiency only)
COPnfheating = –0.0296 x HSPF2 + 0.7134 x HSPF
Where:
COPnfcooling = The packaged HVAC equipment
cooling energy efficiency
COPnfheating = The packaged HVAC equipment
heating energy efficiency
Q = The AHRI-rated cooling capacity in Btu/h.
EER, SEER, COP and HSPF shall be at AHRI test
conditions. Fan energy shall be modeled separately
according to Table C407.5.1(1).
CE-98 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C407.5.1(1) SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STANDARD REFERENCE AND PROPOSED DESIGNS
Building Component Characteristics
Standard Reference Design Proposed Design
Space use classification Same as proposed The space use classification shall be
chosen in accordance with Table
C405.4.2 for all areas of the building
covered by this permit. Where the
space use classification for a
building is not known, the building
shall be categorized as an office
building.
Roofs Type: Insulation entirely above deck As proposed
Gross area: Same as proposed As proposed
U-factor: From Table C402.1.4 As proposed
Solar absorptance: 0.75 As proposed
Emittance: 0.90 As proposed
Walls, above-grade Type: Mass wall if proposed wall is mass; otherwise
steel-framed wall
As proposed
Gross area: Same as proposed As proposed
U-factor: From Table C402.1.4 As proposed
Solar absorptance: 0.75 As proposed
Emittance: 0.90 As proposed
Walls, below-grade Type: Mass wall As proposed
Gross area: Same as proposed As proposed
U-Factor: From Table C402.1.4 with insulation layer
on interior side of walls
As proposed
Floors, above-grade Type: Joist/framed floor As proposed
Gross area: Same as proposed As proposed
U-factor: From Table C402.1.4 As proposed
Floors, slab-on-grade Type: Unheated As proposed
F-factor: From Table C402.1.4 As proposed
Opaque Doors Type: Swinging As proposed
Area: Same as proposed As proposed
U-factor: From Table C402.1.4 As proposed
Vertical Fenestration Area As proposed
Other than opaque doors 1. The proposed vertical fenestration area; where
the proposed vertical fenestration area is less than
30 percent of above-grade wall area.
2. 30 percent of above-grade wall area; where the
proposed vertical fenestration area is 30 percent or
more of the above-grade wall area.
U-factor: From Table C402.4 for the same framing
material as proposed
As proposed
SHGC: From Table C402.4 except that for climates
with no requirement (NR) SHGC = 0.40 shall be used
As proposed
External shading and PF: None As proposed
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-99
TABLE C407.5.1(1) – continued SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STANDARD REFERENCE AND PROPOSED DESIGNS
Building Component Characteristics
Standard Reference Design Proposed Design
Skylights Area As proposed
1. The proposed skylight area; where the proposed
skylight area is less than 3 percent of gross area of
roof assembly.
2. 3 percent of gross area of roof assembly; where
the proposed skylight area is 3 percent or more of
gross area of roof assembly.
U-factor: From Table C402.4 As proposed
SHGC: From Table C402.4 except that for climates
with no requirement (NR) SHGC = 0.40 shall be used
As proposed
Air Leakage For infiltration, the air leakage rate as determined
below shall be modeled at 100% when the building fan
system is off, and at 25% when the building fan system
is on, unless otherwise approved by the building
official for unusually pressurized buildings. Per PNNL
Report 18898, Infiltration Modeling Guidelines for
Commercial Building Energy Analysis, the building air
leakage rates as determined in accordance with Section
C402.5.1.2 at 0.30 in. w.g. (75 Pa) shall be converted
for modeling in annual energy analysis programs by
being multiplied by 0.112 unless other multipliers are
approved by the building official (e.g., a tested air
leakage of 0.40 cfm/ft2 of total building envelope area
at 0.30 in. w.g. (75 Pa) would be calculated at 0.045
cfm/ft2 of building envelope area). The calculated
infiltration rate shall be normalized to the input
required by the modeling software.
The Proposed Design air-leakage
shall be the same as the Standard
Design.
Lighting, interior The interior lighting power shall be determined in
accordance with Table C405.4.2. As proposed when
the occupancy of the space is not known.
As proposed; where the occupancy
of the space is not known, the
lighting power density shall be
based on the space classification as
offices in Table C405.4.2(1).
Automatic lighting controls (e.g., programmable
controls or automatic controls for daylight utilization)
shall be modeled in the standard reference design as
required by Section C405.
Lighting, exterior The lighting power shall be determined in accordance
with Table C405.5.2(2). Areas and dimensions of
tradable and nontradable surfaces shall be the same as
proposed.
As proposed
Internal gains Same as proposed Receptacle, motor and process loads
shall be modeled and estimated
based on the space use classification.
All end-use load components within
and associated with the building
shall be modeled to include, but not
be limited to, the following:
Exhaust fans, parking garage
ventilation fans, exterior building
lighting, swimming pool heaters and
pumps, elevators, escalators,
refrigeration equipment and cooking
equipment.
CE-100 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C407.5.1(1) – continued SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STANDARD REFERENCE AND PROPOSED DESIGNS
Building Component Characteristics
Standard Reference Design Proposed Design
Schedules Same as proposed Operating schedules shall include
hourly profiles for daily operation
and shall account for variations
between weekdays, weekends,
holidays and any seasonal operation.
Schedules shall model the
time-dependent variations in
occupancy, illumination, receptacle
loads, thermostat settings,
mechanical ventilation, HVAC
equipment availability, service hot
water usage and any process loads.
The schedules shall be typical of the
proposed building type as
determined by the designer and
approved by the jurisdiction.
Outdoor airflow rates Same as proposed, or no higher than those allowed by
Section C403.2.6 (without exception 1), whichever is
less.
As proposed, in accordance with
Section C403.2.6.
Demand Control Ventilation: Shall be modeled as
required by Section C403.6 including reduction to the
minimum ventilation rate when unoccupied.
As proposed
Heating systems Fuel type: Same as proposed design As proposed
Equipment typea: From Tables C407.5.1(2),
C407.5.1(3) and C407.5.1(4)
As proposed
Efficiency: From Tables C403.2.3(2), C403.2.3(3),
C403.2.3(4) and C403.2.3(5)
As proposed
Preheat coils: For HVAC system numbers 1 through 4,
a preheat coil shall be modeled controlled to a fixed
setpoint 20°F less than the design room heating
temperature setpoint.
Capacityb: Sized proportionally to the capacities in the
proposed design based on sizing runs, i.e., the ratio
between the capacities used in the annual simulations
and the capacities determined by the sizing runs shall
be the same for both the proposed design and standard
reference design, and shall be established such that no
smaller number of unmet heating load hours and no
larger heating capacity safety factors are provided than
in the proposed design.
As proposed
Weather conditions used in sizing runs to determine
standard reference design equipment capacities may be
based either on hourly historical weather files
containing typical peak conditions or on design days
developed using 99.6% heating design temperatures
and 1% dry-bulb and 1% wet-bulb cooling design
temperatures.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-101
TABLE C407.5.1(1) – continued SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STANDARD REFERENCE AND PROPOSED DESIGNS
Building Component Characteristics
Standard Reference Design Proposed Design
Cooling systems Fuel type: Same as proposed design As proposed
Equipment typec: From Tables C407.5.1(2),
C407.5.1(3) and C407.5.1(4)
As proposed
Efficiency: From Tables C403.2.3(1), C403.2.3(2) and
C403.2.3(3). Chillers shall use Path A efficiency.
As proposed
Capacityb: Sized proportionally to the capacities in the
proposed design based on sizing runs, i.e., the ratio
between the capacities used in the annual simulations
and the capacities determined by the sizing runs shall
be the same for both the proposed design and standard
reference design, and shall be established such that no
smaller number of unmet cooling load hours and no
larger cooling capacity safety factors are provided than
in the proposed design.
As proposed
Economizerd: In accordance with Section C403.3. The
high-limit shutoff shall be a dry-bulb switch with a
setpoint as determined by Table C403.3.3.3.
As proposed
Energy recovery Standard reference design systems shall be modeled
where required in Section C403.5.
As proposed
Fan systems Airflow rate: System design supply airflow rates for the
standard reference design shall be based on a
supply-air-to-room-air temperature difference of 20°F
or the required ventilation air or makeup air, whichever
is greater. If return or relief fans are specified in the
proposed design, the standard reference design shall
also be modeled with fans serving the same functions
and sized for the standard reference design system
supply fan air quantity less the minimum outdoor air, or
90% of the supply fan air quantity, whichever is larger.
As proposed
Motor brake horsepower: System fan electrical power
for supply, return, exhaust, and relief (excluding power
to fan-powered VAV boxes) shall be calculated using
the following formulas:
For systems 5, 7, 8 and 10 in Table C407.5.1(4),
Pfan = CFMS × 0.3
For all other systems, including DOAS,
Pfan = bhp × 746/Fan Motor Efficiency
Where:
Pfan = Electric power to fan motor (watts)
bhp = Brake horsepower of standard reference design
fan motor from Table C403.2.12.1(1) – Option 2
Fan motor = The efficiency from Tables C405.8(1)
through C405.8(4) for the efficiency next motor size
greater than the bhp using the enclosed motor at 1800
rpm
CFMS = The standard reference design system
maximum design supply fan airflow rate in cfm
As proposed
On-site renewable energy No on-site renewable energy shall be modeled in the
standard reference design.
As proposed.
CE-102 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C407.5.1(1) – continued SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STANDARD REFERENCE AND PROPOSED DESIGNS
Building Component Characteristics
Standard Reference Design Proposed Design
Shading from adjacent
structures/terrain
Same as proposed. For the standard reference design
and the proposed building, shading
by permanent structures and terrain
shall be taken into account for
computing energy consumption
whether or not these features are
located on the building site. A
permanent fixture is one that is likely
to remain for the life of the proposed
design.
Service water heating Fuel type: Same as proposed As proposed
Efficiency: From Table C404.2 and per Section
C404.2.1
As proposed
Capacity: Same as proposed
Demand: Same as proposed Service hot-water energy
consumption shall be calculated
explicitly based upon the volume of
service hot water required and the
entering makeup water and the
leaving service hot water
temperatures. Entering water
temperatures shall be estimated
based upon the location. Leaving
temperatures shall be based upon the
end-use requirements.
Service water loads and usage shall
be the same for both the standard
reference design and the proposed
design and shall be documented by
the calculation procedures
recommended by the manufacturer's
specifications or generally accepted
engineering methods. Where no service water hot water system exists or is
specified in the proposed design, no service hot water
heating shall be modeled.
As proposed
Drain water heat recovery: Not required. As proposed. Drain water heat
recovery modeling shall take into
account manufacturer’s rated
efficiencies per C404.9, quantity of
connected drains, the proportional
flow rates between the waste stream
and the preheated stream.
Reductions in service water heating
energy use for drain water heat
recovery shall be demonstrated by
calculations.
a. Where no heating system exists or has been specified, the heating system shall be modeled as fossil fuel. The system
characteristics shall be identical in both the standard reference design and proposed design.
b. The ratio between the capacities used in the annual simulations and the capacities determined by sizing runs shall be the same
for both the standard reference design and proposed design.
c. Where no cooling system exists or no cooling system has been specified, the cooling system shall be modeled as an air-cooled
single-zone system, one unit per thermal zone. The system characteristics shall be identical in both the standard reference
design and proposed design.
d. If an economizer is required in accordance with Section C403.3 and where no economizer exists or is specified in the proposed
design, then an air economizer shall be provided in the standard reference design in accordance with Section C403.3.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-103
TABLE C407.5.1(2) HVAC SYSTEMS MAP FOR BUILDINGS GOVERNED BY SECTION C403.6
d
CONDENSER
COOLING SOURCEa
HEATING SYSTEM
CLASSIFICATIONb STANDARD REFERENCE DESIGN HVAC SYSTEM TYPE
Water/ground
Electric resistance System 5
Heat pump System 6
Fossil fuel System 7
Air/none
Electric resistance System 9
Heat pump System 9
Fossil fuel System 11
a. Select "water/ground" if the proposed design system condenser is water or evaporatively cooled; select "air/none" if the condenser is air cooled. Closed-circuit dry coolers shall be considered air cooled. Systems utilizing district cooling shall be treated as if the
condenser water type were "water." If no mechanical cooling is specified or the mechanical cooling system in the proposed design
does not require heat rejection, the system shall be treated as if the condenser water type were "Air." For proposed designs with ground-source or groundwater-source heat pumps, the standard reference design HVAC system shall be water-source heat pump
(System 6).
b. Systems utilizing district heating (steam or hot water) or district cooling and systems with no heating capability shall be treated as if the heating system type were "fossil fuel" for the purpose of Standard Reference Design HVAC system selection. Otherwise, select
the path that corresponds to the proposed design heat source: Electric resistance, heat pump (including air source and water source), or fuel fired. For systems with mixed fuel heating sources, the system or systems that use the secondary heating source type (the one
with the smallest total installed output capacity for the spaces served by the system) shall be modeled identically in the standard
reference design and the primary heating source type shall be used to determine standard reference design HVAC system type.
c. Reserved.
d. This table covers those building types required by Section C403.6 to install Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems: office, retail, education, libraries and fire stations.
TABLE C407.5.1(3)
HVAC SYSTEMS MAP
CONDENSER
COOLING SOURCEa
HEATING SYSTEM
CLASSIFICATIONb
STANDARD REFERENCE DESIGN HVC SYSTEM TYPEc
Single-zone Residential System
Single-zone Nonresidential System
All Other
Water/ground
Electric resistance System 5 System 5 System 1
Heat pump System 6 System 6 System 6
Fossil fuel System 7 System 7 System 2
Air/none
Electric resistance System 8 System 9 System 3
Heat pump System 8 System 9 System 3
Fossil fuel System 10 System 11 System 4
a. Select “water/ground” if the proposed design system condenser is water or evaporatively cooled; select “air/none” if the condenser is air cooled.
Closed-circuit dry coolers shall be considered air cooled. Systems utilizing district cooling shall be treated as if the condenser water type were “water.” If no mechanical cooling is specified or the mechanical cooling system in the proposed design does not require heat rejection, the system shall be
treated as if the condenser water type were “Air.” For proposed designs with ground-source or groundwater-source heat pumps, the standard reference
design HVAC system shall be water-source heat pump (System 6).
b. Select the path that corresponds to the proposed design heat source: electric resistance, heat pump (including air source and water source), or fuel fired.
Systems utilizing district heating (steam or hot water) and systems with no heating capability shall be treated as if the heating system type were “fossil
fuel.” For systems with mixed fuel heating sources, the system or systems that use the secondary heating source type (the one with the smallest total installed output capacity for the spaces served by the system) shall be modeled identically in the standard reference design and the primary heating
source type shall be used to determine standard reference design HVAC system type.
c. Select the standard reference design HVAC system category: The system under “single-zone residential system” shall be selected if the HVAC system in the proposed design is a single-zone system and serves a residential space. The system under “single-zone nonresidential system” shall be selected if
the HVAC system in the proposed design is a single-zone system and serves other than residential spaces. The system under “all other” shall be selected
for all other cases.
CE-104 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C407.5.1(4) SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STANDARD REFERENCE DESIGN HVAC SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
SYSTEM NO.
SYSTEM TYPE FAN CONTROL COOLING TYPE HEATING TYPE
1 Variable air volume with parallel fan-powered
boxesa VAVd Chilled watere Electric resistance
2 Variable air volume with reheatb VAVd Chilled watere Hot water fossil fuel
boilerf
3 Packaged variable air volume with parallel
fan-powered boxesa VAVd Direct expansionc Electric resistance
4 Packaged variable air volume with reheatb VAVd Direct expansionc Hot water fossil fuel
boilerf
5 Two-pipe fan coil Constant volumei, j Chilled watere Electric resistance
6 Water-source heat pump Constant volumei, j Direct expansionc Electric heat pump and
boilerg
7k Four-pipe fan coil Constant volumei, j Chilled watere Hot water fossil fuel
boilerf
8k Packaged terminal heat pump Constant volumei, j Direct expansionc Electric heat pumph
9k Packaged rooftop heat pump Constant volumei, j Direct expansionc Electric heat pumph
10k Packaged terminal air conditioner Constant volumei, j Direct expansion Hot water fossil fuel
boilerf
11k Packaged rooftop air conditioner Constant volumei, j Direct expansion Fossil fuel furnace
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 cfm/ft2 = 0.0004719, 1 Btu/h = 0.293/W, °C = [(°F) -32/1.8].
a. VAV with parallel boxes: Fans in parallel VAV fan-powered boxes shall be sized for 50 percent of the peak design flow rate and shall be
modeled with 0.35 W/cfm fan power. Minimum volume setpoints for fan-powered boxes shall be equal to the minimum rate for the space
required for ventilation consistent with Section C403.4.4, Exception 4. Supply air temperature shall be reset based on zone demand. Design airflow rates shall be sized for the maximum reset supply air temperature. The air temperature for cooling shall be reset higher by 5°F under the
minimum cooling load conditions.
b. VAV with reheat: Minimum volume setpoints for VAV reheat boxes shall be 0.4 cfm/ft2 of floor area. Supply air temperature shall be reset
based on zone demand. Design airflow rates shall be sized for the maximum reset supply air temperature. The air temperature for cooling shall be reset higher by 5°F under the minimum cooling conditions.
c. Direct expansion: The fuel type for the cooling system shall match that of the cooling system in the proposed design.
d. VAV: When the proposed design system has a supply, return or relief fan motor horsepower (hp) requiring variable flow controls as required by
Section C403.2.11.5, the corresponding fan in the VAV system of the standard reference design shall be modeled assuming a variable speed
drive. For smaller fans, a forward-curved centrifugal fan with inlet vanes shall be modeled. If the proposed design's system has a direct digital control system at the zone level, static pressure setpoint reset based on zone requirements in accordance with Section C403.4.1 shall be modeled.
e. Chilled water: For systems using purchased chilled water, the chillers are not explicitly modeled. Otherwise, the standard reference design's
chiller plant shall be modeled with chillers having the number as indicated in Table C407.5.1(5) as a function of standard reference building
chiller plant load and type as indicated in Table C407.5.1(6) as a function of individual chiller load. Where chiller fuel source is mixed, the system in the standard reference design shall have chillers with the same fuel types and with capacities having the same proportional capacity as the
proposed design's chillers for each fuel type. Chilled water supply temperature shall be modeled at 44°F design supply temperature and 56°F
return temperature. Piping losses shall not be modeled in either building model. Chilled water supply water temperature shall be reset in accordance with Section C403.4.2.4. Pump system power for each pumping system shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed
design has no chilled water pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 22 W/gpm (equal to a pump operating against a 75-foot
head, 65-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency). The chilled water system shall be modeled as primary-only variable flow with flow maintained at the design rate through each chiller using a bypass. Chilled water pumps shall be modeled as riding the pump curve or with
variable-speed drives when required in Section C403.4.2.4. The heat rejection device shall be an axial fan cooling tower with variable speed fans
if required in Section C403.4.3. Condenser water design supply temperature shall be 85°F or 10°F approach to design wet-bulb temperature, whichever is lower, with a design temperature rise of 10°F. The tower shall be controlled to maintain a 70°F leaving water temperature where
weather permits, floating up to leaving water temperature at design conditions. Pump system power for each pumping system shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed design has no condenser water pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 19 W/gpm (equal
to a pump operating against a 60-foot head, 60-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency). Each chiller shall be modeled with separate
condenser water and chilled water pumps interlocked to operate with the associated chiller.
f. Fossil fuel boiler: For systems using purchased hot water or steam, the boilers are not explicitly modeled. Otherwise, the boiler plant shall use the
same fuel as the proposed design and shall be natural draft. The standard reference design boiler plant shall be modeled with a single boiler if the
standard reference design plant load is 600,000 Btu/h and less and with two equally sized boilers for plant capacities exceeding 600,000 Btu/h.
Boilers shall be staged as required by the load. Hot water supply temperature shall be modeled at 180°F design supply temperature and 130°F return temperature. Piping losses shall not be modeled in either building model. Hot water supply water temperature shall be reset in accordance
with Section C403.4.2.4. Pump system power for each pumping system shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed design has no
hot water pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 19 W/gpm (equal to a pump operating against a 60-foot head, 60-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency). The hot water system shall be modeled as primary only with continuous variable flow. Hot water
pumps shall be modeled as riding the pump curve or with variable speed drives when required by Section C403.4.2.4.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-105
g. Electric heat pump and boiler: Water-source heat pumps shall be connected to a common heat pump water loop controlled to maintain a heating
setpoint of 60°F and a cooling setpoint of 90°F. Heat rejection from the loop shall be provided by an axial fan closed-circuit evaporative fluid
cooler with variable speed fans if required in Section C403.4.2.1 or C403.2.13. Heat addition to the loop shall be provided by a boiler that uses the
same fuel as the proposed design and shall be natural draft. If no boilers exist in the proposed design, the standard reference building boilers shall
be fossil fuel. The standard reference design boiler plant shall be modeled with a single boiler if the standard reference design plant load is 600,000 Btu/h or less and with two equally sized boilers for plant capacities exceeding 600,000 Btu/h. Boilers shall be staged as required by the
load. Piping losses shall not be modeled in either building model. Pump system power shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed
design has no pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 22 W/gpm, which is equal to a pump operating against a 75-foot head, with a 65-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency. Loop flow shall be variable with flow shutoff at each heat pump when its compressor
cycles off as required by Section C403.4.2.3. Loop pumps shall be modeled as riding the pump curve or with variable speed drives when required
by Section C403.4.2.4.
h. Electric heat pump: Electric air-source heat pumps shall be modeled with electric auxiliary heat and an outdoor air thermostat. The system shall
be controlled to energize auxiliary heat only when outdoor air temperature is less than 40°F. The air-source heat pump shall be modeled to
continue to operate while auxiliary heat is energized. The air-source heat pump shall be modeled to operate down to a minimum outdoor air
temperature of 35°F for System No. 8 or 0°F for System No. 9. If the Proposed Design utilizes the same system type as the Standard Design (PTHP or PSZ-HP), the Proposed Design shall be modeled with the same minimum outdoor air temperature for heat pump operation as the
Standard Design. For temperatures below the stated minimum outdoor air temperatures, the electric auxiliary heat shall be controlled to provide
the full heating load.
i. Constant volume: For building types governed by Section C403.6, fans shall be controlled to cycle with load, i.e., fan operation cycled on calls
for heating and cooling. If the fan is modeled as cycling and the fan energy is included in the energy efficiency rating of the equipment, fan energy
shall not be modeled explicitly. For all other buildings, fans shall be controlled in the same manner as in the proposed design, i.e., fan operation
whenever the space is occupied or fan operation cycled on calls for heating and cooling. If the man is modeled as cycling and the fan energy is included in the energy efficiency rating of the equipment, fan energy shall not be modeled explicitly.
j. Fan speed control: Fans shall operate as one- or two-speed as required by Section C403.2.11.5, regardless of the fan speed control used in the
proposed building.
k. Outside air: For building types governed by Section C403.6, outside air shall be supplied by a separate dedicated outside air system (DOAS) operating in parallel with terminal equipment. The terminal equipment fan system cycle calls for heating and cooling. DOAS shall include an
Energy Recovery Ventilation System with a minimum effectiveness in accordance with Section C403.5.
TABLE C407.5.1(5) NUMBER OF CHILLERS
TOTAL CHILLER PLANT CAPACITY
NUMBER OF CHILLERS
≤300 tons 1
> 300 tons,
< 600 tons 2, sized equally
≥600 tons
2 minimum, with chillers added
so that no chiller is larger than
800 tons, all sized equally
For SI: 1 ton = 3517 W.
TABLE C407.5.1(6)
WATER CHILLER TYPES
INDIVIDUAL CHILLER PLANT
CAPACITY
ELECTRIC-CHILLER TYPE
FOSSIL FUEL CHILLER TYPE
≤100 tons Water-cooled
Reciprocating
Single-effect
absorption, direct
fired
> 100 tons,
< 300 tons
Water-cooled
Screw
Double-effect
absorption, direct
fired
≥300 tons Water-cooled
Centrifugal
Double-effect
absorption, direct
fired
For SI: 1 ton = 3517 W.
C407.6 Calculation software tools. Calculation
procedures used to comply with this section shall be
software tools capable of calculating the annual energy
consumption of all building elements that differ between
the standard reference design and the proposed design
and shall include the following capabilities.
1. Building operation for a full calendar year (8,760
hours).
2. Climate data for a full calendar year (8,760 hours)
and shall reflect approved coincident hourly data
for temperature, solar radiation, humidity and wind
speed for the building location.
3. Ten or more thermal zones.
4. Thermal mass effects.
5. Hourly variations in occupancy, illumination,
receptacle loads, thermostat settings, mechanical
ventilation, HVAC equipment availability, service
hot water usage and any process loads.
6. Part-load performance curves for mechanical
equipment.
7. Capacity and efficiency correction curves for
mechanical heating and cooling equipment.
CE-106 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
8. Printed code official inspection checklist listing
each of the proposed design component
characteristics from Table C407.5.1(1) determined
by the analysis to provide compliance, along with
their respective performance ratings (e.g., R-value,
U-factor, SHGC, HSPF, AFUE, SEER, EF, etc.).
9. Air-side economizers with integrated control.
10. Standard reference design characteristics specified
in Table C407.5.1(1).
C407.6.1 Specific approval. Performance analysis
tools meeting the applicable subsections of Section
C407 and tested according to ASHRAE Standard 140
shall be permitted to be approved. Tools are permitted
to be approved based on meeting a specified threshold
for a jurisdiction. The code official shall be permitted to
approve tools for a specified application or limited
scope.
C407.6.2 Input values. Where calculations require
input values not specified by Sections C402, C403,
C404 and C405, those input values shall be taken from
an approved source.
C407.6.3 Exceptional calculation methods. Where
the simulation program does not model a design,
material, or device of the proposed design, an
Exceptional Calculation Method shall be used where
approved by the code official. Where there are multiple
designs, materials, or devices that the simulation
program does not model, each shall be calculated
separately and Exceptional Savings determined for
each. The total Exceptional Savings shall not constitute
more than half of the difference between the baseline
building performance and the proposed building
performance. Applications for approval of an
exceptional method shall include:
1. Step-by-step documentation of the Exceptional
Calculation Method performed detailed enough
to reproduce the results.
2. Copies of all spreadsheets used to perform the
calculations.
3. A sensitivity analysis of energy consumption
when each of the input parameters is varied from
half to double the value assumed.
4. The calculations shall be performed on a time
step basis consistent with the simulation
program used.
5. The Performance Rating calculated with and
without the Exceptional Calculation Method.
SECTION C408 SYSTEM COMMISSIONING
C408.1 General. A building commissioning process led
by a certified commissioning professional shall be
completed for mechanical and refrigeration systems in
Sections C403 and C410, service water heating systems in
Section C404, electrical power and lighting systems in
Section C405 and energy metering in Section C409.
Exception: Buildings, or portions thereof, which are
exempt from Sections C408.2 through C408.6 may be
excluded from the commissioning process.
C408.1.1 Commissioning in construction
documents. Construction document notes shall clearly
indicate provisions for commissioning and completion
requirements in accordance with this section and are
permitted to refer to specifications for further
requirements.
C408.1.2 Commissioning plan. A commissioning plan
shall be developed by the project's certified
commissioning professional and shall outline the
organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and
documentation requirements of the commissioning
process. Items 1 through 4 shall be included with the
construction documents, and items 5 through 8 shall be
submitted prior to the first mechanical inspection. For
projects where no mechanical inspection is required,
items 5 through 8 shall be submitted prior to the first
electrical inspection:
1. A narrative description of the activities that will
be accomplished during each phase of
commissioning, including the personnel
intended to accomplish each of the activities.
2. Roles and responsibilities of the commissioning
team, including statement of qualifications of the
commissioning professional.
3. A schedule of activities including systems
testing and balancing, functional performance
testing, and verification of the building
documentation requirements in Section C103.6.
4. Where the certified commissioning professional
is an employee of one of the registered design
professionals of record or an employee or
subcontractor of the project contractor, an
In-House Commissioning Disclosure and
Conflict Management Plan shall be submitted
with the commissioning plan. This plan shall
disclose the certified commissioning
professional's contractual relationship with other
team members and provide a conflict
management plan demonstrating that the
certified commissioning professional is free to
identify any issues discovered and report directly
to the owner.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-107
*
**
5. A listing of the specific equipment, appliances or
systems to be tested and a description of the tests
to be performed.
6. Functions to be tested.
7. Conditions under which the test will be
performed.
8. Measurable criteria for performance.
C408.1.3 Final commissioning report. A final
commissioning report shall be completed and certified
by the certified commissioning professional and
delivered to the building owner or owner's authorized
agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical,
lighting, service water heating and metering findings in
separate sections to allow independent review. The
report shall record the activities and results of the
commissioning process and be developed from the final
commissioning plan with all of its attached appendices.
The report shall include:
1. Results of functional performance tests.
2. Disposition of deficiencies found during testing,
including details of corrective measures used or
proposed.
3. Functional performance test procedures used
during the commissioning process including
measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided
herein for repeatability.
Exception: Deferred tests which cannot be
performed at the time of report preparation due to
climatic conditions.
C408.1.4 Commissioning process completion
requirements. Prior to the final mechanical, plumbing
and electrical inspections or obtaining a certificate of
occupancy, the certified commissioning professional or
approved agency shall provide evidence of systems
commissioning and completion in accordance with the
provisions of this section.
Copies of all documentation shall be given to the
owner and made available to the code official upon
request in accordance with Section C408.1.4.3
C408.1.4.1 Commissioning progress report for
code compliance. A preliminary report of
commissioning test procedures and results shall be
completed and certified by the certified
commissioning professional or approved agency and
provided to the building owner or owner's authorized
agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical,
lighting, service water heating and metering findings
in separate sections to allow independent review. The
report shall be identified as "Preliminary
Commissioning Report" and shall identify:
1. Itemization of deficiencies found during
testing required by this code that have not been
corrected at the time of report preparation.
2. Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the
time of report preparation because of climatic
conditions, with anticipated date of
completion.
3. Climatic conditions required for performance
of the deferred tests.
Status of the project's record documents, manuals and
systems operation training with respect to
requirements in Section C103.6.
C408.1.4.2 Acceptance of report. Buildings, or
portions thereof, shall not be considered acceptable
for a final inspection pursuant to Section C104.2 until
the code official has received a letter of transmittal
from the building owner acknowledging that the
building owner or owner's authorized agent has
received the Preliminary Commissioning Report.
Completion of the Commissioning Compliance
Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) is deemed to satisfy
this requirement.
C408.1.4.3 Copy of report. The code official shall
be permitted to require that a copy of the Preliminary
Commissioning Report be made available for review
by the code official.
C408.2 Mechanical systems commissioning.
Mechanical equipment and controls subject to Section
C403 shall be included in the commissioning process
required by Section C408.1. The commissioning process
shall minimally include all energy code requirements for
which the code states that equipment or controls shall "be
capable of" or "configured to" perform specific functions.
Exception: Mechanical systems are exempt from the
commissioning process where the building's total
mechanical equipment capacity is less than 240,000
Btu/h cooling capacity and less than 300,000 Btu/h
heating capacity.
C408.2.1 Reserved.
C408.2.2 Systems adjusting and balancing.
HVAC systems shall be balanced in accordance
with generally accepted engineering standards. Air
and water flow rates shall be measured and
adjusted to deliver final flow rates within the
tolerances provided in the project specifications.
Test and balance activities shall include air system
and hydronic system balancing.
C408.2.2.1 Air systems balancing. Each supply air
outlet and zone terminal device shall be equipped
with means for air balancing in accordance with the
requirements of Chapter 6 of the International
Mechanical Code. Discharge dampers used for air
system balancing are prohibited on constant volume
fans and variable volume fans with motors 10 hp
(18.6 kW) and larger. Air systems shall be balanced
CE-108 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
FIGURE C408.1.4.2 COMMISSIONING COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST
Project Information
Project Name:
Project Address:
Certified Commissioning Professional:
Certifying Body:
Commissioning Plan
(Section C408.1.2)
Commissioning Plan was used during construction and included items below
A narrative description of activities and the personnel intended to accomplish each one
Measurable criteria for performance
Functions to be tested
Commissioned Systems
(Sections C408.2, C408.3, C408.4 and
C408.6)
Mechanical Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.2) Building mechanical systems have been tested to demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems and system-to-system interfacing relationships in accordance with approved plans and specifications
There are unresolved deficiencies with the mechanical systems. These are described in the Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to the Owner. The following items are not in compliance with energy code:
Service Water Heating Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.3) Service water heating systems have been tested to demonstrate that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications
There are unresolved deficiencies with the service water heating systems. These are described in the Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to the Owner. The following items are not in compliance with energy code:
Electrical Power or Lighting Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.4)
Electrical power and automatic lighting controls have been tested to demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing relationships in accordance with approved plans and specifications
There are unresolved deficiencies with the electrical power and/or automatic lighting controls. These are described in the Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to the Owner. The following items are not in compliance with energy code:
Additional systems included in the commissioning process (Section C408.5)
If additional items were included, list them here:
There are unresolved deficiencies with systems required by C406 or C407. These are described in the Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to the Owner. The following items are not in compliance with energy code:
Metering System Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.6)
Energy source meters, energy end-use meters, the energy metering data acquisition system and required display are calibrated adjusted and operate to minimally meet code requirements.
There are unresolved deficiencies with the metering system. These are described in the Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to the Owner. The following items are not in compliance with energy code:
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-109
FIGURE C408.1.4.2 COMMISSIONING COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST (Continued)
Supporting Documents
(Section C103.6)
Manuals, record documents and training have been completed or are scheduled
System documentation has been provided to the owner or scheduled date: _____________________
Record documents have been submitted to owner or scheduled date: _________________________
Training has been completed or scheduled date: __________________________________________
Preliminary Commissioning
Report (Section C408.1.4.1)
Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to Owner and includes items below
Itemization of deficiencies found during testing that are part of the energy code and that have not been corrected at the time of report preparation.
Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation with anticipated date of completion.
Status of the project’s record documents, manuals, and systems operation training with respect to
requirements in Section 103.6.
Certification
I hereby certify that all requirements for Commissioning have been completed in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code, including all items above.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Building Owner or Owner’s Representative Date
CE-110 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
in a manner to first minimize throttling losses then,
for fans with system power of greater than 1 hp (0.74
kW), fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow
conditions.
Exception: Fans with fan motors of 1 hp (0.74
kW) or less.
C408.2.2.2 Hydronic systems balancing. Individual
hydronic heating and cooling coils shall be equipped
with means for balancing and measuring flow.
Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced
in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then
the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed
shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions.
Each hydronic system shall have either the capability
to measure pressure across the pump, or test ports at
each side of each pump.
Exception: The following equipment is not
required to be equipped with means for balancing
or measuring flow:
1. Pumps with pump motors of 5 hp (3.7 kW)
or less.
2. Where throttling results in no greater than
five percent of the nameplate horsepower
draw above that required if the impeller
were trimmed.
C408.2.3 Functional performance testing. Functional
performance testing specified in Sections C408.2.3.1
through C408.2.3.3 shall be conducted. Written
procedures which clearly describe the individual
systematic test procedures, the expected systems'
response or acceptance criteria for each procedure, the
actual response or findings, and any pertinent
discussion shall be followed. Testing shall affirm
operation during actual or simulated winter and
summer design conditions and during full outside air
conditions.
C408.2.3.1 Equipment. Equipment functional
performance testing shall demonstrate the installation
and operation of components, systems, and
system-to-system interfacing relationships in
accordance with approved plans and specifications
such that operation, function, and maintenance
serviceability for each of the commissioned systems
is confirmed. Testing shall include all modes and
sequence of operation, including under full-load,
part-load and the following emergency conditions:
1. All modes as described in the sequence of
operation;
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
3. Performance of alarms; and
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and
restoration of power.
C408.2.3.2 Controls. HVAC control systems shall
be tested to document that control devices,
components, equipment, and systems are calibrated
and adjusted and operate in accordance with
approved plans and specifications. Sequences of
operation shall be functionally tested to document
they operate in accordance with approved plans and
specifications.
C408.2.3.3 Economizers. Air economizers shall
undergo a functional test to determine that they
operate in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications.
C408.3 Electrical power and lighting systems
commissioning. Electrical power and lighting systems
subject to Section C405 shall be included in the
commissioning process required by Section C408.1. The
commissioning process shall minimally include all energy
code requirements for which the code requires specific
daylight responsive controls, "control functions," and
where the code states that equipment shall be "configured
to" perform specific functions.
Exception: Lighting control systems are exempt from
the commissioning process in buildings where:
1. The total installed lighting load is less than 20
kW.
2. Where the lighting load controlled by occupancy
sensors or automatic daylighting controls is less
than 10 kW.
C408.3.1 Functional testing. Prior to passing final
inspection, the certified commissioning professional
shall provide evidence that the lighting control systems
have been tested to ensure that control hardware and
software are calibrated, adjusted, programmed and in
proper working condition in accordance with the
construction documents and manufacturer's
instructions. Written procedures which clearly describe
the individual systematic test procedures, the expected
systems' response or acceptance criteria for each
procedure, the actual response or findings, and any
pertinent discussion shall be followed. Functional
testing shall comply with Section C408.3.1.1 through
C408.3.1.3 for the applicable control type.
C408.3.1.1 Occupant sensor controls. Where
occupancy sensors are provided, the following
procedures shall be performed:
1. Certify that the occupant sensor has been
located and aimed in accordance with
manufacturer recommendations.
2. For projects with seven or fewer occupant
sensors, each sensor shall be tested. For
projects with more than seven occupant
sensors, testing shall be done for each unique
combination of sensor type and space
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-111
geometry. Where multiples of each unique
combination of sensor type and space
geometry are provided, no fewer than the
greater of one or 10 percent of each
combination shall be tested unless the code
official or design professional requires a
higher percentage to be tested. Where 30
percent or more of the tested controls fail, all
remaining identical combinations shall be
tested.
3. For each occupant sensor to be tested, verify
the following:
3.1. Where occupant sensors include status
indicators, verify correct operation.
3.2. The controlled lights turn off or down
to the permitted level within the
required time.
3.3. For auto-on occupant sensors, the lights
turn on to the permitted level within the
required time.
3.4. For manual on occupant sensors, the
lights turn on only when manually
activated.
3.5. The lights are not incorrectly turned on
by movement in adjacent areas or by
HVAC operation.
C408.3.1.2 Time switch controls. Where automatic
time switches are provided, the following procedures
shall be performed:
1. Confirm that the automatic time switch control
is programmed with accurate weekday,
weekend and holiday schedules, and set-up
and preference program settings.
2. Provide documentation to the owner of
automatic time switch programming,
including weekday, weekend, holiday
schedules and set-up and preference program
settings.
3. Verify the correct time and date in the time
switch.
4. Verify that any battery backup is installed and
energized.
5. Verify that the override time limit is set to not
more than two hours.
6. Simulate occupied conditions. Verify and
document the following:
6.1. All lights can be turned on and off by
their respective area control switch.
6.2. The switch only operates lighting in the
enclosed space in which the switch is
located.
7. Simulate unoccupied condition. Verify the
following:
7.1. All nonexempt lighting turns off.
7.2. Manual override switch allows only the
lights in the enclosed space where the
override switch is located to turn on or
remain on until the next scheduled shut
off occurs.
8. Additional testing as specified by the certified
commissioning professional.
C408.3.1.3 Daylight responsive controls. Where
daylight responsive controls are provided, the
following procedures shall be performed:
1. All control devices have been properly
located, field-calibrated and set for accurate
setpoints and threshold light levels.
2. Daylight controlled lighting loads adjusted to
light level setpoints in response to available
daylight.
3. The locations of calibration adjustment
equipment are readily accessible only to
authorized personnel.
C408.3.2 Documentation requirements. The
construction documents shall specify that documents
certifying that the installed lighting controls meet
documented performance criteria of Section C405 be
provided to the building owner within 90 days from
the date of receipt of the certificate of occupancy.
C408.4 Service water heating systems commissioning.
Service water heating equipment and controls subject to
Section C404 shall be included in the commissioning
process required by Section C408.1. The commissioning
process shall minimally include all energy code
requirements for which the code states that equipment or
controls shall “be capable of” or “configured to” perform
specific functions.
Exception: Service water heating systems are exempt
from the commissioning process in buildings where the
largest service water heating system capacity is less
than 200,000 Btu/h (58,562 W) and where there are no
pools or permanent spas.
C408.4.1 Functional performance testing. Functional
performance testing specified in Sections C408.4.1.1
through C408.4.1.3 shall be conducted. Written
procedures which clearly describe the individual
systematic test procedures, the expected systems'
response or acceptance criteria for each procedure, the
actual response or findings, and any pertinent
discussion shall be followed. Testing shall affirm
operation with the system under 50 percent water
heating load.
C408.4.1.1 Equipment. Equipment functional
performance testing shall demonstrate the installation
and operation of components, systems, and
system-to-system interfacing relationships in
accordance with approved plans and specifications
such that operation, function, and maintenance
CE-112 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
serviceability for each of the commissioned systems
is confirmed. Testing shall include all modes and
sequence of operation, including under full-load,
part-load and the following emergency conditions:
1. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
2. Performance of alarms; and
3. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and
restoration of power.
C408.4.1.2 Controls. Service water heating controls
shall be tested to document that control devices,
components, equipment, and systems are calibrated,
adjusted and operate in accordance with approved
plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall
be functionally tested to document they operate in
accordance with approved plans and specifications.
C408.4.1.3 Pools and spas. Service water heating
equipment, time switches, and heat recovery
equipment which serve pools and permanent spas
shall undergo a functional test to determine that they
operate in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications.
C408.5 Systems installed to meet Section C406 or
C407. Equipment, components, controls or configuration
settings for mechanical, service water heating, electrical
power or lighting systems which are included in the
project to comply with Section C406 or C407 shall be
included in the commissioning process required by
Section C408.1.
C408.6 Metering system commissioning. Energy
metering systems required by Section C409 shall comply
with Section C408.6 and be included in the
commissioning process required by Section C408.1. The
commissioning process shall include all energy metering
equipment and controls required by Section C409.
C408.6.1 Functional performance testing. Functional
performance testing shall be conducted by following
written procedures which clearly describe the
individual systematic test procedures, the expected
systems' response or acceptance criteria for each
procedure, the actual response or findings, and any
pertinent discussion. Functional testing shall document
that energy source meters, energy end-use meters, the
energy metering data acquisition system, and required
energy consumption display are calibrated, adjusted
and operate in accordance with approved plans and
specifications. At a minimum, testing shall confirm
that:
1. The metering system devices and components
work properly under low and high load
conditions.
2. The metered data is delivered in a format that is
compatible with the data collection system.
3. The energy display is accessible to building
operation and management personnel.
4. The energy display meets code requirements
regarding views required in Section C409.4.3.
The display shows energy data in identical units
(e.g., kWh).
SECTION C409 ENERGY METERING AND
ENERGY CONSUMPTION MANAGEMENT
C409.1 General. New buildings and additions with a
gross conditioned floor area over 50,000 square feet shall
comply with Section C409. Buildings shall be equipped to
measure, monitor, record and display energy consumption
data for each energy source and end use category per the
provisions of this section, to enable effective energy
management.
Exceptions:
1. Tenant spaces smaller than 50,000 ft2 within
buildings if the tenant space has its own utility
service and utility meters.
2. Buildings in which there is no gross conditioned
floor area over 25,000 square feet, including
building common area, that is served by its own
utility services and meters.
C409.1.1 Alternate metering methods. Where
approved by the building official, energy use metering
systems may differ from those required by this section,
provided that they are permanently installed and that
the source energy measurement, end use category
energy measurement, data storage and data display
have similar accuracy to and are at least as effective in
communicating actionable energy use information to
the building management and users, as those required
by this section.
C409.1.2 Conversion factor. Any threshold stated in
kW shall include the equivalent BTU/h heating and
cooling capacity of installed equipment at a conversion
factor of 3,412 Btu per kW at 50 percent demand.
C409.2 Energy source metering. Buildings shall have a
meter at each energy source. For each energy supply
source listed in Section C409.2.1 through C409.2.4,
meters shall collect data for the whole building or for each
separately metered portion of the building where not
exempted by the exception to Section C409.1.
Exceptions:
1. Energy source metering is not required where
end use metering for an energy source accounts
for all usage of that energy type within a
building, and the data acquisition system
accurately totals the energy delivered to the
building or separately metered portion of the
building.
2. Solid fuels such as coal, firewood or wood
pellets that are delivered via mobile
transportation do not require metering.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-113
C409.2.1 Electrical energy. This category shall
include all electrical energy supplied to the building and
its associated site, including site lighting, parking,
recreational facilities, and other areas that serve the
building and its occupants.
C409.2.2 Gas and liquid fuel supply energy. This
category shall include all natural gas, fuel oil, propane
and other gas or liquid fuel energy supplied to the
building and site.
C409.2.3 District energy. This category shall include
all net energy extracted from district steam systems,
district chilled water loops, district hot water systems,
or other energy sources serving multiple buildings.
C409.2.4 Site-generated renewable energy. This
category shall include all net energy generated from
on-site solar, wind, geothermal, tidal or other natural
sources.
C409.3 End-use metering. Meters shall be provided to
collect energy use data for each end-use category listed in
Sections C409.3.1 through C409.3.2. These meters shall
collect data for the whole building or for each separately
metered portion of the building where not exempted by
the exception to Section C409.1. Multiple meters may be
used for any end-use category, provided that the data
acquisition system totals all of the energy used by that
category.
Exceptions:
1. HVAC and water heating equipment serving
only an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit
does not require end-use metering.
2. Separate metering is not required for fire pumps,
stairwell pressurization fans or other life safety
systems that operate only during testing or
emergency.
3. End use metering is not required for individual
tenant spaces not exceeding 2,500 square feet in
floor area when a dedicated source meter
meeting the requirements of Section C409.4.1 is
provided for the tenant space.
C409.3.1 HVAC system energy use. This category
shall include all energy including electrical, gas, liquid
fuel, district steam and district chilled water that is used
by boilers, chillers, pumps, fans and other equipment
used to provide space heating, space cooling,
dehumidification and ventilation to the building, but not
including energy that serves process loads, water
heating or miscellaneous loads as defined in Section
C409.3. Multiple HVAC energy sources, such as gas,
electric and steam, are not required to be summed
together.
Exceptions:
1. All 120 volt equipment.
2. 208/120 volt equipment in a building where
the main service is 480/277 volt power.
3. Electrical energy fed through variable
frequency drives that are connected to the
energy metering data acquisition center.
C409.3.2 Water heating energy use. This category
shall include all energy used for heating of domestic
and service hot water, but not energy used for space
heating.
Exception: Water heating energy use less than 50
kW does not require end-use metering.
C409.4 Measurement devices, data acquisition system
and energy display.
C409.4.1 Meters. Meters and other measurement
devices required by this section shall have local
displays or be configured to automatically
communicate energy data to a data acquisition system.
Source meters may be any digital-type meters. Current
sensors or flow meters are allowed for end use
metering, provided that they have an accuracy
of .+/- 5%. All required metering systems and
equipment shall provide at least hourly data that is fully
integrated into the data acquisition and display system
per the requirements of Section C409.
C409.4.2 Data acquisition system. The data
acquisition system shall store the data from the required
meters and other sensing devices for a minimum of 36
months. For each energy supply and end use category
required by C409.2 and C409.3, it shall provide
real-time energy consumption data and logged data for
any hour, day, month or year.
C409.4.3 Energy display. For each building subject to
Section C409.2 and C409.3, either a readily accessible
and visible display, or a web page or other electronic
document accessible to building management or to a
third-party energy data analysis service shall be
provided in the building accessible by building
operation and management personnel. The display shall
graphically provide the current energy consumption
rate for each whole building energy source, plus each
end use category, as well as the average and peak values
for any day, week or year.
C409.4.4 Commissioning. The entire system shall be
commissioned in accordance with Section C408.
Deficiencies found during testing shall be corrected and
retested and the commissioning report shall be updated
to confirm that the entire metering and data acquisition
and display system is fully functional.
CE-114 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
**
C409.5 Metering for existing buildings.
C409.5.1 Existing buildings that were constructed
subject to the requirements of this section. Where
new or replacement systems or equipment are installed
in an existing building that was constructed subject to
the requirements of this section, metering shall be
provided for such new or replacement systems or
equipment so that their energy use is included in the
corresponding end-use category defined in Section
C409.2. This includes systems or equipment added in
conjunction with additions or alterations to existing
buildings.
C409.5.1.1 Small existing buildings. Metering and
data acquisition systems shall be provided for
additions over 25,000 square feet to buildings that
were constructed subject to the requirements of this
section, in accordance with the requirements of
sections C409.2 and C409.3.
SECTION C410 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
C410.1 General (prescriptive). Walk-in coolers, walk-in
freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers, refrigerated
warehouse freezers, and refrigerated display cases shall
comply with this Section.
Refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated
warehouse freezers shall comply with Section C402. Section
C402.1.5, Component performance alternative, may be used
if granted prior approval by the jurisdiction.
C410.1.1 Refrigeration equipment performance.
Refrigeration equipment shall have an energy use in
kWh/day not greater than the values of Tables C410.2(1)
and C410.2(2) when tested and rated in accordance with
AHRI Standard 1200. The energy use shall be verified
through certification under an approved certification
program or, where a certification program does not exist,
the energy use shall be supported by data furnished by the
equipment manufacturer.
TABLE C410.1.1(1) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATION
EQUIPMENT TYPE APPLICATION ENERGY USE LIMITS
(kWh per day)a
TEST PROCEDURE
Refrigerator with solid doors
Holding Temperature
0.10 x V + 2.04
AHRI 1200
Refrigerator with transparent doors 0.12 x V + 3.34
Freezers with solid doors 0.40 x V + 1.38
Freezers with transparent doors 0.75 x V + 4.10
Refrigerator/freezers with solid doors The greater of 0.12 x V + 3.34 or 0.70
Commercial refrigerators Pulldown 0.126 x V + 3.51
a. V = Volume of the chiller for frozen compartment as defined in AHAM-HRF-1.
TABLE C410.1.1(2) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS
EQUIPMENT TYPE ENERGY USE LIMITS
(kWh per day)a,b
TEST
PROCEDURE Equipment Classc Family Code Operating Mode
Rating Temperature
VOP.RC.M Vertical open Remote
condensing Medium 0.82 x TDA + 4.07
SVO.RC.M Semivertical
open Remote
condensing Medium 0.83 x TDA + 3.18
HZO.RC.M Horizontal
open Remote
condensing Medium 0.35 x TDA + 2.88
VOP.RC.L Vertical open Remote
condensing Low 2.27 x TDA + 6.85 AHRI 1200
HZO.RC.L Horizontal
open Remote
condensing Low 0.57 x TDA + 6.88
VCT.RC.M Vertical
transparent door
Remote condensing Medium 0.22 x TDA + 1.95
VCT.RC.L Vertical
transparent door
Remote condensing Low 0.56 x TDA + 2.61
SOC.RC.M Service over
counter Remote
condensing Medium 0.51 x TDA + 0.11
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-115
TABLE C410.1.1(2) (Continued) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS
EQUIPMENT TYPE ENERGY USE LIMITS
(kWh per day)a,b
TEST
PROCEDURE Equipment Classc Family Code Operating Mode
Rating Temperature
VOP.SC.M Vertical open Self-contained Medium 1.74 x TDA + 4.71
SVO.SC.M Semivertical open
Self-contained Medium 1.73 x TDA + 4.59
HZO.SC.M Horizontal open
Self-contained Medium 0.77 x TDA + 5.55
HZO.SC.L Horizontal open
Self-contained Low 1.92 x TDA + 7.08
VCT.SC.I Vertical transparent
door
Self-contained Ice cream 0.67 x TDA + 3.29
VCS.SC.I Vertical solid door
Self-contained Ice cream 0.38 x V + 0.88
HCT.SC.I Horizontal transparent
door
Self-contained Ice cream 0.56 x TDA + 0.43 AHRI 1200
SVO.RC.L Semivertical open
Remote condensing
Low 2.27 x TDA + 6.85
VOP.RC.I Vertical open Remote condensing
Ice cream 2.89 x TDA + 8.7
SVO.RC.I Semivertical open
Remote condensing
Ice cream 2.89 x TDA + 8.7
HZO.RC.I Horizontal open
Remote condensing
Ice cream 0.72 x TDA + 8.74
VCT.RC.I Vertical transparent
door
Remote condensing
Ice cream 0.66 x TDA + 3.05
HCT.RC.M Horizontal transparent
door
Remote condensing
Medium 0.16 x TDA + 0.13
HCT.RC.L Horizontal transparent
door
Remote condensing
Low 0.34 x TDA + 0.26
HCT.RC.I Horizontal transparent
door
Remote condensing
Ice cream 0.4 x TDA + 0.31
VCS.RC.M Vertical solid door
Remote condensing
Medium 0.11 x V + 0.26
VCS.RC.L Vertical solid door
Remote condensing
Low 0.23 x V + 0.54
VCS.RC.I Vertical solid door
Remote condensing
Ice cream 0.27 x V + 0.63
HCS.RC.M Horizontal solid door
Remote condensing
Medium 0.11 x V + 0.26
HCS.RC.L Horizontal solid door
Remote condensing
Low 0.23 x V + 0.54
HCS.RC.I Horizontal solid door
Remote condensing
Ice cream 0.27 x V + 0.63
SOC.RC.L Service over counter
Remote condensing
Low 1.08 x TDA + 0.22
SOC.RC.I Service over counter
Remote condensing
Ice cream 1.26 x TDA + 0.26
VOP.SC.L Vertical open Self-contained Low 4.37 x TDA + 11.82
CE-116 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
TABLE C410.1.1(2) (Continued) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS
EQUIPMENT TYPE ENERGY USE LIMITS
(kWh per day)a,b
TEST
PROCEDURE Equipment Classc Family Code Operating Mode
Rating Temperature
VOP.SC.I Vertical open Self-contained Ice cream 5.55 x TDA + 15.02
SVO.SC.L Semivertical open
Self-contained Low 4.34 x TDA + 11.51
SVO.SC.I Semivertical open
Self-contained Ice cream 5.52 x TDA + 14.63 AHRI 1200
HZO.SC.I Horizontal open
Self-contained Ice cream 2.44 x TDA + 9.0
SOC.SC.I Service over counter
Self-contained Ice cream 1.76 x TDA + 0.36
HCS.SC.I Horizontal solid door
Self-contained Ice cream 0.38 x V + 0.88
a V = Volume of the case, as measured in accordance with Appendix C of AHRI 1200. b TDA = Total display area of the case, as measured in accordance with Appendix D of AHRI 1200. c Equipment class designations consist of a combination [(in sequential order separated by periods (AAA).(BB).(C))] of:
(AAA) An equipment family code where: VOP = Vertical open SVO = Semi-vertical open HZO = Horizontal open VCT = Vertical transparent doors VCS = Vertical solid doors HCT = Horizontal transparent doors HCS = Horizontal solid doors SOC = Service over counter
(BB) An operating mode code: RC = Remote condensing SC = Self-contained
(C) A rating temperature code: M = Medium temperature (38°F) L = Low temperature (0°F) I = Ice cream temperature (15°F)
For example, "VOP.RC.M" refers to the "vertical-open, remote-condensing, medium-temperature" equipment class.
C410.2 Walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated
warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse
freezers. Refrigerated warehouse coolers, refrigerated
warehouse freezers and all walk-in coolers and walk-in
freezers including site assembled, site constructed and
prefabricated units shall comply with the following:
1. Automatic door-closers shall be provided that fully
close walk-in doors that have been closed to within
1 inch (25 mm) of full closure.
Exception: Automatic closers are not required
for doors more than 45 inches (1143 mm) in
width or more than 7 feet (2134 mm) in height.
2. Doorways shall be provided with strip doors,
curtains, spring-hinged doors or other method of
minimizing infiltration when doors are open.
3. Walk-in coolers and refrigerated warehouse
coolers shall be provided with wall, ceiling, and
door insulation of not less than R-25 or have wall,
ceiling and door assembly U-factors no greater
than U-0.039. Walk-in freezers and refrigerated
warehouse freezers shall be provided with wall,
ceiling and door insulation of not less than R-32 or
have wall,
ceiling and door assembly U-factors no greater
than U-0.030.
Exception: Insulation is not required for glazed
portions of doors or at structural members
associated with the walls, ceiling or door frames.
4. The floor of walk-in freezers shall be provided with
floor insulation of not less than R-28 or have a floor
assembly U-factor no greater than U-0.035.
5. Transparent reach-in doors for walk-in freezers and
windows in walk-in freezer doors shall be provided
with triple-pane glass, with the interstitial spaces
filled with inert gas or be provided with
heat-reflective treated glass.
6. Transparent reach-in doors for walk-in coolers and
windows for walk-in cooler doors shall be
provided with double-pane or triple-pane glass,
with interstitial spaces filled with inert gas, or be
provided with heat-reflective treated glass.
7. Evaporator fan motors that are less than 1 hp (0.746
kW) and less than 460 volts shall be provided with
electronically commutated motors, brushless
direct-current motors, or 3-phase motors.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-117
**
8. Condenser fan motors that are less than 1 hp (0.746
kW) shall use electronically commutated motors,
permanent split capacitor-type motors or 3-phase
motors.
9. Antisweat heaters that are not provided with
antisweat heater controls shall have a total door
rail, glass and frame heater power draw of not
greater than 7.1 W/ft2 (76 W/m2) of door opening
for walk-in freezers and not greater than 3.0 W/ft2
(32 W/m2) of door opening for walk-in coolers.
10. Where antisweat heater controls are provided, they
shall be capable of reducing the energy use of the
antisweat heater as a function of the relative
humidity in the air outside the door or to the
condensation on the inner glass pane.
11. Lights in walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers,
refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated
warehouse freezers shall either be provided with
light sources with an efficacy of not less than 40
lumens per watt, including ballast losses, or shall
be provided with a device that automatically turns
off the lights within 15 minutes of when the
walk-in cooler or walk-in freezer space is not
occupied.
C410.2.1 Reserved.
C410.2.2 Refrigerated display cases. Site-assembled
or site-constructed refrigerated display cases shall
comply with the following:
1. Lighting and glass doors in refrigerated display
cases shall be controlled by one of the following:
1.1. Time switch controls to turn off lights
during nonbusiness hours. Timed overrides
for display cases shall turn the lights on for
up to 1 hour and shall automatically time out
to turn the lights off.
1.2. Motion sensor controls on each display case
section that reduce lighting power by at least
50 percent within 3 minutes after the area
within the sensor range is vacated.
2. Low-temperature display cases shall incorporate
temperature-based defrost termination control
with a time-limit default. The defrost cycle shall
terminate first on an upper temperature limit
breach and second upon a time limit breach.
3. Antisweat heater controls shall reduce the energy
use of the antisweat heater as a function of the
relative humidity in the air outside the door or to
the condensation on the inner glass pane.
C410.3 Refrigeration systems. Refrigerated display
cases, walk-in coolers or walk-in freezers that are served
by remote compressor and remote condensers not located
in a condensing unit, shall comply with Sections
C410.4.1, C410.4.2 and C403.5.3.
Exception: Systems where the working fluid in the
refrigeration cycle goes through both subcritical and
supercritical states (transcritical) or that use ammonia
refrigerant are exempt.
C410.3.1 Condensers serving refrigeration systems.
Fan-powered condensers shall comply with the
following:
1. The design saturated condensing temperatures
for air-cooled condensers shall not exceed the
design dry-bulb temperature plus 10°F (5.6°C)
for low-temperature refrigeration systems, and
the design dry-bulb temperature plus 15°F (8°C)
for medium temperature refrigeration systems
where the saturated condensing temperature for
blend refrigerants shall be determined using the
average of liquid and vapor temperatures as
converted from the condenser drain pressure.
2. Condenser fan motors that are less than 1 hp
(0.75 kW) shall use electronically commutated
motors, permanent split-capacitor-type motors or
3-phase motors.
3. Condenser fans for air-cooled condensers,
evaporatively cooled condensers, air- or
water-cooled fluid coolers or cooling towers
shall reduce fan motor demand to not more than
30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of
design air volume, and incorporate one of the
following continuous variable speed fan control
approaches:
3.1. Refrigeration system condenser control
for air-cooled condensers shall use
variable setpoint control logic to reset the
condensing temperature setpoint in
response to ambient dry-bulb
temperature.
3.2. Refrigeration system condenser control
for evaporatively cooled condensers shall
use variable setpoint control logic to reset
the condensing temperature setpoint in
response to ambient wet-bulb
temperature.
4. Multiple fan condensers shall be controlled in
unison.
5. The minimum condensing temperature setpoint
shall be not greater than 70°F (21°C).
CE-118 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
C410.3.2 Compressor systems. Refrigeration
compressor systems shall comply with the following:
1. Compressors and multiple-compressor system
suction groups shall include control systems that
use floating suction pressure control logic to
reset the target suction pressure temperature
based on the temperature requirements of the
attached refrigeration display cases or walk-ins.
Exception: Controls are not required for the
following:
1. Single-compressor systems that do not
have variable capacity capability.
2. Suction groups that have a design
saturated suction temperature of 30°F
(-1.1°C) or higher, suction groups that
comprise the high stage of a two-stage or
cascade system, or suction groups that
primarily serve chillers for secondary
cooling fluids.
2. Liquid subcooling shall be provided for all
low-temperature compressor systems with a
design cooling capacity equal to or greater than
100,000 Btu/hr (29.3 kW) with a
design-saturated suction temperature of -10°F
(-23°C) or lower. The subcooled liquid
temperature shall be controlled at a maximum
temperature setpoint of 50°F (10°C) at the exit of
the subcooler using either compressor
economizer (interstage) ports or a separate
compressor suction group operating at a
saturated suction temperature of 18°F (-7.8°C) or
higher.
2.1. Insulation for liquid lines with a fluid
operating temperature less than 60°F
(15.6°C) shall comply with Table
C403.2.10.
3. Compressors that incorporate internal or external
crankcase heaters shall provide a means to cycle
the heaters off during compressor operation.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-119
**
**
CHAPTER 5
EXISTING BUILDINGS
SECTION C501 GENERAL
C501 General.
C501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control
the alteration, repair, addition and change of occupancy
of existing buildings and structures.
C501.2 Existing buildings. Except as specified in this
chapter, this code shall not be used to require the removal,
alteration or abandonment of, nor prevent the continued
use and maintenance of, an existing building or building
system lawfully in existence at the time of adoption of this
code.
C501.3 Maintenance. Buildings and structures, and parts
thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary
condition. Devices and systems which are required by this
code shall be maintained in conformance with the code
edition under which installed. The owner or the owner's
authorized agent shall be responsible for the maintenance
of buildings and structures. The requirements of this
chapter shall not provide the basis for removal or
abrogation of energy conservation, fire protection and
safety systems and devices in existing structures.
C501.4 Compliance. Alterations, repairs, additions and
changes of occupancy to, or relocation of, existing
buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions
for alterations, repairs, additions and changes of
occupancy or relocation, respectively, in the International
Building Code, International Fire Code, International
Fuel Gas Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform
Plumbing Code, and NFPA 70.
C501.5 New and replacement materials. Except as
otherwise required or permitted by this code, materials
permitted by the applicable code for new construction
shall be used. Like materials shall be permitted for
repairs, provided no hazard to life, health or property is
created. Hazardous materials shall not be used where the
code for new construction would not permit their use in
buildings of similar occupancy, purpose and location.
C501.6 Historic buildings. The building official may
modify the specific requirements of this code for historic
buildings and require alternate provisions which will
result in a reasonable degree of energy efficiency. This
modification may be allowed for those buildings or
structures that are listed in the state or national register of
historic places; designated as a historic property under
local or state designation law or survey; certified as a
contributing resource with a national register listed or
locally designated historic district; or with an opinion or
certification that the property is eligible to be listed on the
national or state registers of historic places either
individually or as a contributing building to a historic
district by the state historic preservation officer or the
keeper of the national register of historic places.
SECTION C502 ADDITIONS
C502.1 General. Additions to an existing building,
building system or portion thereof shall conform to the
provisions of this code as they relate to new construction
without requiring the unaltered portion of the existing
building or building system to comply with this code.
Additions shall not create an unsafe or hazardous
condition or overload existing building systems. An
addition shall be deemed to comply with this code if the
addition alone complies or if the existing building and
addition comply with this code as a single building.
Additions shall comply with Section C502.2.
C502.2 Prescriptive compliance. Additions shall comply
with Sections C502.2.1 through C502.2.6.2.
C502.2.1 Vertical fenestration. Additions with
vertical fenestration that results in a total building
vertical fenestration area less than or equal to that
specified in Section C402.4.1 shall comply with Section
C402.4. Additions with vertical fenestration that results
in a total building vertical fenestration area greater than
that specified in Section C402.4.1 shall comply with
one of the following:
1. Vertical fenestration alternate per Section
C402.4.1.1 or C402.4.1.3 for the addition only.
2. Component performance option with target area
adjustment per Section C402.1.5 or the total
building performance option in Section C407 for
the whole building.
C502.2.2 Skylight area. Additions with skylights that
result in a total building skylight area less than or equal
to that specified in Section C402.4.1 shall comply with
Section C402.4. Additions with skylights that result in a
total building skylight area greater than that specified in
Section C402.4.1 shall comply with the component
performance option with the target area adjustment per
Section C402.1.5 or the total building performance
option in Section C407 for the whole building.
C502.2.3 Building mechanical systems. New
mechanical systems and equipment serving the building
CE-120 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
**
**
heating, cooling or ventilation needs, that are part of the
addition, shall comply with Section C403.
C502.2.4 Service water heating systems. New service
water-heating equipment, controls and service water
heating piping shall comply with Section C404.
C502.2.5 Pools and permanent spas. New pools and
permanent spas shall comply with Section C404.11.
C502.2.6 Lighting and power systems. New lighting
systems that are installed as part of the addition shall
comply with Section C405.
C502.2.6.1 Interior lighting power. The total
interior lighting power for the addition shall comply
with Section C405.4.2 for the addition alone, or the
existing building and the addition shall comply as a
single building.
C502.2.6.2 Exterior lighting power. The total
exterior lighting power for the addition shall comply
with Section C405.5.1 for the addition alone, or the
existing building and the addition shall comply as a
single building.
C502.2.7 Refrigeration systems. New refrigerated
spaces and refrigeration equipment shall comply with
Section C410.
SECTION C503 ALTERATIONS
C503.1 General. Alterations to any building or structure
shall comply with the requirements of the code for new
construction. Alterations shall be such that the existing
building or structure is no less conforming with the
provisions of this code than the existing building or
structure was prior to the alteration. Alterations to an
existing building, building system or portion thereof shall
conform to the provisions of this code as they relate to
new construction without requiring the unaltered portions
of the existing building or building system to comply with
this code. Alterations shall not create an unsafe or
hazardous condition or overload existing building
systems.
Exception: The following alterations need not comply
with the requirements for new construction provided
the energy use of the building is not increased:
1. Storm windows installed over existing
fenestration.
2. Surface applied window film installed on
existing single pane fenestration assemblies to
reduce solar heat gain provided the code does not
require the glazing fenestration to be replaced.
3. Existing ceiling, wall or floor cavities exposed
during construction provided that these cavities
are insulated to full depth with insulation having
a minimum nominal value of R-3.0 per inch
installed per Section C402.
4. Construction where the existing roof, wall or
floor cavity is not exposed.
5. Roof recover.
6. Air barriers shall not be required for roof recover
and roof replacement where the alterations or
renovations to the building do not include
alterations, renovations or repairs to the
remainder of the building envelope.
7. Replacement of existing doors that separate
conditioned space from the exterior shall not
require the installation of a vestibule or
revolving door, provided however that an
existing vestibule that separates a conditioned
space from the exterior shall not be removed.
C503.2 Change in space conditioning. Any
nonconditioned space that is altered to become
conditioned space or semi-heated space shall be required
to be brought into full compliance with this code. Any
semi-heated space that is altered to become conditioned
space shall be required to be brought into full compliance
with this code.
Exception: Where the component performance
building envelope option in Section C402.1.5 is used to
comply with this Section, the Proposed UA is allowed
to be up to 110 percent of the Target UA. Where the
total building performance option in Section C407 is
used to comply with this section, the annual energy
consumption of the proposed design is allowed to be
110 percent of the annual energy consumption
otherwise allowed by Section C407.3.
C503.3 Building envelope. New building envelope
assemblies that are part of the alteration shall comply with
Sections C402.1 through C402.5 as applicable.
Exception: Air leakage testing is not required for
alterations and repairs, unless the project includes a
change in space conditioning according to Section
C503.2 or a change of occupancy or use according to
Section C505.1.
C503.3.1 Roof replacement. Roof replacements shall
comply with Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4 where the
existing roof assembly is part of the building thermal
envelope and contains insulation entirely above the roof
deck.
C503.3.2 Vertical fenestration. The addition of
vertical fenestration that results in a total building
vertical fenestration area less than or equal to that
specified in Section C402.4.1 shall comply with
Section C402.4. Alterations that result in a total
building vertical fenestration area greater than specified
in Section C402.4.1 shall comply with one of the
following:
1. Vertical fenestration alternate per Section
C402.1.3 for the new vertical fenestration
added.
2. Vertical fenestration alternate per Section
C402.4.1.1 for the area adjacent to the new
vertical fenestration added.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-121
**
**
**
3. Component performance option with target area
adjustment per Section C402.1.5 or the total
building performance option in Section C407
for the whole building.
C503.3.2.1 Application to replacement
fenestration products. Where some or all of an
existing fenestration unit is replaced with a new
fenestration product, including sash and glazing, the
replacement fenestration unit shall meet the
applicable requirements for U-factor and SHGC in
Table C402.4.
Exception: An area-weighted average of the
U-factor of replacement fenestration products
being installed in the building for each fenestration
product category listed in Table C402.4 shall be
permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements for
each fenestration product category listed in Table
C402.4. Individual fenestration products from
different product categories listed in Table C402.4
shall not be combined in calculating the
area-weighted average U-factor.
C503.3.3 Skylight area. The addition of skylights that
results in a total building skylight area less than or equal
to that specified in Section C402.4.1 shall comply with
Section C402.4. Alterations that result in a total
building skylight area greater than that specified in
Section C402.4.1 shall comply with the component
performance option with target area adjustment per
Section C402.1.5 or the total building performance
option in Section C407 for the whole building.
C503.4 Mechanical systems. Those parts of systems
which are altered or replaced shall comply with Section
C403. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an
existing mechanical system that will cause the existing
mechanical system to become out of compliance.
Exception: Existing mechanical systems which are
altered or where parts of the system are replaced are not
required to be modified to comply with Section C403.6
as long as mechanical cooling is not added to the
system.
All new systems in existing buildings, including
packaged unitary equipment and packaged split systems,
shall comply with Section C403.
Where mechanical cooling is added to a space that was
not previously cooled, the mechanical system shall
comply with either Section C403.6 or C403.3.
Exceptions:
1. Alternate designs that are not in full compliance
with this code may be approved when the code
official determines that existing building
constraints including, but not limited to,
available mechanical space, limitations of the
existing structure, or proximity to
adjacent air intakes/exhausts make full
compliance impractical. Alternate designs shall
provide alternate energy savings strategies
including, but not limited to, Demand Control
Ventilation or increased mechanical cooling or
heating efficiency above that required by Tables
C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(10).
2. Qualifying small equipment: This exception
shall not be used for unitary cooling equipment
installed outdoors or in a mechanical room
adjacent to the outdoors. This exception is
allowed to be used for other cooling units and
split systems serving one zone with a total
cooling capacity rated in accordance with
Section C403.2.3 of less than 33,000 Btu/h
(hereafter referred to as qualifying small
systems) provided that these are high-efficiency
cooling equipment with SEER and EER values
more than 15 percent higher than minimum
efficiencies listed in Tables C403.2.3 (1) through
(3), in the appropriate size category, using the
same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed
in the appropriate certification program to
qualify for this exception. The total capacity of
all qualifying small equipment without
economizers shall not exceed 72,000 Btu/h per
building, or 5 percent of its air economizer
capacity, whichever is greater. That portion of
the equipment serving Group R occupancies is
not included in determining the total capacity of
all units without economizers in a building.
Redundant units are not counted in the capacity
limitations. This exception shall not be used for
the shell-and-core permit or for the initial tenant
improvement or for Total Building Performance.
3. Chilled water terminal units connected to
systems with chilled water generation equipment
with IPLV values more than 25 percent higher
than minimum part load efficiencies listed in
Table C403.2.3(7), in the appropriate size
category, using the same test procedures.
Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate
certification program to qualify for this
exception. The total capacity of all systems
without economizers shall not exceed 480,000
Btu/h per building, or 20 percent of its air
economizer capacity, whichever is greater. That
portion of the equipment serving Group R
occupancy is not included in determining the
total capacity of all units without economizers in
a building. This exception shall not be used for
the initial permit (this includes any initial permit
for the space including, but not limited to, the
shell-and-core permit, built-to-suit permit, and
tenant improvement permit) or for Total
Building Performance Method.
CE-122 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
**
**
**
Alterations to existing mechanical cooling systems
shall not decrease economizer capacity unless the system
complies with either Section C403.2.6 or C403.3. In
addition, for existing mechanical cooling systems that do
not comply with either Section C403.2.6 or C403.3,
including both the individual unit size limits and the total
building capacity limits on units without economizer;
other alterations shall comply with Table C503.4.
When space cooling equipment is replaced, controls
shall comply with all requirements under Section C403.6
and related subsections or provide for integrated operation
with economizer in accordance with Section C403.3.1.
Existing equipment currently in use may be relocated
within the same floor or same tenant space if removed and
reinstalled within the same permit.
C503.5 Service hot water systems. New service hot
water systems that are part of the alteration shall comply
with Section C404.
C503.6 Lighting and motors. Alterations that replace 50
percent or more of the luminaires in a space enclosed by
walls or ceiling-height partitions, replace 50 percent or
more of parking garage luminaires, or replace 50 percent
or more of the total installed wattage of exterior
luminaires shall comply with Sections C405.4 and
C405.5. Where less than 50 percent of the fixtures in an
interior space enclosed by walls or ceiling-height
partitions or parking garage are new, or less than 50
percent of the installed exterior wattage is altered, the
installed lighting wattage shall be maintained or reduced.
Where new wiring is being installed to serve added
fixtures and/or fixtures are being relocated to a new
circuit, controls shall comply with Sections C405.2.1,
C405.2.3, C405.2.4, C405.2.5, C405.2.7, C405.3, and as
applicable C408.3. In addition, office areas less than 300
ft2 enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions, and all
meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms,
shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply
with Section C405.2.1 and C408.3. Where a new lighting
panel (or a moved lighting panel) with all new raceway
and conductor wiring from the panel to the fixtures is
being installed, controls shall also comply with the other
requirements in Sections C405.2 and C408.3.
Where new walls or ceiling-height partitions are added
to an existing space and create a new enclosed space, but
the lighting fixtures are not being changed, other than
being relocated, the new enclosed space shall have
controls that comply with Sections C405.2.1, C 405.2.2,
C405.2.3, C405.2.4, C405.2.5 and C408.3.
Those motors which are altered or replaced shall
comply with Section C405.8.
C503.7 Refrigeration systems. Those parts of systems
which are altered or replaced shall comply with Section
C410. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an
existing refrigerated space or system that will cause the
existing mechanical system to become out of compliance.
All new refrigerated spaces or systems in existing
buildings, including refrigerated display cases, shall
comply with Section C410.
TABLE C503.4 ECONOMIZER COMPLIANCE OPTIONS FOR MECHANICAL ALTERATIONS
Option A Option B (alternate to A)
Option C (alternate to A)
Option D (alternate to A)
Unit Type Any alteration with new or
replacement equipment
Replacement unit of the same type
with the same or smaller output
capacity
Replacement unit of the same type
with a larger output capacity
New equipment added to existing
system or replacement unit of
a different type
1. Packaged Units Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,3
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,3
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,4
2. Split Systems Efficiency: min.1
Economizer:
C403.4.12
Efficiency: + 10/5%5
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing economizer capability
Only for new units
< 54,000 Btuh replacing
unit installed prior to 1991 (one of two):
Efficiency: + 10/5%5
Economizer: 50%6
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer:
C403.4.12,4
For units > 54,000 Btuh or
any units installed after 1991:
Option A
3. Water Source
Heat Pump
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
(two of three):
Efficiency: + 10/5%5
Flow control valve7
(three of three):
Efficiency: + 10/5%5
Flow control valve7
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer:
C403.4.12,4
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-123
Option A Option B (alternate to A)
Option C (alternate to A)
Option D (alternate to A)
Unit Type Any alteration with new or
replacement equipment
Replacement unit of the same type
with the same or smaller output
capacity
Replacement unit of the same type
with a larger output capacity
New equipment added to existing
system or replacement unit of
a different type
Economizer: 50%6 Economizer: 50%6
(except for certain pre-1991 systems8)
(except for certain pre-1991 systems8)
4. Hydronic
Economizer using
Air-Cooled Heat
Rejection
Equipment (Dry Cooler)
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: 14332
Efficiency: + 10/5%5
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing economizer capacity
Option A Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,4
5. Air-Handling
Unit (including fan
coil units)
where the system
has an air-cooled chiller
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing economizer capacity
Option A
(except for certain pre-1991 systems8)
Option A
(except for certain pre-1991 systems8)
6. Air- Handling
Unit (including fan
coil units) and
Water-cooled
Process
Equipment, where
the system has a
water-cooled
chiller10
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing economizer capacity
Option A
(except for certain
pre-1991 systems8 and
certain 1991-2004
systems9.)
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer:
C403.4.12,4
(except for certain
pre-1991 systems8
and certain 1991-2004 systems9)
7. Cooling Tower Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
No requirements Option A Option A
8. Air-Cooled
Chiller
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
Efficiency: + 5%11
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing economizer capacity
Efficiency
(two of two):
(1) + 10%12 and
(2) multistage
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing economizer capacity
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,4
9. Water-Cooled
Chiller
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
Efficiency
(one of two):
(1) + 10%13or
(2) plate frame heat exchanger15
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing
economizer capacity
Efficiency
(two of two):
(1) + 15%14 and
(2) plate-frame heat exchanger15
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing
economizer capacity
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,4
10. Boiler Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12
Efficiency: + 8%16
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing
economizer capacity
Efficiency: + 8%16
Economizer: shall not
decrease existing
economizer capacity
Efficiency: min.1
Economizer: C403.4.12,4
CE-124 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
1. Minimum equipment efficiency shall comply with Section C403.2.3 and Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(9).
2. System and building shall comply with Section C403.4.1 (including both the individual unit size limits and the total building capacity
limits on units without economizer). It is acceptable to comply using one of the exceptions to Section C403.4.1.
3. All equipment replaced in an existing building shall have air economizer complying with Sections C403.3.1 and C403.4.1 unless both
the individual unit size and the total capacity of units without air economizer in the building is less than that allowed in Exception 1 to
Section C403.3.1.
4. All separate new equipment added to an existing building shall have air economizer complying with Sections C403.3.1 and C403.4.1
unless both the individual unit size and the total capacity of units without air economizer in the building is less than that allowed in
Exception 1 to Section C403.4.1.
5. Equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency:
a. for units with a cooling capacity below 54,000 Btuh, a minimum of 10% greater than the requirements in Tables C403.2.3(1) and
C403.2.3(2)(1.10 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)).
b. for units with a cooling capacity of 54,000 Btuh and greater, a minimum of 5% greater than the requirements in Tables C403.2.3(1)
and C403.2.3(2) (1.05 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)).
6. Minimum of 50% air economizer that is ducted in a fully enclosed path directly to every heat pump unit in each zone, except that ducts
may terminate within 12 inches of the intake to an HVAC unit provided that they are physically fastened so that the outside air duct is
directed into the unit intake. If this is an increase in the amount of outside air supplied to this unit, the outside air supply system shall be
capable of providing this additional outside air and equipped with economizer control.
7. Have flow control valve to eliminate flow through the heat pumps that are not in operation with variable speed pumping control
complying with Section C403.4.3 for that heat pump.
– When the total capacity of all units with flow control valves exceeds 15% of the total system capacity, a variable frequency drive
shall be installed on the main loop pump.
– As an alternate to this requirement, have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency that is 5% greater than the
requirements in note 5 (i.e. a minimum of 15%/10% greater than the requirements in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) (1.15/1.10 x
values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)).
8. Systems installed prior to 1991 without fully utilized capacity are allowed to comply with Option B, provided that the individual unit
cooling capacity does not exceed 90,000 Btuh.
9. Economizer not required for systems installed with water economizer plate and frame heat exchanger complying with previous codes
between 1991 and June 2013, provided that the total fan coil load does not exceed the existing or added capacity of the heat
exchangers.
10. For water-cooled process equipment where the manufacturers specifications require colder temperatures than available with waterside
economizer, that portion of the load is exempt from the economizer requirements.
11. The air-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 5% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table
C403.2.3(7)(1.05 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)).
12. The air-cooled chiller shall:
a. have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.2.3(7) (1.10 x IPLV values in
Table C403.2.3(7)), and
b. be multistage with a minimum of two compressors.
13. The water-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table
C403.2.3(7) (1.10 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)).
14. The water-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 15% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table
C403.2.3(7), (1.15 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)).
15. Economizer cooling shall be provided by adding a plate-frame heat exchanger on the waterside with a capacity that is a minimum of
20% of the chiller capacity at standard AHRI rating conditions.
16. The replacement boiler shall have an efficiency that is a minimum of 8% higher than the value in Table C403.2.3(5) (1.08 x value in
Table C403.2.3(5)), except for electric boilers.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-125
**
**
SECTION C504 REPAIRS
C504.1 General. Buildings and structures, and parts
thereof, shall be repaired in compliance with Section
C501.3 and this section. Work on nondamaged
components that is necessary for the required repair of
damaged components shall be considered part of the
repair and shall not be subject to the requirements for
alterations in this chapter. Routine maintenance required
by Section C501.3, ordinary repairs exempt from permit,
and abatement of wear due to normal service conditions
shall not be subject to the requirements for repairs in this
section.
C504.2 Application. For the purposes of this code, the
following shall be considered repairs.
1. Glass only replacements in an existing sash and
frame.
2. Roof repairs.
3. Air barriers shall not be required for roof repair
where the repairs to the building do not include
alterations, renovations or repairs to the remainder
of the building envelope.
4. Replacement of existing doors that separate
conditioned space from the exterior shall not
require the installation of a vestibule or revolving
door, provided however that an existing vestibule
that separates a conditioned space from the exterior
shall not be removed.
5. Repairs where only the bulb and/or ballast within
the existing luminaires in a space are replaced
provided that the replacement does not increase the
installed interior lighting power.
SECTION C505 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY OR USE
C505.1 General. Spaces undergoing a change in
occupancy shall be brought up to full compliance with this
code in the following cases:
1. Any space that is converted from an F, S or U
occupancy to an occupancy other than F, S or U.
2. Any space that is converted to a Group R dwelling
unit or portion thereof, from another use or
occupancy.
3. Any Group R dwelling unit or portion thereof
permitted prior to July 1, 2002, that is converted to
a commercial use or occupancy.
Where the use in a space changes from one use in Table
C405.4.2 (1) or (2) to another use in Table C405.4.2 (1) or
(2), the installed lighting wattage shall comply with
Section C405.4.
Exception: Where the component performance
alternative in Section C402.1.5 is used to comply with
this section, the proposed UA is allowed to be up to 110
percent of the target UA. Where the total building
performance option in Section C407 is used to comply
with this section, the annual energy consumption of the
proposed design is allowed to be 110 percent of the
annual energy consumption otherwise allowed by
Section C407.3.
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-127
CHAPTER 6
REFERENCED STANDARDS
This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the
promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this
document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section 106.
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association 1827 Walden Office Square
Suite 550 Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A C440—11 North American Fenestration Standard/
Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights .................................................. Table C402.4.3
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers 1111 19th Street, NW, Suite 402
Washington, DC 20036
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ANSI/
AHAM RAC-1—2008 Room Air Conditioners .................................................................................................. Table C403.2.3(3)
AHRI Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute 4100 North Fairfax Drive
Suite 200
Arlington, VA 22203
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE
13256-1 (2011) Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—
Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps ....................................................... Table C403.2.3(2)
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE
13256-2 (2011) Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—
Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps .............................................. Table C403.2.3(2)
210/240—08 Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-source Heat Pump Equipment ..... Table C403.2.3(1), Table C403.2.3(2)
310/380—04 Standard for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps ................................ Table C403.2.3(3)
340/360—2007 Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and
Heat Pump Equipment .................................................................. Table C403.2.3(1), Table C403.2.3(2)
365—09 Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning
Condensing Units ........................................................................ Table C403.2.3(1), Table C403.2.3(6)
390—2011 Performance Rating of Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners
and Heat Pumps ........................................................................................................... Table C403.2.3(3)
400—01 Liquid to Liquid Heat Exchangers with Addendum 2 ...................................................... Table C403.2.3(9)
440—08 Room Fan Coil ................................................................................................................................ C403.2.8
460—05 Performance Rating Remote Mechanical Draft Air-cooled
Refrigerant Condensers ............................................................................................... Table C403.2.3(8)
550/590—03 Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle—with Addenda ........................ C403.2.3.1,
Table C403.2.3(7), Table C406.2(6)
560—00 Absorption Water Chilling and Water-heating Packages ................................................. Table C403.2.3(7)
1160—08 Performance Rating of Heat Pump Pool Heaters ..................................................................... Table C404.2
CE-128 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International
30 West University Drive
Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1806
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
205-12 Energy Efficiency Classification for Fans .................................................................................. C403.2.11.3
220-08 (R2012) Laboratory Methods of Testing Air Curtain Units .......................................................................... C402.5.6
500D—10 Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating ............................................... C402.4.5.1, C402.4.5.2
ANSI American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street
Fourth Floor New York, NY 10036
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3—11 Gas Water Heaters, Volume III—Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings
Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating Tank and Instantaneous ...................................... Table C404.2
Z21.47/CSA 2.3—12 Gas-fired Central Furnaces ................................................................... Table C403.2.3(4), Table C406.2.(4)
Z83.8/CSA 2.6—09 Gas Unit Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility Heaters
and Gas-fired Duct Furnaces ........................................................... Table C403.2.3(4), Table C406.2.(4)
APSP The Association of Pool and Spa Professionals
2111 Eisenhower Avenue Alexandria, VA 22314
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
14-11 American National Standard for Portable Electric Spa Efficiency ................................................... C404.8
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
1791 Tullie Circle, NE Atlanta, GA 30329-2305
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA
Standard 127-2007 Method of Testing for Rating Computer and Data Processing Room Unitary Air Conditioners ..... C403.4.1
Standard 183—2007 Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings,
Except Low-rise Residential Buildings ...................................................................................... C403.2.1
ASHRAE—2012 ASHRAE HVAC Systems and Equipment Handbook—2004 ........................................................ C403.2.1
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE
13256-1 (2011) Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—
Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps ........................................................ Table C403.2.3(2)
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE
13256-2 (2011) Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—
Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps ............................................... Table C403.2.3(2)
90.1—2013 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-rise
Residential Buildings....................................................... . C401.2, C401.2.1, C402.1.1, Table C402.1.2,
Table C402.2, Table C407.6.1
140—2011 Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Building Energy
Analysis Computer Programs ..................................................................................................... C407.6.1
146—2011 Testing and Rating Pool Heaters .............................................................................................. Table C404.2
ASME American Society Mechanical Engineers Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ASME A17.1/
CSA B44—2013 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators ...................................................................................... C405.9.2
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-129
ASTM ASTM International
100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
C 90—13 Specification for Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units ......................................................... Table C402.2
C 1371—10 Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials
Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers ............................................... Table C402.2.1.1
C 1549—09 Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near
Ambient Temperature Using A Portable Solar Reflectometer ....................................... Table C405.2.1.1
D 1003—11e1 Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of
Transparent Plastics ................................................................................................................. C402.3.2.2
E 283—04 Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure
Differences Across the Specimen ........................................................... Table C402.2.1.1, C402.4.1.2.2,
Table C402.4.3, C402.4.4, C402.4.8
E 408—71(2008) Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using
Inspection-meter Techniques ......................................................................................... Table C402.2.1.1
E 779—10 Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization ..................... C402.4.1.2.3
E 903—96 Standard Test Method Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and
Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres (Withdrawn 2005) ................... Table C402.2.1.1
E 1677—11 Standard Specification for an Air-retarder (AR) Material or System for
Low-rise Framed Building Walls ......................................................................................... C402.4.1.2.2
E 1918—06 Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of
Horizontal or Low-sloped Surfaces in the Field ............................................................ Table C402.2.1.1
E 1980—(2011) Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of
Horizontal and Low-sloped Opaque Surfaces ............................................................... Table C402.2.1.1
E 2178—13 Standard Test Method for Air Permanence of Building Materials ............................................ C402.4.1.2.1
E 2357—11 Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barriers Assemblies ........................ C404.1.2.2
CSA Canadian Standards Association
5060 Spectrum Way Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 5N6
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title ....................................................................................................................................... section number
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440—11 North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for
Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights .................................................................................. Table C402.5.2
CSA B55.1—2012 Test Method for Measuring Efficiency and Pressure Loss of DWHR Units ...................................... C404.8
CSA B55.2—2012 Drain Water Heat Recovery Units ...................................................................................................... C404.8
CTI Cooling Technology Institute
2611 FM 1960 West, Suite A-101 Houston, TX 77068
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ATC 105 (00) Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Tower .............................................................. Table C403.2.3(8)
ATC 105S—2011 Acceptance Test Code for Closed Circuit Cooling Towers ............................................... Table C403.2.3(8)
ATC 106—2011 Acceptance Test for Mechanical Draft Evaporative Vapor Condensers .......................... Table C403.2.3(8)
STD 201—09 Standard for Certification of Water Cooling Towers Thermal Performances ................... Table C403.2.3(8)
CE-130 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
DASMA Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association
1300 Sumner Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44115-2851
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
105—92 (R2004)—13 Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Air Infiltration of Garage Doors..................... Table C402.5.2
DOE U.S. Department of Energy
c/o Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402-9325
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
10 CFR, Part 430—1998 Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products:
Test Procedures and Certification and Enforcement Requirement
for Plumbing Products; and Certification and Enforcement
Requirements for Residential Appliances; Final Rule .................. Table C403.2.3(4), Table C403.2.3(5),
Table C404.2, Table C406.2(4), Table C406.2(5)
10 CFR, Part 430, Subpart
B,
Appendix N—1998 Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of
Furnaces and Boilers ..................................................................................................................................... C202
10 CFR, Part 431—2004 Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial
Equipment: Test Procedures and Efficiency Standards; Final Rules Table C403.2.3(5), Table C406.2(5)
NAECA 87—(88) National Appliance Energy Conservation Act 1987
[(Public Law 100-12 (with Amendments of 1988-P.L. 100-357)] ................. Tables C403.2.3(1), (2), (4)
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
4755 E. Philadelphia Street
Ontario, CA 91761
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
UPC—2015 Uniform Plumbing Code .................................................................................................................. C201.3
ICC International Code Council, Inc. 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW
6th Floor
Washington, DC 20001
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
IBC—15 International Building Code ................................................................................ C201.3, C303.2, C402.4.4
IFC—15 International Fire Code ...................................................................................................................... C201.3
IFGC—15 International Fuel Gas Code ............................................................................................................... C201.3
IMC—15 International Mechanical Code................................ C403.2.5, C403.2.5.1, C403.2.6, C403.2.7, C403.2.7.1,
C403.2.7.1.1, C403.2.7.1.2, C403.2.7.1.3, C403.4.5, C408.2.2.1
IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
Three Park Avenue New York, NY 10016
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
IEEE 515.1—2012 Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance
of Electrical Resistance Trace Heating for Commercial Applications .........................................C404.6.2
CE-132 2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
120 Wall Street, 17th Floor New York, NY 10005-4001
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA
90.1—2013 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-rise Residential Buildings ......... . C401.2, C401.2.1, C402.1.1,
Table C402.1.2, Table C402.2, Table C407.6.1
ISO International Organization for Standardization
1, rue de Varembe, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE
13256-1 (2011) Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—
Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps .................................................................. C403.2.3(2)
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE
13256-2 (2011) Water-Source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—
Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps ......................................................... C403.2.3(2)
NEMA National Electric Manufacturer’s Association
1300 North 17th Street Suite 1753
Rosslyn, VA 22209
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
TP-1-2002
MG1-1993
Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers ...................................... C405.9
Motors and Generators ........................................................................................................................ C202
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council, Inc. 6305 Ivy Lane, Suite 140
Greenbelt, MD 20770
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
100—2009 Procedure for Determining Fenestration Products U-factors—Second Edition ............. C303.1.2, C402.2.1
200—2009 Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients
and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence—Second Edition ..................................... C303.1.3, C402.3.1.1
400—2009 Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Air Leakage—Second Edition ................ Table C402.4.3
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
4021 Lafayette Center Drive
Chantilly, VA 20151-1209
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
SMACNA—2012 HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual ..................................................................................... C403.2.7.1.3
2015 Washington State Energy Code, 2nd
Edition CE-133
UL Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
710—12 Exhaust Hoods for Commercial Cooking Equipment ..................................................................... C403.2.8
727—06 Oil-fired Central Furnaces—with Revisions through April 2010 .......... Table C403.2.3(4), Table C406.2(4)
731—95 Oil-fired Unit Heaters—with Revisions through April 2010 ................. Table C403.2.3(4), Table C406.2(4)
1784—01 (R2009) Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies ........................................................................................... C402.5.3
US-FTC United States-Federal Trade Commission
600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW Washington, DC 20580
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
CFR Title 16 R-value Rule .................................................................................................................................. C303.1.4
(May 31, 2005)
WDMA Window and Door Manufacturers Association
1400 East Touhy Avenue, Suite 470 Des Plaines, IL 60018
Standard Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440—11 North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for
Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights ............................................................................... Table C402.4.3